DISQUS

Jake · 1 year ago

This is pretty much the best resource I have found on this, Thanks for putting it together. Also a nice looking site which is a big change from what you normally see on this subject. :)

Ronda · 1 year ago

This has been a great source of information. I am now ready to embark on my Master Cleanse journey. Thanks a bunch!!!!

Kathleen · 1 year ago

I am going to try this. I do juice fasts two or three times a year. Now I have an alternative. Thank-you.

jelzien · 1 year ago

good site - i'm on day 5 of my 4th MC in as many years and plan on it at least 1nce a year for the rest of my living. its great! SWF is hard, esp after a few bad mixture experiences - but i'm gonna try at night like u said - that's my 1 thing that's hard to maintain but i know its soooo essential.

Deanna · 1 year ago

Thank you for this site, I was getting ready to purchase the book. My mother has highly recommmended this because of its effectiveness. I'm excited that it is at my fingertips online!

naomi · 1 year ago

Hello,
I am not supposed to ingest cayenne pepper. is there an alternative?
thank you

Karen Frost · 1 year ago

I've used laxative teas in the past and truly don't want to experience the severe cramping. Does the salt water do the same thing? Or has anyone used Oxy-Cleanse by Earth's Bounty as an alternative?

Joey · 1 year ago

Very good insite on how to actually make the diet worked, I had no idea how often to drink the juice, whether it was certain amounts in certain intervals or what. This has helped immensely, consider your site bookmarked :)

kathy · 1 year ago

Im still a littel confused. One liter jug has the lemon, maple and cayenne and the 2nd one liter jug is water? this is the nutrients for the entire day?

Candi · 1 year ago

Great tips..Thank you

admin · 1 year ago

Karen,

The salt water does exactly what you need it to. It forces a bowel movement. There is no other objective to the laxative tea.

admin · 1 year ago

Kathy,

Make 2 - 1 liter jugs, both with maple, lemon and cayenne. Yes this is all the calories and macro-nutrients for the day.

admin · 1 year ago

Naomi,

I don't know of what you might use as a substitute for cayenne. Good question. When you google "cayenne similar properties" you find some hints. Let me know what you find out?

Kyla · 1 year ago

How come the lemon, maple, cayenne drinks are required to be put in one liter jugs? The solution is only 7 taplspoons each of lemon and maple and 1/2 tsp of cayenne in each container right? Or am I missing something?

mal · 1 year ago

Can you use lemon juice from concentrate?

mal · 1 year ago

Also, is it bad if I accidentally put an entire tblspoon of pepper vs. the recommended ammount?

admin · 1 year ago

Mal,

It is a common question about the lemon juice from concentrate. The key to this is to provide your body with required nutrients. Freshly squeezed fruit juice retains most of its quality, while frozen, processes, from concentrate does not.

As for the pepper. The amount you used does not affect the calorie level but it does effect taste. You may also find you might feel uncomfortable from the blood thinning/circularity effects. It is often suggested to add cayenne to taste and as much as you can handle. You may want to consult more on this.

admin · 1 year ago

Kyla,

You can put the mixture in what ever amount of water you want. The key is to drink as much water as is comfortable. The mixture seems best at those amounts. I like to separate into 2 jugs because the 1 liters are easy to carry and prepare. I drink at least 2 liters of plain water for each mixture, sometimes as much as 3.

Jocelyn · 1 year ago

This is great. Today is my fist day of the cleanse and I think this helped me to really know what to expect. I am nervous about the salt-water. I think it will make me gag, but I will try it tonight.
Thanks!
JC

admin · 1 year ago

Jocelyn, It probably will make you gag, it does for me. I chug the whole thing. This is not easy! I have a lot of practice chugging beer so I can get through the whole liter. I usually have a slight gag reflex at the end, but because I have some experience chugging beer I also having experience fighting the gag reflex. Do what ever you have to get through it. Take it slow or go fast. It doesn't matter, and it really isn't too bad - after all sometimes I gag brushing my teeth. Good luck.

Jocelyn · 1 year ago

I never was a beer girl-mostly vodka!
I will give it a try tonight and let you know.
Thanks!
JC

charlene · 1 year ago

As a cancer patient can I use this to cleanse my system of all chemo out.

Suzy Cameleon · 1 year ago

By day 3 I was already feeling the benefits. My chronic pain had lessened. I am on day 7 now and plan on finishing the 10 day cleanse. I highly recommend this cleanse to anyone suffering from chronic bursitis or arthritis.

jeff · 1 year ago

is it common to have hard, small BMs? I am a long time vegan and used to soft and larger/easier to pass. I guess it makes sense though as only fiber I am taking is psyllium with bentonite.....and the 3 qts/day of lemon/maple; and the qt. of saltwater...

admin · 1 year ago

Jeff, I am not sure if it is common for small Bowel Movements. There should be a volume of water coming out it you are doing the Saltwater flush.

jen wilson · 1 year ago

I pounded back the sea salt and the one liter of water, waited...and have not experienced anything more than a stomach growl since, and its 12 hours later! I've done this cleansing process before and now wondering why it is not having an affect on me. And thanks for your website, its great!

admin · 1 year ago

Jen,

Try adding some more sea salt. The solution needs to be the right concentration. How much are you using now?

Katrina Cooper · 1 year ago

I am on day 3 of the cleanse I am smooth moving (herbal lax) at night and using the sea salt in the AM and I have completely stopped eliminating..is this natural??? will I start again?

admin · 1 year ago

Katrina,

So the laxitive and sea salt are not working at all? You are having no movements? I can't speak to natural, only my experience. You need to have movements. Try adding more salt to your solution. If after you drink the salt solution you have no movements, then your solution is not correct. You body will pass out all the liquid if it is correct.

naomi · 1 year ago

i finished my 5 day mc, what a difference. i am in the ease out part. ... is it ok to continue doing the salt water flush for the next few days? can i take psyllium once i start eating solid foods to make sure i continue to have bm?

Laura · 1 year ago

I am on day 11 and am wondering when would be the best time to ease out? In the past two days I have been getting hungry and I've been drinking 2 liters of lemonade (1 throughout the morning and 1 throughout the evening) with 1 liter of water in between all. The only thing that is different is that I have only done the salt flush every other day because it lasts that long on me. I added clay every third day which helped. My tongue seems clear but how clear should it be?
Otherwise, I feel great. I've been able to keep my fitness at 12 miles of riding a day with an added 1 k or running, I could keep going but I force myself to stop, in order to conserve some energy. I have more energy than ever. Both my husband and my daughter noticed my younger look. " Mom, you look like a teenager" Although, I'm only 32 that made me feel great!

Emjayoh · 1 year ago

The site is coming along.

Mel · 1 year ago

Today is my first day and although I feel a bit hungry, I know I will succeed. I suffer from severe chronic pain and am truly hoping this cleanse helps me and gives me the confidence to continue on a life of healthy food and less pain! Bowl syndrome be gone!!! Any and all prayers are greatly appreciated!!! God Bless!!

Bonny · 1 year ago

Just finished the 1st day. Rouugh.
I accidentally mixed my 1st drink with molasses. Yuck.
I picked a bunch of lemons the night before and did not know they were really oranges till i went to make my mix.
I only had enough lemon to make 1 8oz. drink
I am mixing it with the water, I am not clear on the instructions now as i have read different things.
Can i do this fast with bentinite clay and psyllium as well?
That was my plan, but then i thought i should stick to just the 1, will it mess it up if i mix them?

Erika · 1 year ago

well...Today was day 7 for me, and I felt horrible today. Nauseated, Tired, Grouchy, and bloated. Not sure what all caused it...been doing the exact same thing for a week. But yesterday I was totally ravenous for food and drank all 12 servings alloted with the diet. Could that have caused all this?? Stuff is still coming out, so I'm sticking with it for a couple more days.

Erika · 1 year ago

BTW...thank you soooo much for this site. It's wonderful! :)

Kristen · 1 year ago

Today is my first day... and I'm a little nervous about this but I know I can do it. SO, if I choose to take the saltwater at night, then do I need to take an herbal laxative tea in the morning? Or at all? Thank you!

kristine · 1 year ago

I plan to start this tomorrow, but I do have a question...can I drink green tea and/or herbal tea at all during this process?

admin · 1 year ago

Erika,

Some days can be very difficult. I believe it is because the toxins are being removed. It is almost like getting a cold. You will probably find that you feel better soon, if you continue to feel bad discontinue and seek professional advice.

Robyn · 1 year ago

Very nice site, question im breastfeeding and giving the bottle to my baby. will i still be able to contintue breastfeeding. I cant find an any of the books where it says not to, or its not good for the baby. thank you~

Erika · 1 year ago

Thanks! I ran out of Maple syrup on Sunday evening, so that was my last day. Made it 8 days and I'm VERY proud of that. I feel 100x's better than I did before, and I'm actually thinking about doing another round of this in August...depending on how I'm feeling at the time. Thanks!

Kathy · 1 year ago

I start in a couple of days. I work, so any bowel movement I'll do will be when I get home from work. What is this Clay I hear about, can it be combined with the sea salt and laxative tea (Im using smooth move tea). Please someone tell me about the clay. Thanks

admin · 1 year ago

Robyn, I just don't know that question. Seems like everything is subject to who you are asking anyway. Keep Googling. As with most of my choices, I try to gather some feedback and make up my own mind. If it were me, I would wait until I was done breastfeeding when your body is consuming a whole compliment of nutrients.

admin · 1 year ago

Kathy, I don't know much about the clay. I believe it can be mixed with psylium husks to cleanse the colon. Some people combine this with the master cleanse. I don't think it would be combined with producing a bowel movement. More so taken through-out the day.

Kathy · 1 year ago

the clay is not that important to me if the sea salt works, here's my question; in 1 entire liter of filtered water is the sea salt to be added and chugged down? I just need confirmation that I have to drink the entire liter of water w/ sea salt. THANK YOU!!

admin · 1 year ago

Yes, the salt water is all you need. In fact you don't really need the laxative tea. Take a tablespoon of sea salt mix it with 1 liter of water and chug it down. You can do this every day, morning or evening or whenever suits your schedule. I actually skip a day once in a while, doing the flush one evening, skip a day, then next morning. Daily is probably better.

Kathy · 1 year ago

my goodness, thank you for responding, thank you for your attention to this site, you're like the Cleanse Angel. I truly appreciate clarifying mine and everyone's doubts. 1000 thank you's!

January · 1 year ago

So I plan to start the cleanse in the morning, but I was preparing to do the smooth move tonight. Should I be doing the sea salt mixture instead? Also I went to Whole Foods and bought bottled 100% lemon juice not from concentrate. I also bought lemons just in case. I checked the ingredients and it says just lemon juice, no water, no preservatives, no nada. Can this be used since it's not from concentrate?

Roxanne · 1 year ago

although I've seen this asked about 3 times I want to make sure I have it right. the juice/syrup/pepper concoction is in a seperate bottle from the water?

would it be ok to just put it all together in a bottle and drink it that way? or is it necissary to keep it seperate?

Jamie · 1 year ago

your site is fantastic. you must have a good sense of humor because it comes through in the way you write. i found myself giggling a few times! anyways, i appreciated the simple, matter of fact information you gave on the subject which has been surprisingly hard to find.

Sue · 1 year ago

1. I am preparing for my 2nd cleanse. The first time I could only get down 6 or 7 lemonades because I would get terrible indigestion (acidy belches). Any suggestions because I felt like I need more lemonades to be satiated?

2. When I was done with the cleanse, on the 11th day I switched to orange juice.
I do not like orange juice and grapefruit juice is not available (I live in Costa Rica). Is there another juice I can drink.

admin · 1 year ago

Roxanne,

Well yes and no. Certainly you must put water into the juice/syrup/pepper concoction. This makes it juicy. It would be really hard to take if you didn't mix this with water. I mix 1 liter for each 7 tablespoons of each syrup and lemon. Then I also have a jug of water I drink from all the time. You can and should drink plenty of water.

admin · 1 year ago

Sue,

Although I am not an expert, I can offer you my opinion. I believe the lemons offer a particular set of benefits that the other juices do not. How are you taking the lemons? Are you not drinking them in a mix? I do take orange juice when I am coming off the cleanse.

admin · 1 year ago

Sue, where are you in Costa Rica? I will be there again this Fall.

January · 1 year ago

I am on day 2 of the cleanse and I feel great. Although the salt water mixture is not working for me. I used the smooth move tea today and that seems to do the trick. Can I skip the salt water if it's not working? Also I DEFINITELY needed to use the real lemons if nothing else but for the pulp.

Roxanne · 1 year ago

ok thank you :)

Crystal · 1 year ago

Hello to all! I just want to say thank you, this site is full of good info, that I've been searching many sites for...

My question is: I've attempted the cleanse twice now, once in May and then again June 9. The first time I broke down on the third day...The second time I lasted 5 days. The very next morning was when I could really see the weight had literally fell off!

I got really sick on day 4 (migraine, dizziness the whole nine) and it never let up even through day 5.. I could not function it was horrible, so I ate. Like I was saying, the very next morning after I ate, I saw how much I had lost, and was IMMEDIATELY regretful. My question is how long should I wait before attempting another go round? I know it's not recommended frequent the cleanse, but I really think I can do it this time and I want to do it while I still have the momentum, plus a coworker would like some support during her first attempt next week....Help!

Jamie · 1 year ago

ok, I'm on day 3 of the cleanse... my question is (and it's kinda gross): when after you do the salt water flush and it is "flushing" does the salt water come out as a bright yellow color or is that just me?

Jessica · 1 year ago

I'm on day 4 of cleanse and it seems to be going well. I'm just curious...when coming off of it, drinking the orange juice, soups, etc...do I still do the salt water cleanse every morning? When do I stop doing that?

Thank you.

Sue · 1 year ago

I live in a small town called Playa Samara in Guanacaste, however, I am only there part time in the fall. We own a hotel and it is low season during September and October I am there full time December through August. Maple syrup is very expensive in Costa Rice so I use fresh sugar cane juice.

Alyzee · 1 year ago

Hi everyone
I am new to the cleanse and have to say am a bit apprehensive. I have a few questions - can we still excercise during the cleanse? I normally do bikrams yoga which expends 500-1000 calories in one session and also involves a copious amount of sweat as it is done in the heat. Would I need to stop doing this yoga while on the cleanse? Also, i have been told t

Alyzee · 1 year ago

told that taking in too few calories lowers the metabolism - does doing the cleanse cause this?

admin · 1 year ago

Alyzee,

Too few calories does lower the metabolism. I understand that the amount of calories taken in (maple syrup high sugar, and lemon juice) keep you metabolism fairly well stoked. Also, I believe the cayenne pepper stimulates the metabolism. I admin I often feel cold during the cleanse.

admin · 1 year ago

Jessica,

I do not do the flush when I start drinking the juices. I find I have a natural movement in the next 24 - 48 hours.

Holly · 1 year ago

Great website. I have found when doing cleanses and salt water washes as such, my body handles it best when the water is luke warm as mentioned, and I use a straw to drink it down. That way I get a large amount down quickly and all the salt does not hit my palette.
Thanks

Rah · 1 year ago

Hi,
This is a great website. Pretty much all of my questions and concerns have been answered I'm on my 5th day and I feel great. I just have two questions for you. First, I want to do the master cleanse for 14 days on the back of the laxative tea it says do not use for more than a week. Do I just do the salt water flush or continue to use the laxative tea? My second question and concern is that I think I cheated a little. Yesterday and today I had a piece of fruit. Is that cheating? Please help me.

Minnesota · 1 year ago

So what happens if I don't get a bowel movement an hour or so after I take the salt solution???

Minnesota · 1 year ago

Also, where can I find the smooth move tea???

saniya Jane' · 1 year ago

ok so i plan on starting the cleanse in two days but i just want to make sure i got this right.
The first mixture of pepper,lemon juice,and maple syrup is mixed w/a liter of water in a liter chug-able container as well as the second mixture.
And then the 3rd chug-able liter has a liter of plain water in it.....correct?
Also,as far as the salt-water flush goes,it's one tablespoon of sea salt w/a liter of water daily????

Jada · 1 year ago

Hello everyone! This site is awesome. I'm starting the mc tomorrow and have two questions. First, must i drink the sea salt in the morning and an herbal at nite? or just one? Second, I have grade A maple syrup because thats what someone told me to buy, can I use it? Or does it have to be grade B?
Thanx 4 all the info....

jada · 1 year ago

Hey everyone! This site is awesome thanxs for all the info ... I will start the MC tomorrow and was wondering if there will be a problem if i use maple syrup grade A? I was told to buy that one and i did but now i see eveyone says use grade B ... help!

thanx 4 da help

Sam · 1 year ago

Can you have decaffinated black coffee while doing the cleanse?

Cassandra · 1 year ago

Hi!
This site has been a really big help for me. I'm just starting the first day, and it's been really hard. I'm feeling nauseous and have a sour stomach. I was wondering if this was normal. Also, I'm 16 going on 17 in a few months and my mom feels that i shouldn't be doing this at such a young age. I was wondering if I was too young or if I could still do it at this age.
Thank you so much!

Dean · 1 year ago

Jada,

I did some checking, and while I am not an expert, this is what I came up with:

My resources were to search Wikipedia for "Maple Syrup" and follow a lot of the the links from that page as well. Then I tried googling various things, and came across a comment left on another "master cleanse" blog site, the website I got this from is: http://mastercleansesecrets.com/blog/master-cle...

I'll paste the quoted text in the next comment.

Dean · 1 year ago

U CAN USE MAPLE SYRUP GRADE A IF U CAN’T FIND GRADE B!
This is a paragraph from the Master Cleanser Book By Stanley Burroughs himself:

“The maple syrup is a balanced form of positive and negative sugar and must be used, not some
“substitute.” There are three grades of maple syrup. Grade A is the first run— mild in taste, sweet and
with fewer minerals than the other grades. It is more expensive and less desirable but it may be used.
Grade B is the second run with more minerals plus more maple taste. It is more suitable for the diet and
is less expensive. Grade C is the third run with even more minerals and still stronger taste of maple and
slightly less pleasant for most people, although acceptable in the diet. It is lower in price. As Grade C is
less expensive it can be used as an excellent sweetening agent in preparing foods. The strong maple
flavor blends very well.”

Mollie · 1 year ago

This is my second cleanse and just a word of advice on the salt water flush...I found it easier to bowl the water first and then put the salt in.. it tastes slightly like chicken broth so it went down easier and I actually looked forward to it because it actually tasted like food!

Mollie · 1 year ago

just reread that comment.. sorry guys.. I meant, to BOIL the water first....oops!

aowens · 1 year ago

I'm going to be starting my first cleanse tomorrow & while doing the cleanse, is it okay to still take my daily vitamins, minerals, supplements... ie) Vit C, CLA, chromium, st.john's wart, magnesium... or is that completely counterproductive? Any / all advise is much apppreciated! thanks

Cath · 1 year ago

I have done some of my best Bikram Yoga while on the cleanse as my energy level is so high and my tummy is flatter and the postures are even easier.
The maple syrup should/must be grade B because it has more nutrients than A.
I suffered from regular sinus headaches and after 3 days of the cleanse they went away. I found with experimentation that I was allergic to dairy and have since cut it mostly from my diet and I haven't had a headache in 2 years.
Over time you do gain the weight back if you don't cut your food intake after you go back to solid food.
The cleanse gives you a fresh start. You can then be more conscious of your diet with regard to unhealthy foods and amounts.
If you feel really bad, this cleanse is not for you.
I have done it 3 times, once a year for the last 3 years. 8 days, 21 days and 8 days. My energy skyrockets while I am cleansing and when I am easing out I have noticed a slight upset stomach for about 3 days which then goes away.
Last, it is a good idea to only do the salt every other day, alternate with the smooth move tea and make sure to time them properly. With the tea the cramping goes away once you have eliminated.

Justme · 1 year ago

Hi - Cool site :)
I was looking for info on whether the clay should be used during the cleanse or after. I am on day 3 and I just have one input, the salt water flush calls for 2 teaspoons sea salt. I am not sure if by doing the 1 tablespoon which equals 3 teaspoons would give an issue or not but just my 2c.
I love the comments on the site and wish blessings and good health to all. God Bless...

Dyan · 1 year ago

I am on day 4 and doing great! my q is i am not eliminating until about 2 hours after salt solution and now am really only passing different shades of brown/yellow liquid. is this normal or am i not doing something right?

Gavin · 1 year ago

Just started the cleanse. Great website! Question, during the ease-out, do you continue drinking the lemonade along with the other stuff? Thanks for everything.

Candice · 1 year ago

I am starting the MC this week and I hope it works for me.

sonya · 1 year ago

Hi, I am on the master cleanse right now, and will only do 5 days. Is the three day post cleanse first day only juice, then broth, then fruits and vegies necessary, or can I do this in two days? I didnt do the pre-cleanse but just ate fruits and vegies the day before. I need to travel just after so I need to know this soon. Thanks, sonya

LizzyLuv · 1 year ago

How much weight on average does someone usually drop doing the cleanse for 10 days? I am looking to drop weight fast.

k. · 1 year ago

I have a question- What about dairy? Wouldn't mil make you feel more full? But would drinking it cause the MC not to work? Also what about doing this and a side of Kefir yogurt? It's very healthy yogurt, but would it be a bad idea on the MC???
thanks.

Dyan · 1 year ago

help! will someone please respond? i am now on day 7 and nothing big has come out of me, i am eliminating daily but just all liquid. my tongue has a light coating on it but nothing big. i haven't passed anything solid since like day 2. am i done? thinking of making today my last day. i might mention that i am slim to begin with and have a high metabolism, i wanted to do this to get rid of toxins but maybe i didn't have any?

Tischia · 1 year ago

I am on my third day and find I need to drink twice the recomended amount to feel comfortable. Do you need to limit your intake of the juice???
THanks!!

kat · 1 year ago

hellooooo i am own my first day read the book first but do i drink the salt water every morning? hurry it will be morning soon smile

Michelle · 1 year ago

I'm not sure should you do both the tea and the sea salt water? Or pick one only. I've never done this but i want to start Thursday?

JP · 1 year ago

When mixing the sea salt and water solution, how much of each is to be used, 1 liter of water and 1 tbl spoon of sea salt?

ralimage · 1 year ago

I am on day 3 of the cleanse and I am having very loose BMs. In other words diarreha. Basically the lemonade is just zipping thru my system and coming out liquid. I feel clear but a bit weak, uncomfortable. Is this normal?

trey · 1 year ago

I'm on day 5 of my first MC and have been drinking a cup of smooth move each night - it works like clockwork. Should i also be doing the saltwater even though the tea stimulates a BM (and is much easier to get down)?

Mary · 1 year ago

Mollie, your comment about boiling the water 1st comes on the heels of my planned questions -- thank you! Questions: Since I am a soup/tea consumer, would it be okay to sip the salt water flush at hot temperature? And, what affect, if any will this have on the diet's objective?

Psychic Advice · 1 year ago

Too bad i didnt come across this blog before. Great stuff you got here. Thanks.

Dell · 1 year ago

Hi - Just wanted to say thanks for leaving this comprehensive information on here. Just started day one and I think that the comments and support that is on here is going to be huge drive to complete.

Cheryl · 1 year ago

I had thyroid cancer a few years back and had my thyroid completely removed. As a result, I have gained weight very rapidly. Since the thyroid controls your metabolism, I have to take pills daily to do it instead. Will the master cleanse..ie. cayenne pepper work to boost my metabolism and lose weight as well?

LUIS · 1 year ago

I live in San Jose, CA and have used this fast for 15 days. I used distilled water, maple syrup class "B", lemons from the organic tree in my back yard and cayenne pepper. This cleanse works like a charm. In 13 days I had lost 20 lbs. and on the fifteenth day the total was 20.4 lbs. The only hard part on this is the 1 liter of water with sea salt. U definately want to take this 1 hr. before U go anywhere. This will give U time to make sure Ur done shooting it out. = ) This diet is a cleanse and the other benefit is that it acts as a weight loss diet as well. The combination of the Tree blood (Maple Syrup) and organic lemons combined have a lot of vitamins and minerals in them. That is what makes this diet safe from other diets.

Dell · 1 year ago

Question - I am on day three so maybe this question is a little early, but I have taken the (bloody horrible) salt water and nave not had any reaction to it whatsoever. How do you know to adjust the salt up or down? Any suggestions? Aside from that everything is going well, feel great and not tired at all.
Thanks
Dell

admin · 1 year ago

Dell, I just don't know that. Maybe one of the Doctors on the site will answer. My advice is to consult an open minded Doctor.

Deanna · 1 year ago

Gross but true: I have been severely constipated for 3 weeks. Tried conventional OTC remedies like laxatives, enemas, Metamucil and consulted my physician. Limited success but not back to normal and I am truly suffering. Will the master cleanse help?

sarah · 1 year ago

I can't seem to drink the SWF and when I try I throw it right up. I was wondering if it is safe to drink the salt with less water like 1/4 cup and then drink a liter of water after the salt mixture.

Rossanna · 1 year ago

I only use cayenne pepper to taste. Is this okay....I am on day 9 and seem to cheat a lil by eating 1-2 pieces of a cracker, lets say...is that so bad

Deryck · 1 year ago

Hi, tomorrow is day 10 of MC for me (I've lost 15 lbs.) but I haven't been doing the SWF every day. In fact, I only flushed on the first day and on the seventh. Am Idoing my self a disservice? Also, is it imperative for me to do the ease out to the letter or can I modify it with veg and fruit nd perhaps broth?

Kyrstie · 1 year ago

I am not clear about ho much salt to mix for the saltwater flush?

Rochelle · 1 year ago

I had Gastric Bypass in 2004 and still have some to lose. Is this safe for me to do???

Heather · 1 year ago

I am currently on day 3 and feeling great! I have not had any stomach growling today. Yesterday was another story, I am a huge coffee drinker - 4-6 cups by lunch time while I work, without that I had the worst headache I have had in years!! Fortunately, when I woke up this morning it was gone and I actually bounced out of bed. I am shooting for 7 days then easing out.
Thanks for this great website, it's great information and also good support from others doing this.

Olmsted · 1 year ago

Any problem with refrigerating the solution for 10 hrs? How about taking multivitamins during the cleanse? Useful? Useless?

Humble Bee · 1 year ago

For an extensive Master Cleanser Frequently Asked Questions page and for master cleanser kits visit,
http://www.humblebeehealth.com/frequently-asked...

Dell · 1 year ago

Hello - Day 5 and still nothing from the SW drinks. Do you think it would be bad if, over the weekend and I can stay home easier, I do it twice in a day to see what happens? Thanks again, for all your support and advice.
Dell

Elizabeth · 1 year ago

I too had a problem keeping the salt water flush down. I just began my cleanse today, and vomited up the liter of salt water about 15 min after consumption. Any suggestions? Should I resort to the teas instead?

Amber · 1 year ago

omg, i just started the cleanse today and the cayenne pepper is killing me! can i reduce it?

josh · 1 year ago

do lemons have to be used or can ya use pure lemon juice from a bottle

josh · 1 year ago

can this be used at any age

Erika · 1 year ago

Admin, when I started reading the comments on this page, I was impressed that you had taken the time to respectfully answer people's questions. You have a really great thing going here- people seem to be appreciative. My question is, why haven't you posted since June 25? The last post you made was
admin Says:
July 15, 2008 11:00 am


Dell, I just don’t know that. Maybe one of the Doctors on the site will answer. My advice is to consult an open minded Doctor.

My interpretation is that you are backing out of giving your advice, and almost suggesting that other people know more, or act like they know more, than you on the topic. I have seen the people who have not read the blog all the way through, ultimately repeating the questions or not paying attention to your answers, but others have simply been ignored. Your insight was and is valuable, and your site should be maintained, as it is very useful! If you don't plan on keeping it up, perhaps you should pass the responsibility onto someone else who can answer the questions.

Respectfully, Erika

josh · 1 year ago

can ya use grade A syrup

josh · 1 year ago

does it have to be sea slt or can ya use jus normal table salt, or after im done drinking it can i take a multi vitamin?

josh · 1 year ago

instead of organic syrup can ya use normal but when im done take a vitamin for the lost minerals and vits

Kyrstie · 1 year ago

I started with colon cleanse (Blessed Herbs) and moved onto the MC. Which means I have been on liquids only for 10 days. MC for 5 days. After the previous cleanse ( which I do recommend) I have not felt hungry at all! Thank goodness! Teh last couple of times I did the MC - I was cursing lemons! Anyway I feel great, have had some great Bikram Yoga practices myself and plan on continuing for another 9 days before easing back in. Which leads me to my question. I am wondering after liquids only for 20 days how should I best ease back in without feeling bad? I know to start with OJ, but then what and for how many days? Any advice would be great.Thank you! I too much appreciate the website!

Fara · 1 year ago

I can't stand the pepper... it is killing me! How essential is it? Could I keep on going with just lemons and syrup?

(hopefully...)
Thanks!
Fara

Kiahna · 1 year ago

I am on day one. I want to lose 25 lbs and I am currently 160 lbs or so. Kinda depends on what I ate. Then I go to 165 sometimes. But....how long should I stay on the cleanse to lose that much weight?

Erika · 1 year ago

HELP!!! My husband and I both started the cleanse today (second time around for me, first for him). He's complaining that he's cold, nauseous, and constipated?? He's been trying all day to drink the lemonade, but he says it's making him feel worse. In fact...he just was upstairs vomitting. I know he's badly plugged up. He's been having problems with that for the last two weeks. He can barely choke down the lax tea, so I have him drinking 1 gallon of ice cold water right now. Doesn't feel like he has a temp....is this "normal"??? I never had thsi problem at all. Please somone help! I'm really concerned.

Jade · 1 year ago

Can you do the sea salt flush both morning and night? Or are you only supposed to do it once per day. Also great site! Thanks

Joker · 1 year ago

Can you substitute putting the cheyenne pepper in the drink with taking cheyenne in pill form?

Erika · 1 year ago

Nevermind....He was apparently going through a major detox from caffeine. UGH. We got him some Cheyenne capsules and some Agava necture instead of the maple syrup and he's doing just fine now.

shaun · 1 year ago

I'm using 100% pure lemon juice from concentrate. is this ok?

Jamie · 1 year ago

What does the cayanne pepper do and do I have to put the full amount in the mix? It makes me want to avoid the lemon juice mix and just drink water all day.

Logic · 1 year ago

Hi - I just wanted to say that Admin is a great help, but I sure can imagine the frustration at answering so many questions.
Admin has been very thorough and the MC is pretty well mapped out on this site and all of the ingredients and measurements are listed. I would imagine that if you want optimum results of being on the MC then you follow it verbatim. If you want to make adjustments to the ingredients (fresh squeezed vs concentrate; cayenne vs no cayenne or in caplet form etc.) you probably shouldn't expect the same results. Although I am sure that it is better than no cleanse.

True proponent of a cleanse do them for the cleansing - weight loss is a side benefit (in most peoples cases). This is not, nor should it be, used as an acceptable way to lose 60lb in one month. We are talking health benefits not detriments.
I guess what I am trying to say is that you will more than likely find the answers you are looking for if you read the whole site.

P. Smith · 1 year ago

Quick question: Does the sea salt mixture make your stomach hurt when you are passing the movement? I don't like what laxatives do to your stomach so I am alitle leary.....is it uncomfortable?

Erika LJ · 1 year ago

is it okay to take the detox if you are on prescription medication as well?

jenn · 1 year ago

Limes? Does anyone know if limes work also?

teri · 1 year ago

I am just starting today. This is the best website that I have found. Wish me luck!!

Erika · 1 year ago

ALTERNATIVES TO THE CLEANSE:
1. You can take the Cayenne in casule form with each glass of lemonade if you can't stand the taste of the pepper
2. If you don't like Laxative Tea, you can take Cascara Sagrada caps as a Laxative
3. If you can't stand the test of the Maple Syrup, you can try using Agave Necture. It has ver simlar nutrient properties.
4. Pure Organic Lemon/Lime Concentrate is ok to use...it's not recommended b/c the pulp from the actual lemons and limes help your body flush out and the concentrate doesn't have that.
Hope that helps some of you. But I also want to say...I totally agree with what Logic said above. This is NOT a Diet. It's a Cleanse. There is a difference, and you should really want to do this for the cleansing properties and health benefits it provides...NOT for weightloss.

Erika · 1 year ago

P. Smith - No the Saltwater internal bath and the natural laxative teas do not hurt like the OTC Laxatives do. It's very gentle and they work wonderfully and quickly. It's not uncomfortable, but your butt might get tired of flushing out stuff.

olga · 1 year ago

Can maple syrup be subsitued with Agave.

teri · 1 year ago

Well I made it thru the first day. The saltwater is very hard to get down. I just chugged it and got results within the first 15 minutes. I found that I really did not want to leave my house yesterday - too many temptations out in the world. Have to go back to work tommorrow - so I guess I have to get out into the world. The hardest part for me was the end of the day. Just kept obsessing about food and my sense of smell was very sharp. I swear I could smell mac and cheese from the next house. Also you use a lot of lemons, so buy a lot when you start. Well good luck to everyone. Day two for me. I am curious as to how I am going to feel.

BRIANNA · 1 year ago

hey, i am 16 years old and i weigh about 165, i wanna lose about 20 pounds and i see nothing but good results.. i seem to be an idiot when it comes to the directions on this. If i dont do the ease in, and start immediately what should my day be like... like morning, 1 liter of juice/maple/pepper and 1 liter of water, and then same thing in the afternoon, and then the laxative, and then another liter at night?? please explain in detail. thankss!

Minna · 1 year ago

Hi, and thanks for your very informative site! I was wondering if it's OK to use iodized sea salt for the salt water flush, or is it imperative to use non-iodized? I'm having trouble finding the non-iodized (I'm in Belgium). Thanks!

moe · 1 year ago

No one in any of the websites I've gone to thus far has mentioned exercise during the master cleanse. I am curious to know if that should be as essential as well. Especially if one wants to maintain the health benefits.

I have also heard that when you come off of the cleanse you tend to gain half of the weight you lost back. Is that true?

I am on day 5 and I feel better, except for feeling tired and hungry, overall I feel lighter. I haven't done the sea salt yet out of fear of a few myths. I have done the tea at night and have a BM in the morning. Has the past 5 days been a waste, can I start now, should I do morning and night? Help please?

It's not a bad cleanse, it has made me feel refreshed as well as loose weight. My concern is if the maple syrup is healthy and the sea salt. Thank you

matt · 1 year ago

hey admin, great site.
one thing- i noticed reading the comments that a sumber of people had the same question, stemming from a specific confusion - one that you always answered, but stemming from something that confused me for a second as well. it takes place in the wording of the directions, where you talk about filling the 1st & 2nd liters with the mixture & the 3rd with water, but never mention putting water in the 1st two. This may seem obvious, but i think making it more clear would save you from answering more questions.

Renae · 1 year ago

I have a bowel movement only once a week. Do you think I will benefit from this cleanse?

Samantha · 1 year ago

I'm glad that I found this site I only wish that I had found it sooner. Recently I went into a health food store inquiering about the MC and was told to buy EVOO,CHLORAPHYLL,and VINAGER while I made the mixture the way the store clerk instructed me to do I didn't drink it because I was wondering how all those ingredient came together to work as a cleanse... Anyway tomorrow or should I say today will be my first day of trying with the info that I got off this site wish me Lots of Luck...

Mluhya · 1 year ago

I am on day one of the cleanse... cant wait for the day to end as i am craving the taste of food. I have read all the comments on here and a lot of the questions are repeated over and over, it might help if people looked at the previous comments prior to asking questions as they may be answered in another part. Good luck to all.

Julia · 1 year ago

Man...This is the perfect site. You sound level headed and I have been hearing a lot of opposing sides pro and con to the Master Cleanse. I just didn't want to be hurting my body rather than cleansing it and your advice and instructions were perfect. Thanks for providing some Raw and Real information that is hard to find these days. -Jay

Ed · 1 year ago

Shouldn't you promote ORGANIC foods, so you are not replacing TOXINs back into your body ? Also, Black Strap Molasses has more Vitamins & is better for you.

Adriana · 1 year ago

I'm thinking about starting the Master Cleanse, I just have some questions. Does the lemonade taste good? Also, do you gain all the weight back? And if you do gain the weight back, will you look the same way before you started the Master Cleanse?

Jennifer · 1 year ago

Hi Everyone, I started my cleanse today....it was very easy thru out the day...but now that I am sitting home, and my hubby is eating left over pasta....its killing me...I am starving....I do how ever chug the lemonaid, every time I have a pian of hunger. It helps. Question: If I do the salt before I go to bed, will I be up all night? Hugs to all!

Marny · 1 year ago

I think you have to use sea salt without iodine. I mix mine with a few ounces of water and then chase with the remaining. It makes it easier to get it down and works the same.

Alicia · 1 year ago

Hi,
Thank you for the site. It's wonderful, but like Erika said a while back, why aren't you commenting/advising anymore?

And for the people asking questions about the Master Cleanse, there's a site that I think is based on the original Steven Burrough book and it's got the main ideas and everything. It's very helpful and has the info about the mixtures, how much to make, what to do in the morning/evening, etc.
The site is: http://www.blackdoctor.org/TheMasterCleanse.pdf
I printed it out and now have a little book I can refer to if I need some guidance on the cleanse.

Some of the stuff I learned, I'll try to summarize here:
-the salt should be uniodized.
-the maple syrup should be grade B and organic. Trader Joe's has good maple syrup.
-If you're diabetic, ease into the diet by using molasses. More on that in the site above.
-The pattern to your 10 days should be; laxative tea at night/evening, salt water flush in the morning, lemon juice, lemon juice, lemon juice, and then lax tea all over again.
-You really shouldn't take any supplements or anything extra. Just stay with the lemon juice/laxative tea/and the salt water flush.
-If you're feeling sick, it's because the toxin is now loose and is circulating around. You'll feel better once you have these movements.

by the way, the site mentioned above has some pretty interesting info on homemade eye drops, body lotion, white sauce, etc at the end. Read it!!

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Ok So I am on day 4 of my cleanse.. I have been reading through the website and noticed a lot of the same questions.. People please read all the way through. If you are looking for something in particular hit ctrl and the F button at the same time and type in a keyword..This must get very tedious for the admin. Now back to the MC. This is my first one and I am going on day four now. I find it hard to resist food especially since I cook for three other people. I get to cook then watch them eat. But really its good I think. I know a lot of people start this and try to not watch people eating bu I suggest doing it your first day especially. It will teach you control while you are not yearning for food. Also one of the best things you can do to stay on the cleanse is have a great support system. I had to tell my two guys, " No matter how hungry I tell you I am or if I cry and say I just want a bite please.. You have to tell me no!" From my understanding ( I have been through a ton of websites) You are not allowed to have anything.. No pills, multi-vits, bites of food here and there. Juice Nothing. Just the mixture and water. The point of this is the Cleanse. If you are putting more things into your system then the mixture your body can't cleanse. What you are doing is giving all the other parts of your body a bit of a break as the mixture is easy to break down. By giving your digestive system a break it will actually begin to heal itself. Because you are still putting enough in your body to have energy and your organs to work they will begin to use the energy they normally use for other things on healing itself. I have chronic painful back problems since I was about 14. I was on percocets for 6 years and been on Vicoden for about 1 now so I wasn't sure I could make it. But I haven't had a single one. I feel very energized. And have become "nicer" in the mornings. If you hurt try having someone give you a massage or go get one. Also for girls ( this is only a suggestion based of my experience) Try doing the cleanse when your about to start your period. I was not bloated, cramping, or moody! We thought I was going to be such a ______. My period is going smoother. Also try doing the master cleanse when you know you will be busy. Say your spring cleaning on your house. Or the messy garage. I find it a great distraction from the want of food. I keep a cup of juice with me and since I am so busy all I have time for is a quick drink. To those of you with questions about the Salt water flush. The first mistake I see people try to make is use table salt! WRONG! You eat that on a daily basis and it doesn't have that effect. It has to be pure sea salt. And no not iodized sea salt. If your not having a movement and you are using the correct salt try upiing the dosage a little. Yes you can take the salt mix it with a small amount of water and shoot it down your throat if it makes it easier for you to take it but you have to drink that liter of water IMMEDIATELY after. I mean like chug the water! Your body is going to start expelling soon and it needs to have something to expel. STAY HYDRATED!! The lemon juice cannot come from concentrate.. And although you can you are not supposed to make a HUGE batch and then slowly drink it as the lemon juice will lose some of its valuable properties. pure lemon juice in a bottle I am not sure of but it doesn't take long to cut up 6 or 7 lemons. I will try to keep an eye on this site and help out as I can. I didn't write make the cleanse though! Good luck to all of you in your journeys. You can succeed if you really want this.

Isis · 1 year ago

About how many lemons should I expect to use per day? I'll probably be using a hand juicer. I hope to start the cleanse next week, all this info and encouragement is great!!

diamond · 1 year ago

hi , i am on day 4.. and this website has been very helpful... one thing that i have benn doing is drinking the sea salt mixture warm... it really helps... feels like u r drinking chickin broth...... also i have a question if anyone can answer... is it ok to eat raw veggies or fruit during cleanse?

Jennifer · 1 year ago

Hi Jenn, yes you can use limes.....I mix the two, plus limes are a bit cheeper at the store. But yes mixing the two works.

Shug-e-bee · 1 year ago

My husband and I are considering the MC and am finding this sight very helpful in our decision. I appreciate all the info shared by the "Admin" and also "Erica". Although I would do this with my husband I do not want to feel "alone" in this very new experience. Thanks for the input! Looking forward to trying it soon!

Brandy · 1 year ago

I am not sure if I am doing this correctly and have not had a bowel movement yet.

I started yesterday with the recipe and forgot the sea salt.
Then today I did a 3 liter of the recipe, meaning i put three liters of water with the recipe. Now I am drinking the sea salt but still have not had a bowel movement.

What am I forgetting.

admin · 1 year ago

Sorry I have not been around for a while to answer questions. I appreciate that you guys are getting some value from this little site, and I plan to providing some more feedback and content soon.

I am planning a forum as well. If anyone wants to be involved please contact me through the messages. I read them all - Hey I post them all.

I am going to allow anyone to comment for a while and see how that works. That should open up the discussion a little bit.

There are some questions begging to be put into a FAQ and so I am planning to add that feature.

Regina · 1 year ago

Can I use the laxative tea only and not the sea salt.

MsShay · 1 year ago

Ok guys, I totally tanked on day 1 and ate while I was feeding my daughter. So I started again yesterday and I did well. Only thing is, I did the salt water flush and did not have a bowl movement. I felt the rumble in my tummy last night and even this morning, but nothing happened. Anyone know of any other Laxative Teas besides smoothe move. I cannot find that anywhere in Middletown, NY

Danno · 1 year ago

Hi everyone. I am on day one of my second cleanse. Went 14 days last time, which was about 6 months ago. My experience last time was very positive, but I found that I let bad eating habits creep back into my life, so it is time to do the cleanse again. I was amazed last time at the energy and overall health benefits that I attained last time, so I hope it will be even better this time. Good luck to all of you that are doing it. Stick with it, you won't regret it.

naomi · 1 year ago

hi msShay,
I found 2 things that help eliminate: the SWF can be done using some simple excercises, called "shank prakshalana" that push the water through your system
check out this website for a description:
http://universynergyarts.co.uk/teachers-practic...
and this video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FKPNBUd_up4
The other is a laxative tea that is rich in mucilage, called Malva-T. It is very smooth, not painful, non-addictive and quite effective. Follow the instructions on the package. You can order it on-line here:
http://www.avril.ca/produits.php?cid=1&mid=...
I am on my second cleanse (my first time was in beginning of June) and this time, I am waking up at around 5:30-6ish to do the SWF + the excercises and it works like a charm! Good luck!

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Isis,
I use between 6- 8 lemons per batch depending on how juicy the lemon. Make sure you rol them on the counter first and listen for that breaking noise. It will help with the juicing.

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Diamond,
You are not supposed to eat anything! That would completely defeat the purpose of the cleanse. Read through my long psot further up. IT should help you.

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Brandy,
Try uping the amount of salt you are using. That should help I notice some days I need only one dose and some I need another half. Also try to stay active after you drink it.. Just stand up walk around do dishes it seems to help it start faster than laying around on the couch at least for me.

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Regina,
Yes you can use just the tea. Its prereference. Some people like the salt water because the tea gives cramps.

Jennifer · 1 year ago

Hi Today is day 3 for me....im doing okie dokie, morning time I feel fab!! But around dinner Im still hungry for FOOD!!! Ive been drinking Tea every night and morning, I did the salt last night for the first time and I went once....so Ive been going about once a day. Ill do the salt tonight too. How long should I do this and what signs does your body give you when its had enough?

Ksweets · 1 year ago

From what I have heard, if your tongue becomes pink again after being that white furry looking color that is supposed to be a sign that the toxins are out of your body. I am not positive on this. Also it depends on your personal goals. Your supposed to do this for a minimum of ten days. So really make your choice on that hope it helps!

Jennifer · 1 year ago

Yes that did thank you very much, i do remember hearing about that now.
Also, does anyone know if this not a good thing to continue if your on your period?

Ksweets · 1 year ago

REad my big post a little up.. It should help with many questions but I started this a day before I started with no known side effects. read that post it tells all about it was embarrassing enought to post the first time! Lol

beckyd · 1 year ago

I am planning to do the cleanse but I'm so nervous. I have recently given up smoking and caffiene. I think this might make me breakdown! I want to cleanse and I know it would be beneficial but I also think it would be a great jumpstart to a proper healthy diet...ive packed on 20 lbs since I quit smoking! what do you guys think???

naomi · 1 year ago

I was told by my naturopath to never do a cleanse / fast when menstruating. I did it the first time and I almost passed out a few times. Now, I am on my second try and I feel full of energy.

Danno · 1 year ago

BeckyD, the cleanse will actually make it easier on you in terms of cravings to smoke or drink coffee. Do it, you won't regret it. I am on day two of my second cleanse. It seems like I am getting benefits quicker than my first time around. Is that anyone else's experience?

Cheers,
Dan

Ashley · 1 year ago

I am finishing my first day of the cleanse and this morning I felt fine, drink was bearable almost a slight bit enjoyable, but I when I came home this afternoon I felt nausea and light headed. I laid down and fell asleep for an hour and a half- unusual for me. I read somewhere that some people do the cleanse every other day- How would you go about doing this? Is it a good idea? Are the affects the same?

If cleansing every other day is not a good idea- what do you suggest about the nausea and fatigue?

Ashley

Melanie · 1 year ago

Question???

Hi. My husband and I are planning to start this cleanse on Sunday. I am very excited to rid my body of all the residual toxins. We have been eating organic for two years and in the last 8 months been transitioning to a vegetarian diet. My question is a little gross. Has anyone had problems with their sewage systems flushing such large amounts of poo in one sitting? Is there any solution to be added to the toilet water to allow for the discharges to breakdown during disposal? We have an old house and I have seen photos of what comes out of the body during the cleanse. Several photos showed the results being held up by sticks. I don't know that our system can handle 10+ days of waste that is bound together like that from two sets of bowels. Thanks in advance for any feedback.

Ana · 1 year ago

This master cleanse was very difficult, and it definitely
took a lot of mental power and family and friend support to help
me not to quit. The salt clean was gross but needed. My only advise
stay away from any social gatherings involving food the first 5 days.
Also stay away from people that will criticize or mock the process.
One last thing, no matter what do not stop drinking the lemonade fixture
or you will faint. I lost 16 pounds in 10 days, and I am so
proud of myself. I feel and look great!!!

Ana · 1 year ago

Asley, congratulations on completing your first day! The first five
days are the toughest. Remember its all mental, 9 days from now
you will look and feel so much better. According to the article
above at least 4 times during the 10 day fast would be okay. For
me it was tough doing it everyday, its very draining. Oh and you
will get use to the naps I was taking two to three naps a day. Your
body its just adjusting. good luck!

Danno · 1 year ago

The cleanse will only work if you don't eat any solid foods for the 10 days. The point is to give your digestive system a break, to allow your body to concentrate on flushing and healing. Keep up the good work.

Marissa · 1 year ago

I am going to start the master cleanse in a week. I am just looking for feedback from people who have done the MC. How is the fatigue level??? I work 2 jobs, and am a bit concerned about falling asleep, and just being too tired. Any and all feedback is very appreciated! Thanks! Great website!!!

Haley · 1 year ago

The SWF hasn't worked the first two days (yesterday and today, I'm on day 2) what could be the cause? Not enough salt? Or drinking the mixture too slow? I drink it down in about 5 minutes... taking a few breaks to just breathe and recover in between :P because the salt water is nasty! Also, responding to Naomi, is it really bad to do this cleanse when (or around when) menstruating? Just curious.

Haley · 1 year ago

Oh and also wondering, where does all that salt water GO if not out of my system??? What does it do while it's in there? I just don't want to damage anything inside by having a mini ocean in my stomach over the course of a week if nothing "eliminates". The tea worked great the first night (yesterday morning, day 1), should I just take the tea once in the morning and once at night instead of the evening tea and morning salt water??? I'd like the salt water to work though...

Quinn · 1 year ago

Hello =)

This site is very helpful...

I read somewhere that molasses could be used...

Do you know what kind of molasses??

Thank you!

haylee · 1 year ago

lol i am about to see if this diet really works!
I am hoping!

jaqueline · 1 year ago

I've been doing the cleanse for 4 days now but i've just gotten my period. my body feels extremely weak, and i actually gave in and intook some bread/crackers for carbs/substance. is this ok? can i be doing anything else?

Robzim · 1 year ago

My wife & I started the cleanse on Thursday. We had heard that the first few days are tough. By the evening of day 2 we decided if we were not feeling great, like suggested, on day 4 we were going to quit. Well, it's day 5 and there is no plan to stop. The book is not kidding when it says days 2 and 3 are tough. If it had not been for the resolution to give it until day 4, we would have stopped on the third evening. We still fight hunger but at least the we are not gazing at a wall between arguements wishing it was time to go to bed.

Amiee · 1 year ago

Are you supposed to eliminate ALL the salt water during the SWF??? I don't think I'm doing it right... because not much happens (on day 4 now)

KitKat · 1 year ago

Am SOOOO FRUSTRATED! Started MC with all the best intentions--cleanse NOT diet etc...but am completely unsuccessful. The dreaded SALTWATER solution does not stay down; and laxative teas are unavailable in my area so I'm going to resort to EPSOM salts and aloe vera juice for flushing. IDEAS anyone?

Jennifer · 1 year ago

Yesterday was my first day on this diet and I actually gained 2 pounds. Has anyone else had this experience? I was excited to try this diet for the health benefits but I certainly do not want to gain weight. Is it possible that I am retaining too much water? Will this continue? Is it common for the salt water flush to cause bloat? Last night I did the sea salt flush and it had an effect on me, but not to the extent that I expected. Today, I am two pounds heavier and my eyes are swollen. Help! Also, what kind of tea is best for an alternative to sea salt?

sam · 1 year ago

hi everyone,

so, for the record, I have never done the master cleanse but, there was a period of about two years where i was doing 24-36 hour dry fasts (no food or water) about twice a month. the fast requires a salt water cleanse at its conclusion much in the same way as the mc; however, we add the juice of one lemon to the salt water mixture, which makes it significantly more palatable. from what i can tell, this should not interfere with the cleansing process, but it makes the flush easier while being just as effective. i am about to start my first mc, and frankly would be interested in hearing if there is any legitimate reason why i shouldnt continue with the flush the way ive been doing it for years?

Danno · 1 year ago

If the SWF is not coming out, it means your body is absorbing it. I read that the salinity has to be correct or this will happen. Make sure you are getting the amounts of salt and water correct. I have never had trouble with it.

To answer the question about energy levels, I find I have MORE energy when I am on the fast. Just make sure you drink adequate amounts of the lemonade.

KitKat · 1 year ago

MAJOR CONFUSION! The mastercleanse.pdf (tree on first page) instructs the use of 2-TEASPOONS of sea salt to one 1quart for the flush WHILE the admin here instructs 2-TABLESPOONS of sea salt to one liter...

Who's right?

KitKat · 1 year ago

SEA SALT FLUSH:
Further investigation proves this confusion(see KITKAT above), with some websites listing 2-TABLESPOONS while others list 2-TEASPOONS; while still others (geniuses!) unhelpfully list "2-spoons" of sea salt.

Is there any definitive answer? My salt water mixes are NOT working!

Amiee · 1 year ago

Go with the book (2 TEASPOONS) on the SWF.

And all of it's supposed to come back out???

Amiee · 1 year ago

Oh, and I think that once you get to day 5 or so things get a little better. For me day 1 was ok but day 2 was awful and 3 was also hard (had zero energy and felt like crap). But day 5 (today) is much better, just still confused about the SWF. For example last night I drank my tea and it worked within like 6 hours (I woke up with cramps at 4:30am and had to use the bathroom, ugh) so this morning I didn't know whether to take the salt water because I had already "eliminated" ??? It happened the first morning too, it's like the laxative tea gets to work before I can take the salt water :/

charisse monero · 1 year ago

I am a bit nervous about starting the master cleanse.... i did ease into it though on the first day i tried the mixture of lemons/cayenne pepper/ water/ mple syrup- the next morning i woke and the front part of my gum was swollen, between my front teeth, i believe this may have been caused because i put too much pepper in the mix and probably caused the gum too swell....
By the way your site is great... i have two questions: can you use any maple syrup? and what type of sea salt do you use? is it best to do the flush at night?

Robzim · 1 year ago

On the SWF, two tsp. was not working well for me so I just made them two heavy tsp. and all is working well now.

I am on day 7 and beginning to prepare for the "ease out". Does anyone have a recipe for the vegetable soup on day 2 of the ease out?

Camy · 1 year ago

I have been on the cleanse for 3days. I have been taking herbalax tea at night as well as the salt solution ( 2tsp and 1 liter warm water) nothing happens afterwards. I have not have any BM to speak. I have had alot of #1 to expell all the fluids in my system but thats it. I am getting very discouraged. What am I doing wrong and is it safe to keep taking the saltwater solution if nothing is coming out?

naomi · 1 year ago

Camy,

Read my comment from July 30th. It should help. I am on day 10 of the cleanse and everything went very well. I feel completely envigorated and my skin is glowing! I also lost 7 pounds.

My schedule was as follows:
5:30 am SWF with exercises. This should take an hour.
Recipe: 1 tablespoon sea salt to 1 litre warm water. Drink 250ml, do the exercises, then repeat 3 other times until you have finished the one litre.
By 8am, I had expelled most of the saltwater.

After the SWF in the morning, I drank 250ml of herbal laxative tea - the one I mentioned above - Malva T. I drank another 250ml before going to bed.

The laxative tea forces out what the lemonade loosens up in your system. The SWF acts as a rince.

Good luck!

ian · 1 year ago

hello. thanks for the site. i've read that it's important to use un-fluoridated water. San Francisco's water is fluoridated. can i buy un-fluoridated water at the grocery store? thanks in advance.

Robzim · 1 year ago

Any bottled spring or purified water will be unfluoridated, I assume.

Meeshy · 1 year ago

So can I make the drink the night before and put it in the fridge? or is that not a good idea with the maple syrup and all...

Marny · 1 year ago

I tried the salt water flush at night and it didn't work as well. It is best on an empty stomach so only the morning works for me. I set the alarm early to drink it and then lay back down a while. You need to allow about 2 hours before leaving home. Make sure you use sea salt without idodine. You must drink at least 1 quart of water with 2 tsps of sea salt. It has always worked for me. I normally make my drinks the night before and refrigerate since I am too busy expelling salt water to make in the morning. Good luck.

daniel · 1 year ago

Thanks for the site - Im on day 4, doing great but drank almost twice the recommended amount of lemonade and syrup today. Is that going to disrupt the cleanse?

Also, i occasionally feel the need and take a little shot of maple syrup plain. I am thin and have a high metabolism. Is direct syrup not recommended?

thanks.

kiwi · 1 year ago

hi i've never tried the master cleanse before but am seriously considering it because i have chronic pain in my feet called plantar-fasciitus, as well as bone spurs
both in each feet. i want to lose weight as well as cleanse my body. i am a bit nervous because i drink every night and am worried i will not be able to quit drinking. if i do, when i come off the Ease-out, can i drink in moderation? Also, i have irregular BM. i find that almost whatever i eat i am expelling very soon. especially dark greens. if i follow through with the MC, is it going to be painful to expel the lemon/maple/cayenne mixture? plus, because of my feet conditions, it is extremely hard for me to exercise. when i finish the master cleanse will i have to keep exercise up on a regular? help! i really want to give this a try!!!

Robzim · 1 year ago

One suggestion on making your drinks ahead of time. Leave out the cayenne pepper and add it to each drink when you pour a glass. This will keep the drink from becoming spicy.

Danno · 1 year ago

Day 9 today, and my tongue is still coated. The last time I did the cleanse I went 14 days and it was still coated then too. Maybe I still have lots of toxins in my body. Has anyone actually witnessed there tongue turn pink during the cleanse?

Laura Jane · 1 year ago

Hey guys. I'm on the third day of the cleanse and I am in an absolutely terrible TERRIBLE mood with no energy. But reading your comments about feeling better around the fifth day are keeping me going so thanks so much!

PS... to new people. I'm definitely not a fan at all of the lemonade I think it's so nasty. If you have the same problem... drink it in 8 oz intervals. Plug your nose and just chug the 8 oz. Then WHILE YOUR NOSE IS STILL PLUGGED gulp down some purified/distilled/spring water. It makes things much more manageable for me. Good luck to everyone!

Schwann · 1 year ago

Hey everybody!
I'm a first timer on Day 7 and am feeling great! The first couple of days totally sucked but everything has worked out for me up to this point. I have used the cleanse as a way to quit smoking and it has worked as planned. Haven't even craved for a cigarette the entire time. I really do appreciate everyone's support and tips on this discussion board. It has really made things that much easier. Plan on easing off in a few days to get ten under my belt. My recommendation to people who are on the fence or are thinking of giving up after a few days is to wait it out. It is worth the effort and discipline. Thanks to all and good luck!

:o · 1 year ago

Hey. I have been wanting to try out the master cleanse for a while. But I'm only a teenager. I don't know if I should wait till im older or not.
I want to start now because I'm becoming over weight and wanna be healthier. I have been tired while climbing the stairs or excercising.
Should I not do it yet? I have a friend who has done it so far and it worked out for her but I'm not sure if my body will do the same. Help?

Devine · 1 year ago

Is this diet safe for children under 10? Also, during the diet , is it ok to chew sugar free gum?

admin · 1 year ago

Devine,

Children have weaker immune systems than adults so it is probably inadvisable for them to do the master cleanse.

Sugar free gum is not chemical free gum. While there is relatively little consumed by chewing gum, there is still toxins that you are trying to expel - so it is a little counter productive.

Having said that, I would believe that the negative consequences would not be that great.

Erin · 1 year ago

I heard the Master Cleanse is supposed to reset your body to how it's supposed to be. I'm assuming that means it brings your body to its proper weight to height ratio. I guess there would be some differences between people even if they are the same height, but in general, how much would a 5'4" 18 year old be after doing the Master Cleanse?

Katt · 1 year ago

So I'm on my 5th day and I seem to be doing well as far as hunger. I work in a restaurant (in the kitchen) so I work with food all day! I'm proud of myself that I have not had any temptation to have a taste of anything :) This cleanse clearly is an inner strength deal! My only concern is I'm not flushing out as much as I thought I would. I have the lemonade through out the day and salt water at night before bed. I definitely get the rumble in my stomach and I release but it's mainly the liquid. Is that about right? I'm sorry to be a bit explicit but I expected more of a mess...Any suggestions?

Jackie · 1 year ago

Im on my 1st / 2nd day today. Yesterday I eased in and only ate veggies and today I started on the lemonade. Its 12:24am so i officially made it through my first day. I wonder how long i'll last. Not looking forward to my salt wash tomorrow morning. Everyone's comments are so helpful.

RobZim · 1 year ago

Day 10!!!

Thank you, whoever started this site. The first few days were tough but reading peoples posts helped. After I started fealing great, it was nice to offer words of encouragement to those having a tough time.

Orange Juice here I come!

admin · 1 year ago

Way to go RobZim, that orange juice sure tastes good. You will find you savor every thing you eat now. You will also crave healthy food.

Congrats.

Umukoro · 1 year ago

Thank you very much for this educative programme for general wellbeing of human being, someday ago i was feeling serious terrible pain in my joint. i just finished reading your sea salt mixture and i tried it, within some minute i feel relieved. for this lemonade mixture how many lemon for a glass of water. thank you once again God will bless your ministry.

Veronica · 1 year ago

I have done the Master Cleanse at least 2 times and I have done 7 to 10 day juice fast every year for 6 years. The results are worth it, not only the physical change in your body with the weight loss. But the emotional strength you gain and self confidence is awesome. I always pray before getting started and added a detox bath with dead sea salt and epsom salt about midnight the day of my fast. It is also good if someone to do it with you, if not take the challenge yourself. This is day 2 for me, I feel great and my mind is clear and focused. I highly recommend flushing at night, unless you work a different shift. You want to be comfortable with your bathroom facilities and if you have a job that is strict about your bathroom visits evening time will be a much better idea.

Katt, possibly if you are a very healthy eater you may not be as impacted as others. I eat pretty good and I get colonics 2 -3 times a year, so I dont have as much waste as others.

rfg_nyc · 1 year ago

I started this morning and are a little apprehensive. I still feel a little hungry. Plus I wonder if I really made the right amount. Its just 14 tblspn of Lemon and 14 of Maple syrup and 1 teaspn of Cayanne Pepper. And this is it for the whole day right?

Meeshy · 1 year ago

Is there anything like gum or cough drops that I can suck on that wont ruin the diet, it helps with my hunger..Im a gum chewer already and I miss it : (.

alley · 1 year ago

is there anyway i can drink metamucil throughout the day instead of the tea or salt flush?? and im also curious as to how this can possibly have enough nutrients and calories in it to keep you healthy and so that you dont gain a bunch of weight when you go back to eating regularly.????im very eager to start but i dont want to get myself into a trap of yo yo dieting and cleansing because i gain weight after

alley · 1 year ago

is there anyway i can drink metamucil throughout the day instead of the tea or salt flush?? and im also curious as to how this can possibly have enough nutrients and calories in it to keep you healthy and so that you dont gain a bunch of weight when you go back to eating regularly.????im very eager to start but i dont want to get myself into a trap of yo yo dieting and cleansing because i gain weight after...

Shug-e-bee · 1 year ago

I am on day two, I swf last night, was definitely a challenge getting down ( 1 liter water, 2teaspoons seasalt)- managed, became very nauseated but I controlled the urge to vomit by laying down and falling asleep. I expelled about 1.5 hrs after consuming the swf, there was no "solid" waste. I continued to expel the water for approx. 1.5 hrs.. I truly felt awful during this whole time, however waking up this morning I feel fine! My husband on the other hand has not had such luck. He works an overnight shift and upon getting home this morning he did his swf and it never took effect, just a few rumblings in his tummy. After sleeping for 5.5 hrs, he was swollen in the face and still unable to expel any of the salty water or solid matter. He did have one "Sh-art". He has since taken one dose of "Smooth Move" herbal laxative tea. That was approx. 5.5 hrs ago and no expelling yet. He had to go back to work tonight and was feeing awful and still looked puffy in the face. He hasn't quit the lemonade. I am just wanting someone else's thoughts. Should he continue if his body keeps absorbing all this salt? Should "solid matter" be expelled, not just salty water (my case)? I would just like some peace of mind on this- this is all so "unknown" for us. Thank you!

Gina · 1 year ago

going to start tomorrow...have had many patients doing this cleanse..one lost 15lbs in 10 days and has been off it for a month and not gained anything back.
here goes nothing? something? everything :)

Gina · 1 year ago

i've read about the coating on the tongue being gone...is that the only tell tale of when your body is "done"

Shug-e-bee · 1 year ago

I'm updating my last entry. My husband's "Smooth Move" tea has kicked in...Yeah! Hopefully when we have accomplised this cleanse we will be able to talk to one another about more pleasant things! I just downed my swf, this time I used hot water and drank it down as quickly as possible- no straws. The hot water worked much better- I'm expecting success... and praying for it.

em · 1 year ago

Hi all,

Im on day 2 of the cleanse. First day was ok, although I craved food all day. I didnt feel hungry, no stomach grumbling, no hunger pains. I just wanted to eat. Its weird, not eating solid food. I chuck down a glass on lemonade to fight strong cravings, and it usually works. Its going ok so far. Except I dont think im 'going' as much as i should. Is it because of the SWF? I make my 1L + 2t sea salt every morning. But I can only manage to drink half. Even half is pushing it, and I have to keep myself from gagging it all out. Is it absolutely necessary to drink the whole quart? Im not used to drinking so much liquid. The 2 L lemonade takes me all day to drink, along with water in between, but I can handle it. But 1 L of nasty sea salt water is too much for one sitting.

Haley · 1 year ago

Yes, you must drink all the salt water. It won't work properly otherwise (and yeah it is nasty but it'll get to the point soon where it's not as bad)

Hally · 1 year ago

I finished!!! Today was day 11, the first day off. I feel great!

I was wondering though, how does this cleanse effect your metabolism??? I have a fairly high one but was wondering if that'll be changed at all... just curious :) Oh and yeah someone else asked about the toungue and I had the same question, is that the only indicator of when you're really "done"?? Mine wasn't toally clear by day 10, but I really needed to start eating again and wasn't that interested in fasting over 10 days my first time.

I definitly think this cleanse is SO worth it though!!! Thanks for the awesome site!

Hally · 1 year ago

Oh one more thing :P

Is it really that essential to "ease out," and not eat solid foods the first day off??? Like, if I were to eat something today and felt sick, that woould be an indicator that I should just stay on juice the rest of the day, right? But what if I ate solid food and felt totally fine?? Is there still a problem?? Or could I feel fine, but really my body is having a problem with eating solid food too quickly?

I'm pretty healthy anyway (I work at a natural foods store) and my digestive system isn't overworked or worn out or anything (I'm just 17), but I'm just wondering if I should expect digestive problems if I don't ease out correctly...... anyway hope that all made sense :)

em · 1 year ago

I tried drinking it out of a straw, that made the taste a bit more bearable. Its just fitting all that liquid in my stomach...thats the problem. Can I split up the 1L? Maybe take half in the morning and the other half later on?

Karin · 1 year ago

is it normal to get headaches as a result of the cleanse? i've woken up to a really bad headache and i was told by my friend who also did the cleanse that the same thing happened to her.

Krystle · 1 year ago

This is my second day for my husband and I. With prayer and practicing self control we are doing well so far. We both think about food, but are honestly not hungry. I wouldn't of thought that I would have completed one day. So I will stay on my knees and pray that we both will last the full ten days. I want to go longer, but aren't sure just yet. Yesterday I had the worse headache, but today not so much. I am as well eleminating a lot of water and none of the tar rubbery subtance that I have read about, so I guess thats good? bad? I don't know. I will definately come back and post my husband and my status.

jerry · 1 year ago

Your instructions sound like a table spoon of salt to 1 litre of water wereas Stanely says Prepare a full quart of lukewarm water and add two level (rounded for the Canadian
quart) teaspoons of sea salt. Do not use ordinary iodized salt, as it will not work properly. Drink the
entire quart of salt and water first thing in the morning. This must be taken on an empty stomach. The
salt and water will not separate but will stay intact and quickly and thoroughly wash the entire tract in
about one hour. Several eliminations will likely occur. The salt water has the same specific gravity as
the blood, hence the kidneys cannot pick up the water and the blood cannot pick up the salt.
Your instructions could cause serious damage!

Robzim · 1 year ago

Krystle,

For my wife and I, the first 3 days were very rough. Of course, it was also a lifestyle change (no smoking, drinking....etc). We both agreed to quit on day 4 if we were not feeling great. We did the whole 10 days and feel great.

I used this site as a "support group" and still do as I am adjusting to eating again.

Good luck.

daniel · 1 year ago

I got a suggestion for all those having problems chugging the salt water for the flush. Today was my last day to flush (day 11!!! wahoo), and I coincidentally brushed my teeth right before drinking the saltwater. I was amazed, i could barely even taste the salt. The taste of the toothpaste seemed to nullify the unpleasant saltiness of the flush.

Well, i'm done cleansing for this round, with much thanks to this site and its participants, but for next time i will have a new motto for morning time routine:

BRUSH AND FLUSH !!!

I hope this helps all you salt water phobes! Many blessings and good health to all.

Toni · 1 year ago

Today is day three for me and I feel great! I am so amazed and motivated. However, I can not tolerate the salt in the morning. So, I do the salt flush in the evenings and the tea in the morning when I get to work. So, far! I am eager to see the final results. I feel better already! Next Wednesday is my last day and I am excited. Trying to stay STRONG HERE!

em · 1 year ago

Its day 4 of the MC and truthfully I didnt think I'd make it this far. Im still having trouble with the swf today. Most of it came right back out as soon as I drank it. In fear of having all that salt absorbed in my body, I drank more water. I may take Daniel's suggestion and brush my teeth before the flush instead of after. Day 3 was hard..i was starving yesterday. Other than that, I feel great despite the drastic drop in calorie intake, im not tired. I've lost 5 lbs, I dont see a visible difference, but I guess its all the crap thats coming out. And Im running low on toilet paper...

Krystle · 1 year ago

Today is day 4 for me, and OMG day 3 was so dreadful. I had two temptations at work and at hm. The food they had looked so good! I can admit that I wasn't hungry, but I do miss the taste. I did, however, fight temptation and did not cheat!! Thanks to my husband, he was strong for me and talked me out of tasting my cousin's chicken strip! LOL!! I have no problems with the SWF. I just think of it as warm chicken broth without the chicken flavor and savor it down. I guess its easier bc I drink the lemonade all day so when I taste something different its a pleasure. If you're using the right sea salt (uniodized) it should come right out of you and not be absorbed. I too am running low on toilet paper. LOL!! Press on everyone...we can do it!!!!

cary · 1 year ago

i am concerned. i am on day 7 and haven't had any "strange" waste movements. is there anything i am doing wrong? i follow the directions carefully and drink the salt water and tea every morning and night.

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Cary,
IHave you had any movements in the last seven days.. Tell me what exact mixture you are using for the salt water. and what kind..

Ksweets · 1 year ago

Hey everyone.. I did the post a few weeks ago and will do it again just in case anyone needs some help..
one of the best things you can do to stay on the cleanse is have a great support system. I had to tell my two guys, ” No matter how hungry I tell you I am or if I cry and say I just want a bite please.. You have to tell me no!” From my understanding ( I have been through a ton of websites) You are not allowed to have anything.. No pills, multi-vits, bites of food here and there. Juice Nothing. Just the mixture and water. The point of this is the Cleanse. If you are putting more things into your system then the mixture your body can’t cleanse. What you are doing is giving all the other parts of your body a bit of a break as the mixture is easy to break down. By giving your digestive system a break it will actually begin to heal itself. Because you are still putting enough in your body to have energy and your organs to work they will begin to use the energy they normally use for other things on healing itself. I have chronic painful back problems since I was about 14. I was on percocets for 6 years and been on Vicoden for about 1 now so I wasn’t sure I could make it. But I haven’t had a single one. I feel very energized. And have become “nicer” in the mornings. If you hurt try having someone give you a massage or go get one. Also for girls ( this is only a suggestion based of my experience) Try doing the cleanse when your about to start your period. I was not bloated, cramping, or moody! We thought I was going to be such a ______. My period is going smoother. Also try doing the master cleanse when you know you will be busy. Say your spring cleaning on your house. Or the messy garage. I find it a great distraction from the want of food. I keep a cup of juice with me and since I am so busy all I have time for is a quick drink. To those of you with questions about the Salt water flush. The first mistake I see people try to make is use table salt! WRONG! You eat that on a daily basis and it doesn’t have that effect. It has to be pure sea salt. And no not iodized sea salt. If your not having a movement and you are using the correct salt try upiing the dosage a little. Yes you can take the salt mix it with a small amount of water and shoot it down your throat if it makes it easier for you to take it but you have to drink that liter of water IMMEDIATELY after. I mean like chug the water! Your body is going to start expelling soon and it needs to have something to expel. STAY HYDRATED!! The lemon juice cannot come from concentrate.. And although you can you are not supposed to make a HUGE batch and then slowly drink it as the lemon juice will lose some of its valuable properties. pure lemon juice in a bottle I am not sure of but it doesn’t take long to cut up 6 or 7 lemons. I will try to keep an eye on this site and help out as I can. I didn’t write make the cleanse though! Good luck to all of you in your journeys. You can succeed if you really want this.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Krystle,

I am assuming that you are on your fourth day by now. You're doing great thus far!!! The fact that you are eliminating water and not the "tar rubbery" substance is perfectly fine. You'll get to that part later on in the cleanse, if you haven't already done so. People who have done this cleanse for longer periods of time, such as 20-30 days, have said that even on their last day, they still eliminate those toxins that have been stored in their bodies for years. I wish you the best of luck with the cleanse. Stay strong and please come back to share yours and your husband's progress :-).

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Karin,

Getting headaches, especially on the first couple of days of the cleanse is normal. When I did the cleanse, I had the same thing happen to me. It is a sign of your body getting used to not having the food/beverages/chemicals that you have been accustomed to, in your system. I have also found that people who consume caffeinated beverages, such as coffee, sodas, etc., have headaches more often than those who do not. Usually, all this goes away by the second or third day. So, don't let this stop you from continuing the cleanse. Keep up the great work!!

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Em,

I wouldn't suggest drinking half in the morning and the other half at night, just because it is not going to have favorable results. 1L definitely does the job. It's just one of those unpleasant experiences that comes with doing something wonderful for your body in the long run. The whole mirror idea worked for me. I drank the salt water in the bathroom in front of the mirror. It was almost like I was fighting myself but the reflection was encouraging me. I know it sounds silly, but whatever floats your boat, right? Hang in there. It'll all be worth it ;-).

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hally,

Your metabolism does slow down when you're on the cleanse. That is the reason for having to go through the ease out process very carefully. I know it's tough after 10 days because you have that feeling of, "now, I can," but it's very crucial that you start with OJ the day after you've completed the actual cleanse. Your metabolism has to get used to a new routine after taking it easy for such a long time. It speeds up little by little when you follow the ease out steps.

You should NOT be eating solid foods on the first day after the cleanse. Your intestinal flora has to get used to the idea of introducing actual food into your system first, and then you can continue on with regular healthy food.

About the tongue, I'm not aware of other signs that your body has completely gotten rid of all the toxins, except for obvious signs of feeling more energized, having a clear mind, etc. At least that's what I experienced. I think 10 days is plenty, especially if this is your first time.

Congradulations on being done!!! I think it's awesome that you're starting to take care of your body at such a young age :-).

Krystle · 1 year ago

OOH you guys.....I need some encourangement! This mental battle is a killer!! I can honestly say that I am physically not hungry, but when I'm around others or see a commercial ad I just want to give up. I HAVE NOT cheated, and plan on continuing the full 10 days!! Today, is my fourth day and I feel so drained with a slight nagging headache. I will admit that I was not a soda drinker, but a coffee drinker, and I know my body is that morning cup. My husband is doing great. He still pushes me to be strong and I'm going to, because he's doing so well and I don't want to mess up and cause him to mess up as well. But I feel really sluggish today, arms feel slightly sore or heavy...I don't know how to describe it...I just feel weird! For the person who said to try this on my period, you are so right, I am not bloated! I am extremely happy for that! I'm so glad I came across this site, for all of these comments are helpful. Thanks you guys! :)

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Krystle,

You're doing awesome, if you made it to Day 4. After day 5, everything was a piece of cake for me (no pun intended). When you're doing the cleanse, you have got to have a good support system on your side. It's great that your husband is doing this with you because you have someone there to make you feel guilty if you mess up :-). About coffee, I used to loooove the smell and taste of coffee in the morning. I got done with the cleanse a couple of weeks ago and I have not even thought about coffee once. I'm all about water and tea now. Commercial ads...ok, I had a problem with this one. Ultimately, I didn't watch TV for 10 days, so that's all I have to say about that. You find errands and different ideas on how to occupy your time when television isn't a part of your life.

Focus on the goal. You're ridding your body of toxins. Your body will repay you with goodies: more energy, clearer mind, happier moods, etc. Plus, you're adding years onto your life by making these intiatives to better your body and mind. Don't stop now!!

I hope this little pep talk helped. Check in to let us know how you're doing :-).

Angi · 1 year ago

Okay I am starting tomorrow wish me luck!

Hally · 1 year ago

Thanks Veronica!!! :D

Sara · 1 year ago

So... what if I think I screwed up a little.

I finished the cleanse with NO cheating or anything, and it went GREAT (VERY very worth it).

BUT on day 11 (the "ease out") I ate solid foods.

MOSTLY fruit (some almonds I think, and raisins), but I also had a little bit of cheese and crackers just as a snack (EVERYTHING was organic though, if that makes it a little better). I eat really well normally (mostly a fruit nut and vegetable diet, all organic, with bread and cheese occasionally. I stopped eating meat as of this summer) and am tall and slim (although I did loose some weight on this cleanse), but now I guess I'm concerned I may gain some weight because I messed up my "ease out" process.

So I'm wondering, how much did I mess with my metabolism??? I saw what you said Veronica (in response to Hally) and so now I'm just wondering what I did. I feel fine, and I had a high-ish metabolism (I say "had" because I hope I didn't ruin that) and am very active (running/biking/hiking), yet I'm just curious to know whether I really messed up...

:/

Thanks!

Amy · 1 year ago

Krystle

I felt the exact same way! (and had the exact same feeling in my arms!) Just weak and tired and yeah, weird. For the first few days (days 2, 3 and 4) I had NO energy! Even on day 5 I felt like doing nothing! It wasn't until day 8 that I went on a run and felt the energy difference. I thought I would take the run slow and make it short, because I was on the cleanse and was told to take things easy. But as I kept going I found I felt great and ran a pretty long run (6 miles) without feeling tired or weak! (and I could totally feel the cayenne pepper!). So keep going, you're doing great!!! Even though you may feel just weird at times

Shug-e-bee · 1 year ago

I am now at the completion of day 7. My husband and I started at the same time, however he decided to just do the 5 days. We have had very different experiences through this but definitely plan on repeating it in the future. He felt hungry throughout the 5 days and lacked all energy. He did not cheat at all and followed the instructions as I. He lost 15lbs in those 5 days also. I have not had any problems with hunger in fact I can't wait to cook for our kids and feed them. ( I normally don't get joy out of cooking). I also have had an incredible amount of energy- almost like a caffeine rush all the time. I too have not cheated at all. I also did experience the weird achy arm feeling but this did not last long- part of day 5. Responding to someone else's comments I haven't lost anything too weird in the toilet either. I have only had a 3 lb loss, which is fine since this was not my focus. However can someone tell me how one person can lose 15 lbs in 5 days and another 3 lbs in 7? My husband did not have anything significantly different in expelling than myself. Just curious.

Craig Hansen · 1 year ago

Hello Earthings!I did the Master cleanse for 40 days!Wow,what a life changing experince!I was 190lbs when I started.(My normal is around 170lbs)I lost 35lbs in the 40 days.Plus like other people have stated,after the initial couple of days feeling like garbage,I had the most amount of energy I'd ever remembered having!I remember when I told people what I was doing,they would say"Oh no I couldn't do that,I have to work!To which I explained that with a friend I loaded around 4 tons of old roof shingles in to dumpster in a day and a half!Although I understand the subconcious reaction to the thought of not eating!I had the same reaction myself when I first heard about the Cleanes.Which just reinforces the saying "Don't preconcieve life before it happens,cause you really never know how it will go".So throw caution to the wind and go for it,cause you only get one chance!

Veronica · 1 year ago

I am excited I am on day nine as of August 18 down 14 lbs and my mind is clear and I feel a sense of peace and stillness. I am tired of drinking the lemonade but I am not yearning for food. I really tested myself several time during this fast going to picnics and events where there was an abundance of very healthy food that I love to eat. But my mind was very strong and my body obeyed. I hope everyone else who is on the fast is doing well and staying focused it is well worth it. Both physically and spiritually. Good luck

Veronica

Bonnie · 1 year ago

Hello.... I am thinking about starting this diet to lose a few pounds before my bachlorette party in two weeks. I am confused about the directions. I am confused about what to put in the liter bottles. 7 tablespoons of lemon juice, 7 tablespoons of maple surup, 1/2 teaspoon of cayan pepper.... do I fill the rest up with bottled water???? I am debating on buying the ultimate kit through amazon.... what is all the organic tea for???? For the flushing part at the end of the day, do I put the sea salt in and fill the rest of the liter bottle up with water???? Please help???? Thanks!

Barbaa · 1 year ago

Hi I have just been told abouth this diet and am excited to try it. My ponly concern is that I have a husband who will not change his habits in eating. Will I still be craving what he eats as I normally do when dieting? Also do you think this might work on a 14 year old.
You are great for giving me this diet I really hope it works.
Barbara

Yolanda · 1 year ago

As of August 18, I am on day eight with the cleanse and I have lost 14 lbs. I had thoughts of giving up on Sunday, but got my mind together and decided to stick with it for three more days. I weighed 115 lbs. when I started, and now I weigh 201 lbs. I work out everyday, but not as hard as I do when I'm not on the cleanse. I still burn over 500 calories. My big test was this past weekend when my grandson had his 5th birthday party. There was barbecue, spaghetti, fresh fruit, cake and ice cream. I kept my drink with me at all times, and I didn't cheat at all. I was very proud of myself. Doing the cleanse is a mind over matter issue. If you have a strong mind, you can do it. You just have to stay focus on your long term goal. I've done it at least 4 times. This is my second time doing it for 10 days. The previous times, I only did it for five days, but you really don't get the full benefit if you only do it for five days.
I want to get under 200 lbs. so that's my big motivation. My skin is also looking a lot better also.
Good luck with the cleanse.

Guccigurl · 1 year ago

Okaaay, I'm a BELIEVER!!!

Tried it - lasted 6 days and lost five pounds...and inches in various places.

MORE important than that however, (you're asking WHAT could be more important than that!)...well the fresh perspective gained into my relationship, and our relationship as a society with food was simply mind-blowing. AND NOT GOOD!!! Try the cleanse and you WILL see what I mean. We really rely on food way too much for EVERYTHING ELSE (comfort; replacement therapy etc) instead of simply at TIMELY; PORTION-CONTROLLED nutrition.

Wasn't really hungry after day-3, but missed really things like tasting and chewing solids (I know-weird!) Also, experienced the clarity of mind others have mentioned, but truthfully I don't know if that's just because I had all this spare time from not stuffing my face, or preparing things to stuff my face.

Like EVERYONE on the forum...I found the saltwater flush to be hateful. I've now found a laxative tea with YOGI that's really strong--and seems to work without the flush.

Thanks to others who've answered my anonymous questions. I sooo appreciate it guys! I am offering to pass on that goodwill to anyone who needs questions answered...just leave messages for me with my username above....will try to answer asap.

Am repeating the cleanse this week--am aiming to finish the full 10 days.
Guccigurl

Janice · 1 year ago

Hi all - I am on Day 2 and have had trouble with the flush, namely that it produced almost no results. I used one tablespoon non-iodized sea salt in 1 liter of water - do those proportions sound correct? I'm thinking tonight I might even double the amount of salt, although I don't want to do anything unhealthy. Anyone who might have had a similar problem, please advise! Thanks :)

Master · 1 year ago

Janice, yes, do try more salt, but maybe not double. Try 1.5 tablespoons. You usually have to adjust up.

Kat · 1 year ago

My concern is the same as 'Bonnie' #254. What goes into the bottles after measuring out the ingredients? Water? Why would I need 2 1litre bottles for 7 teaspoons of lemon juice and syrup if i am not mixing with something.
Sorry - but i just need a little more clarification.
Also - the salt flush sounds nasty - can i just use the tea instead or a herbal laxative if necessary?
thx

Veno · 1 year ago

Hi Kat and Bonnie

I'm gonna try it out tomorrow. I've read most of the responses and i can tell you this much. After having measured the 7 tsp lemon juice and syrup and 1/2 tsp cayenne, you mix with 1 ltr water, which is why a 1 ltr chug-able is required.
One of the responses did say you can substitute the salt for the tea.
Hope that helped!

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Sara,

It is strongly recommeded to do the ease out process because your digestive track is sensitive after having consumed nothing but the juice for so long. You don't mess up your metabolism if you don't ease out, but you make it harder for your system to digest the foods that you put it. Even after doing the ease out process, I had a full meal that I would usually have and had a bit of a stomach ache because I got accustomed to completely natural veggie and fruit diet.

If you felt fine and you stayed regular, then I don't see a problem. You ate healthy before the diet, so that's a plus because I've noticed that many people do this diet to get on the right track to start eating healthier.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Shug-e-bee,

Everyone's metabolism is different. There's too many factors to be taken into consideration when losing weight. Sometime, those who have more fat to lose, lose more. If a person has a larger muscle mass, they tend to burn more calories even when they're not working out. People have different ways of processing foods/beverages. So, your question can't be specifically answered because there are too many factors that could be affecting how much weight you lose even when you're on the same diet.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

The mixture for the juice is: For 1 Liter of water, 7 tablespoons of maple syrup, 7 tablespoons of lemon juice, 1/2 of teaspoon of cayenne pepper or less depending on your tolerance for spicy things. You need 2 Liters of this mixture and 1 Liter or more of regular water to drink throughout the day. (It is preferred that you get Grade B organic syrup, and use organic lemons).

The tea is a laxative tea to clean out your system. It's called, "Organic Smooth Move with Senna" and it can be bought in most natural health food stores.

For the sea salt flush, you mix 1 tablespoon of sea salt with warm water. It dissolves faster, tastes a little better than cold, and once consumed your bile ducts are able to open up and release more bile to encourage better digestion. You won't be getting the full effects of this cleanse if you don't go through the actual cleansing process.

The sea salt

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Barbara,

Cravings are very much psychological, mainly when it comes to junk or processed foods. When you start craving a salad or a fruit instead of cheese steak and fries, is when you know that you've made a transition for the better. In terms of your husband, all you can do is follow healthy habits yourself. You can only hope that he notices the wonderful changes in your life and takes some interest in doing it for himself.

I am not sure about doing the cleanse for a 14 year old. The websites that I have come across suggest that any cleanse for children should be done under health care supervision.

I wish you the best of luck with the your cleanse!! :-)

Bonnie · 1 year ago

Thanks for all of the clarification about what ingriedients are needed. My fiance and I started today and as I am writing this, we are trying to finish our 2nd liter. The cravings of food are so bad. We are trying not to cheat, but desperatly want too.... maybe just alittle snack? :) We are trying to avoid it, yet it is painful. Wish us luck! Encouragement is needed. :) Day one is almost over!

Lastly, we are only using the Smooth Move Tea at night. Hopefully it works. If we see no results in a couple of days...should we add the sea salt solution too? Or is it really in our best interest to do both at night?

chrystal · 1 year ago

Hi all,

I take Effexor for depression and I would like to do the Master CLeanse. Can I still take my medication> If not then is there any other way to do a cleanse like the Master cleanse without stopping medication?

Thanks

Chrystal

Angi · 1 year ago

I am on day 4 and going strong!!!! I am literally amazed at how i am not hungry and full of energy. I look forward to completing the full 10 days. If I have no complaints now I am sure I will have no complaints later.

Have any of you ever experienced severe backpain w/ this cleanse?

Angi · 1 year ago

I started w/ grade B syrup and am drinking grade A now. Is that going to effect the cleanse?

Melissa · 1 year ago

Can you workout while doing the cleanse? And, if so, do you need more lemon juice? I tend to go to the gym about five times per week.

Veronica · 1 year ago

Checking in, all done with the cleanse lost 14 ibs day 11 drinking OJ was like having a steak. I went shopping while I was hungry and bought a ship load of healthy foods to start my consistency in cooking home meals and carrying the proper snacks and meals to for my lunch. I made an awesome vegetable soup for day 12 trying to stick to the with the broth but the soup smells sooooooo good.

Veronica

ROb · 1 year ago

I started eathealthy.org a long time ago, and lost track of my own.
Now, I am starting the master cleanse today and seeing how it works.

Thanks goes to EVA from LAS VEGAS

Sheena · 1 year ago

The master cleanse works!!!!

Rhonda · 1 year ago

Sarting the cleanse today! I can't wait to post tomorrow when I can feel a difference! :)

Nina · 1 year ago

Hi everyone.... what a great site- this wasn't here the last time I did the cleanse. I'm on day 2 and finding it a bit tougher than I remember... 10 days seems like forever at this point. But as this is my second go I do remember how GREAT I felt last time. Also how good my skin looked and how much energy I had. So here we go again... Good luck to all of us!

Angi · 1 year ago

Day 6 is nearly over looking forward to day 7. I amnot hungry, but I do miss eating. I am glad I stuck w/it. I have lost weight, but i am not sure how much as I do not own a scale. Have any of you ever experienced difficulties w/ the ease out?

Kelli · 1 year ago

This is the second time I have done the master cleanse....I am on day 2 and can already feel a change in my body. The first time I completed the cleanse, I did it for 7 days and can honestly say it was one of the most challenging things I had ever done. However, for those of you toying with the idea to try....you will not be sorry! It is awesome! My first experience was amazing and I am now looking forward to completing the second go around. This time I am going to shoot for 10 days. We shall see if I can stick it out that long. Good luck to all! Truly a life changing experience....physically and spiritually.

Julia · 1 year ago

I'm starting today.....a little worried because I've heard mixed reviews, but it's something I'm excited to try.

marsh · 1 year ago

today is day one for me, my first go at the mc. looking forward to going at least 10 days.

marsh

Chris · 1 year ago

I also would like to know if you should or should not exercise while doing the cleanse.

Stefanie · 1 year ago

This will change your life. Don't forget, PLEASE read the little yellow book by Stanley Boroughs, "Master Cleanse". This will give you the background and instructions for following the cleanse. the first 2 days are the hardest. After that you should not feel hungry. you may experience bad days and good days intermittenly throughout the fast. This is your body detoxing. I noticed the fat in my abdomen and cellulite on my legs disappearing towards the 10th day. I would have liked to continue but its hard when you have a social life. For another interesting story about the Master Cleanse....Check out wwww.rufkm.net The M -ass-ter Cleanse blog will give you a good laugh!!!

good luck

Janice · 1 year ago

I am on Day 8 and in my experience, the cleanse does not get any better over time...but others have said they begin to feel peaceful and happy, so it might just depend on the person. But I intend to see it through! I am also curious about the ease out - I understood that Day 11 was fruit juice, Day 12 could be broth, and after that a slow move back to solids was okay. Does anyone have any tips?

Barbara · 1 year ago

I am just about to go on this diet, i am not sure whether it would be possible to substitute honey for maple syrup. I really do not like maple syrup and as this is just for taste I dont think it would be wrong do uou?

Barbara

Angi · 1 year ago

Day 9 and going strong!

Phoenix · 1 year ago

I was curious if it was alright to lessen the amout of cayenne pepper in my drink? I can take the salt water flush, but the cayenne pepper is a but much for me. I can make myself do it if I have to because I want to get all the benifits of this cleanse, but I would much rather lessen the amount of pepper.

marsh · 1 year ago

can anyone help?

i'm on day 2, and this morning's swf made me feel so sick that i vomited after about 30 mins. i had several yellow water eliminations, but the headache and nausea was intense during the hour and a half it took me to get all the flush out. i had some smooth move tea the night before, maybe i should not have that? should i do anything different for tomorrow? i used 32oz of lukewarm water and 2 heaping teaspoons of sea salt. anybody's suggestions are welcome! thanks.

marsh · 1 year ago

phoenix-

i got a suggestion on another site to take the cayenne in vegicaps. that's what i'm doing.

alexa · 1 year ago

okay, so when i make the lemon drink, it fills a very small proportion of my liter, am i supposed to fill the rest of the bottle with water?

Colin · 1 year ago

I'm at the start of day 2 now, and so far, so good. I can't say that I've been overly hungry. On day 1 I felt a little strange not eating, but I was able to mentally power through. I had a proper BM on day 1, so no SWF for me yet. I'll be doing that for the first time tonight.
This morning I woke up with a bit of a headache, but since this is a cleanse I'm going to try to get through it without any pills. (normally I reach for the Ibuprofin pretty much straight away)
My weight dropped quite a bit on the first day. Yesterday I weighted in at 207.5, this morning I was 201.5. I'm sure that most of that is water weight, but still ... 6 pounds!
I'm going to to try to post a comment each day of the cleanse. Thanks to the gent that set this site up; it's been very helpful.

Whitney · 1 year ago

if i decide to do the sea salt at night does that mean i drink the tea before? or do i continue to drink the tea before bedtime? does that make sense? i'm day 1 today cold turkey. i had the tea last night and still trying to down the sea salt before water and lemon juice. any pointers?

marsh · 1 year ago

day 3 for me and i'm going strong. so glad to hear others are hanging in there, too. i did the swf yesterday and today, and both times made me sto sick until i eliminated the salt water. it took about 2-3 hours to pass it all out, and i felt so sick and nauseated the whole time. i'm considering just doing the tea and skipping the flush. i know the great benefits of flushing, though, so i guess i'll wait and see tomorrow morning. the thought of another agonizing 3 hours doesn't sound good right now, though. if anyone has a suggestion to make that process easier, i'm all ears.

otherwise, i'm not hungry and have lots of energy. good luck to all of you fellow cleansers!

marsh

Whitney · 1 year ago

is excercise, a good idea while cleansing? specifically running 3-5 miles a day?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Crystal,

It is said that "if you’re taking a medicine that’s been prescribed by a practitioner, continue to take that medication, unless you decide to consult that practitioner or get a second opinion from another." (Peter Glickman, "Lose Weight, Have More Energy & Be Happier")

Hopefully, once you've started doing this cleanse, leading a healthier life style by getting these toxins out that interfere with proper functioning of your body, you won't need to use pharmaceuticals for depression. But for now, that is what's recommended.

Good luck to you!!



Hi all,

I take Effexor for depression and I would like to do the Master CLeanse. Can I still take my medication> If not then is there any other way to do a cleanse like the Master cleanse without stopping medication?

Thanks

Chrystal

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Angi,

I can't speak for others in terms of pains and aches, but your body is going through a tremendous transformation during this cleanse, so I'm not surprised that you have back aches. In my opinion, if this continues to take place, even after you're done, I would consult a doctor.

________________________________________________________________________________

I am on day 4 and going strong!!!! I am literally amazed at how i am not hungry and full of energy. I look forward to completing the full 10 days. If I have no complaints now I am sure I will have no complaints later.

Have any of you ever experienced severe backpain w/ this cleanse?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Angi,

Grade B syrup has more nutrients in it. I did the same thing as you. I started off with Grade A because I couldn't find Grade B, then my friend said that he had a Whole Foods by him, so I decided to check it out and there it was. I could definitely taste the difference between the two. You want this process to be as natural as possible, so Grade B is recommended. If you can't find it though, Grade A will do.

I hope that helped :-).

___________________________________________________________

I started w/ grade B syrup and am drinking grade A now. Is that going to effect the cleanse?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Melissa,

If you feel more energized and ready to hit the gym, go for it!! You need to listen to your body though. The first few days were rough for me, so I took a nap every day. Day 4, I felt reenergized and went back to the gym. Day 5, I was doing a 10 mile hike. So, it's all up to how you feel personally. The energy part of it comes from the maple syrup though because that's where all the sugar is coming from.

____________________________________________________________

Can you workout while doing the cleanse? And, if so, do you need more lemon juice? I tend to go to the gym about five times per week.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

What kind of difficulties are you referring to? The first day on OJ was pure heaven, the second day on the broth was paradise, and the third day on veggies and fruits...oh sooo good. After not eating anything for so long, you come to appreciate pretty much any kind of food; the natural/healthy kind, in particular.

_____________________________________________________________

Day 6 is nearly over looking forward to day 7. I amnot hungry, but I do miss eating. I am glad I stuck w/it. I have lost weight, but i am not sure how much as I do not own a scale. Have any of you ever experienced difficulties w/ the ease out?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Chris and Whitney,

I'll give you the same advice as I gave to Melissa. Listen to your body. If you feel like you're up for the challenge, go for it!!! If you feel like you're going to fall over after you run a lap, it's may not be the best idea.

Kelli · 1 year ago

Hello all....so glad to have this website as I did not know of it the first time I cleansed. I am on day 5 and headed to day 6. Feeling strong which is amazing to me. I learned of the swf from this site...and have completed the task...but it does not really do anything for me...anyone else? As far as exercise goes, I have not worked out yet but plan to if the rain ever stops (outdoor jogger only....despise gyms). We shall see how that goes. Does anyone know when you can ease back into wine? Beer? I have an event coming up......

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Janice,

The third day of the ease out process is just light solid foods such as veggies and fruits. I had an apple for breakfast, made a salad for lunch, had another fruit as a snack, and another salad for dinner. You really don't want to go all out on your first day. The next day I ate natural foods as well, like oatmeal, more salads and fruits, homemade barley soup, nuts. You get the idea. It needs to be a slow transition.

______________________________________________________________


I am on Day 8 and in my experience, the cleanse does not get any better over time…but others have said they begin to feel peaceful and happy, so it might just depend on the person. But I intend to see it through! I am also curious about the ease out - I understood that Day 11 was fruit juice, Day 12 could be broth, and after that a slow move back to solids was okay. Does anyone have any tips?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hello Barbara,

It is recommended that you do the cleanse with the specific ingredients provided. I can't tell you whether or not it's ok to substitute it with honey because I am not sure if the results would be the same as with maple syrup. I'm sorry, I can't really help you out on this one.

Just as a side note though, if you use honey on a regular basis, make sure that it's raw honey that's pesticide free, unheated and unstrained (bonus). If it doesn't mention those things on the jar, it's processed and lacks most of the good nutrients found in real honey.

_______________________________________________________________

I am just about to go on this diet, i am not sure whether it would be possible to substitute honey for maple syrup. I really do not like maple syrup and as this is just for taste I dont think it would be wrong do uou?

Barbara

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Phoenix,

You can lessen the amount of cayenne pepper that you take in; just enough for it to be tolerable. Here is a site that talks about the many benefits of cayenne pepper. So, don't completely take it out of your daily juice.

http://www.cayennepepper.info/health-benefits-o...

_____________________________________________________________

I was curious if it was alright to lessen the amout of cayenne pepper in my drink? I can take the salt water flush, but the cayenne pepper is a but much for me. I can make myself do it if I have to because I want to get all the benifits of this cleanse, but I would much rather lessen the amount of pepper.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Marsh,

I'm sorry you had such a horrific experience. This is the way I did it: 1 L of lukewarm water and 1 tablespoon of the sea salt (your heaping 2 teaspoons and less than one liter of water may have triggered the reaction you had). I did that towards evening time because it was more convenient, and later at night I had the tea, which woke me up the next morning. That's how I did the entire cleanse. If this doesn't work for you, try substituting the tea and the salt water, one day, drink the tea and the next day, drink the sea salt water.

____________________________________________________________

can anyone help?

i’m on day 2, and this morning’s swf made me feel so sick that i vomited after about 30 mins. i had several yellow water eliminations, but the headache and nausea was intense during the hour and a half it took me to get all the flush out. i had some smooth move tea the night before, maybe i should not have that? should i do anything different for tomorrow? i used 32oz of lukewarm water and 2 heaping teaspoons of sea salt. anybody’s suggestions are welcome! thanks.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Kelli,

May I ask what you mean by, "It does't do anything for me?" Nothing flushes out?

Easing back into alcohol is a toughy. I haven't heard anything on this topic. Since you're supposed to take the ease out process very seriously, I would think that consuming alcohol too soon is not the best idea. Your intestinal flora would need to be reestablished and that could take from a couple of weeks to a month. Taking probiotics helps in that area though.

____________________________________________________________

Hello all….so glad to have this website as I did not know of it the first time I cleansed. I am on day 5 and headed to day 6. Feeling strong which is amazing to me. I learned of the swf from this site…and have completed the task…but it does not really do anything for me…anyone else? As far as exercise goes, I have not worked out yet but plan to if the rain ever stops (outdoor jogger only….despise gyms). We shall see how that goes. Does anyone know when you can ease back into wine? Beer? I have an event coming up……

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Alexa,

The rest is water. You should have 2 Liters of water mixed in with lemons, maple syrup, and cayenne pepper combination, and 1 Liter of regular water to drink throughout the day.

__________________________________________________________

okay, so when i make the lemon drink, it fills a very small proportion of my liter, am i supposed to fill the rest of the bottle with water?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Whitney,

If you're doing he SWF at night, you should drink the tea afterwards. Otherwise, all of it will flush out.

When I did the cleanse, I didn't consume any juice after the swf at night. I just drank the tea and let it take full effect in my system. It worked very nicely.

Hope that helped :-). Stay strong and check back to let us know how you are doing.

_____________________________________________________________


if i decide to do the sea salt at night does that mean i drink the tea before? or do i continue to drink the tea before bedtime? does that make sense? i’m day 1 today cold turkey. i had the tea last night and still trying to down the sea salt before water and lemon juice. any pointers?

Janice · 1 year ago

Hi all...Day 10 and I'm so excited to have made it! I just want to offer a quick tip on the SWF that really helped me. The first 2-3 days I did the SWF, nothing happened for me either - and I actually felt like I was putting on weight because the salt made me feel bloated and like I was retaining water. But then I began to do some simple yoga poses and pilates exercises immediately after finishing the SW, and I could literally hear and feel it moving through my body. It usually only took about 30-45 minutes from there to produce some movement. I really didn't do anything fancy - basic stretches and some good Bikram poses, ie knees to chest while on your back - but it made a world of difference. Give it a try if you aren't having any luck with it!

And best of luck to everyone out there, stay strong!

Kelli · 1 year ago

Hey Janice....thanks for the tip...regarding the swf / yoga. I will try that this evening :)

Whitney · 1 year ago

Veronica

thanks so much! this morning was a great SWF! gross i know, sorry. i find myself looking forward to the next day. i've been overweight for many years and see this as a beginning of what i hope will be an escape from that personal prison. i love reading all the comments and advice for it gives me strength. day 2 is going well. i'll update on what 3 miles does to me tomorrow.

shellie · 1 year ago

Hi everyone! I started my cleanse monday, 25th. I have been drinking the lemonade and plenty of water, but due to my long days and early mornings I didn't do the SWF until last night. I didn't really have anything happen other than a little stomach cramping. I planned only to do the SWf and skip the tea. I read about trying yoga poses, so I am going to do that tonight when I drink the flush, but I am making a mistake not having the tea? I feel bloated and I would love to start ridding my body of some toxins!

Janine · 1 year ago

I am on the 3rd day after the cleanse and i was wondering if i should continue to do the sea salt flush?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Great tip on the yoga, Janice!

To those of you who want to add yoga to your daily routines, even after you finish the cleanse, it does wonders for your digestion. Check out this website for some examples of exercises you can do:

http://www.womenfitness.net/digestionyoga.htm

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Hi Shellie,

If you do the tea as well as the SWF you're basically going to the bathroom two times a day instead of one, so that's where you're getting the benefit of doing both.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Janine,

If you're on the ease out already, you no longer have to do the flushes. You're done!!! Congradulations :-). How do you feel, now that you're finished? How much weight did you end up losing?

Janine · 1 year ago

I feel really good, tons of energy. I didn't really keep track to good, but i know i lost at least 8 lbs. I didn't weigh myself on the last day though.

Colin · 1 year ago

I'm on day 3 now. Day 2 was pretty rough; I woke up with a headache and I felt a little dehydrated. I tried to get through the day without any medication 'cause I'm pretty sure that my headache was due in part to caffeine withdrawal. In any case, I didn't make it. I ended up popping a couple of ibuprofen in the afternoon when my headache became debilitating.
I tried the SWF for the first time last night with mixed results. The water was easier to get down than I feared and I did feel a bit nauseated for an hour or so afterwards. Things did get moving .. though not a lot came out. I ended up having a better BM the next morning. 'Nuff said about that!
I've been feeling pretty good today. I made a real point of getting fully hydrated first thing in the morning and I think that helped. I haven't been feeling particularly hungry though I did have some pangs earlier in the day.
I'll be trying the flush again tonight, maybe with some yoga poses!

Megan · 1 year ago

Hello,

I haven't started the cleanse yet, but I plan on beginning this friday. Do I have to do the SWF every night or can I drink the tea instead? I don't like tea very much, but I assume it is more tolerable than the SWF. I think the warm salt water might make me throw up. Also, what kind of tea is it? I heard it was a laxative tea; is it something I need to add to the tea or I just buy the box of tea and brew it? Thank you for your time :]

Megan · 1 year ago

I forgot to ask, does it matter what kind of water I use? I prefer mountain spring water to filtered water because of the taste, but I was unsure of whether it had any effect on the recipe for the cleanse. Thanks again!

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

That's great, Janine!!! If you've got extra energy then you know that it worked :-). Now, all you have to do is keep this healthy lifestyle going. Good luck with everything!

-Veronica B.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

The tea is a laxative tea to clean out your system. It’s called, “Organic Smooth Move with Senna” and it can be bought in most natural health food stores.

You can do both the tea and the SWF for best results. If I had to pick one, I'd pick SWF. Let's just say that the SWF really gets to the bottom of things. I just liked to drink the tea because it was a nice change from drinking the juice all day.

Water - I used distilled water. I haven't found too many specifications on this part of the cleanse.

Heather · 1 year ago

I am really just researching the cleanse at this time...does it matter what brand of syrup?

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

I don't think the brand matters. As long as it's Grade B organic maple syrup, you should be ok.

Tricia · 1 year ago

Excellent site and information "Thank you " And many thanks to everyone for shareing !!!... I may end up being the poster child for MC,, heavy smokey, live and breath daily in tall mugs of coffee with lots of sugar at least 5lb bag a week along with 5 gallons of whole milk a week, besides those bad habits, I like healthy foods no junk food.. But the body has had enough and I am feeling it going down hill. No one in my family can break the smoking habit, all heavy smokeys, they have tried stop smoking drugs and gone back to smoking after a year of two of not smoking on the stop smoking drugs (easy as pie) and they spend night and day thinking of smokeing even when they are on the drugs.. I don't trust medication so I have never gone that route but never consider a cleansing program as a means to try to break a cycle that is killing you .. I know this is going to be really painful at the start for an intense detox. I don't like fruit for that intense detox effect am a veggie person but maybe the MC mixture will be balanced enough to help, the other withdraws of bad habits, there is no way around them already know what they will feel like and its crippling painful beyond words.. Don't have a weight issue, just the bad habits and the abuse to the body over time. So for any of you in the same position as me,, I hope to see it through the 10 days and let you know. Watching my family members suffer daily even after stopping smoking is no reward for a life time if they are still consumed to want to smoke..I know the body needs to be reset and the chemicals in the brain as well and not just masked over by the stop smoking drugs.. Wish me good findings at the finish line will stay in touch. Will start the 10 day program on the 1st.... hang in there everyone...

Julia · 1 year ago

NEED HELP!

I am french and I have started the Master Cleanser today. But the things is, I don't understand anythings about measures... So I listened to a friend who said to mix in 1.5 liters of water 4 limes, with 4 tablespoons of Maple sirup and a little bit of Cayenne pepper. Is that right?? This is what I did but it tastes so good, it makes me doubt. Isn't it too much Syrup already?
I am planning on drinking 3 liters a day. Is that ok?

Muuuuuuch thanks for the help!!!

Julia

Colin · 1 year ago

Day 4: Thankfully day 3 was easier than day 2 and Day 4 has been my best day yet. I don't know if I am less hungry or just more used to being hungry. My energy level is good today and I haven't had a headache. I guess I have broken the physical addiction to caffeine.
Today is the first day that I have had a real *interest* in food, mostly from boredom I think. I'm bored of drinking the juice and water ... I want to taste something else!
Last night I had a successful SWF; I'll be doing another tonight. Good luck to everyone here.

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Julia,

The mixture for the juice is: For 1 Liter of water, 7 tablespoons of maple syrup, 7 tablespoons of lemon juice, 1/2 of teaspoon of cayenne pepper or less depending on your tolerance for spicy things. You need 2 Liters of this mixture and 1 Liter or more of regular water to drink throughout the day. (It is preferred that you get Grade B organic syrup, and use organic lemons).

Remember, this is all you're drinking the entire day, so 4 tablespoons of maple syrup isn't going to give you enough nutrients to sustain your energy levels throughout the day.

-Veronica B.

Michelle and Tammy · 1 year ago

OK - it was originally myself (michelle) my husband and my neighbor tammy - hubby dropped out on day one - tammy and I are on day 4. I have been a smoker since 17 - stopping for 3 years only and returning full force. I have been smoking on and off for the past 6 months and about 1/2 pack a day up until Sunday night - unbelievebably I have had no cravings for ciggs since then. Amazing. Who knows what will happen after, but for now doing good. Tammy and I have committed to doing this the full 10 day minimum and easing out for 2 days. Doing it with a friend, NOT A SPOUSE, is the way to go - too much tension at home with both of us doing it together.

Male · 1 year ago

I'm on my second day today. I'm worried because I have not gone to the bathroom even though i drank the nasty salt water. Today I felt some nausea and was light headed in the afternoon but felt better at night.

I had a few questions if someone knows please tell answer!!!

1. Can you drink tea? It has cero calories so it should't matter but still wondering.
2. I only found Grade A maple syrup and it's not organic, would that afect?

Iscah · 1 year ago

hi,
I'm taking an anti-depressant, Lexapro and wondering what others experiences have been with similar drugs while cleansing. It seems very mild to me and I've done the cleanse before, so I don't think it would be much of a problem, but wondering how others feel?

Julia · 1 year ago

Thank you VeronicaB for your precious help!

Roxy · 1 year ago

I'm on day 4 and my energy level is high not to mention i havent had too much interest in solids...but its hard at times considering my co-workers order lunch everyday. Yesterday was Pizza Hut and it was hard resisting. Anyhow since I have started on the 26th, i have lost 8 pounds. I have been using the herbal tea at night but I think i'll be trying the SWF tonight. Is there any particular amount of salt to put in the water?

Janine · 1 year ago

Roxy

I would try 2 tablespoons for an 8 oz glass. You should use luke warm water. Just warning you, it tastes nasty.

Spliffers · 1 year ago

Roxy - one TEASPOON for 16 oz water would be the minimum to start with. The method calls for 2 TEASPOONS for 32 oz luke-warm water. If you can't put it all back, don't...you don't want to throw it up. Just try for more the next day.

Two tablespoons of salt for 8 oz of water is insane. I once made the mistake of telling a friend tablespoon instead of teaspoon for the salt portion and he was throwing up.

And I agree with Janine - the taste is pretty outrageous. Hands down the worst part of the cleanse.

NICHOLE · 1 year ago

I am going for the full 40 days maybe more cuz I hear you can. Today is my Day #1, I kind of fear it but I know its for the best of me. I was told you don't have to do the sea salt, but do you get better results if you do?? I was told you can do both mornin and night the Tea. I also am doing the liquid cayenne pepper instead of the ground because the woman at our local grainery which is an organic/ all natural products said you can. Also I am using jarred Organic Lemon juice instead of all the pealing and juicing of lemons. Also I am gonna try Organic Lime Juice cuz I have the book and it says you get the same results as lemon. I was also thinking about making it a lemon-lime drink. I'm trying to be creative with the products you can use to make it a lil easier. Well happy cleansing to all and I will pray for all to have the willpower to finish this and come out healthier than ever!!!!!!!

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Male,

1. The juice, laxative tea and the SWF are the only things you should be consuming.
2. Grade B can be found at most natural food stores, so I would suggest finding one near you (ex. Whole Foods, Wild by Nature..) It has more nutrients than Grade A, but if it's absolutely impossible to find it, then you really have no other choice.

1. Can you drink tea? It has cero calories so it shouldn't matter but still wondering.
2. I only found Grade A maple syrup and it’s not organic, would that afect?

NICHOLE · 1 year ago

The book I have says:
the darker the maple syrup the better but you can use Grade A you just won't get the full nutrients as you would with Grade B. From what else I read it does not have to be organic just as long as its not the maple flavored sugary syrup and just regular Maple Syrup Grade A&B.
All you can drink is the lemonade mix, herbal laxative tea, and the SWF. If needed they say to drink more water, so I am totally following by book. I would not drink any other tea besides the Herbal Laxative Tea. Its not the calories they are lookin at its whats in it and what you are trying to do with this diet is flush your system of all bad thats in it.
What else I found out from my local grainery/organic food store, is that it is better to use alkaline water because it does not have all the acids as all other water does. Like the book says spring or purified water, but if you are buying it from the store in plastic jugs how do you know what chemicals and toxins are coming from the plastic and how do you know where the water comes from. On the news a while back they had a discussion on TV that most bottled waters anymore is just faucet water.
Also she told me that with the Alkaline water you wont get the full, bloated feeling, the nausea feeling like you would get with other waters due to all acids in all the water. So anyway I now buy Alkaline water from there. She said you'll get a better effect cuz your body absorbs that water like a sponge and not like all other waters that go through and come right back out.
I hope that this info is useful to someone. I read the book thoroughly and the woman at the organic store helped it make more sense, GOOD LUCK!!

RG · 1 year ago

My boy Rick and I started the Master Cleanse today... We are way stoked to get on with the pooping.... We are going for the Master Cleasnse World Record...

elena · 1 year ago

hi! well, i'm on my second day of the cleanse, so far so good. i would like to offer up some tips for those having problems with the SWF. i followed the directions above strictly last night and hardly anything happened. so this morning -- BEFORE drinking any juice! -- i did some research online and found some ayurvedic sites on the topic of salt flushing. it is actually a common technique, and sometimes used to clear up acne or skin problems as well. anyway, it recommends using 2 level teaspoons for 1 quart of WARM water drunk on an EMPTY STOMACH. this can be followed by lying on your right side, doing some simple yoga stretches, and the movements should start in an hour or so. someone also recommended to squeeze a little bit of lemon juice into the warm salt water before drinking it as it aids with the taste. I immediately warmed up the water, made sure to dissolve all the salt in it and added a bit of lemon juice. you know what? it tasted alright! i even enjoyed sipping it (although hurry this up, you want it go down pretty fast) instead of the gulp/gag method. then i did some light yoga, and in an hour, voila! just make sure you do it first thing in the morning and on an empty stomach. i'm not saying this is the only way to do it, just the way that worked for me since the above method had not. i may even try upping the salt a bit tomorrow and see how it goes...

Wendy · 1 year ago

I read in the book that the ideal formula would include Sugar Cane Juice. I have not had much luck finding actual sugar cane juice; however, I did find evaporated sugar cane juice at the grocery store. Also, I can't stomach the cayenne pepper and have tried capsules. (two per drink). Does anyone have any thoughts on either? I am on day three and just taking it one day at a time. Last night, I had the WORST headache I have ever had, including a couple of migraines, but I'm feeling much better today.

NICHOLE · 1 year ago

This is for Wendy 339:
What cayenne pepper are you using?
If you are using the ground, stop and try to use the liquid cayenne pepper. The ground I was told is alot hotter than the liquid.
I couldn't stomach the liquid either at first but I cut it down to 4 drops per 10oz and now I am back up to 8 drops per 10oz. The book says you can limit the cayenne pepper till you adjust to it. But you have to make sure eventually you get back up to the 8 drops.
GOOD LUCK!!!!!!!

frank · 1 year ago

I am in the pre-game for my cleanse. Just pounded the SWF about 15 mins ago. Not as bad as advertised. Hoping to go at least 10 days. Spent the weekend adding to the toxin base in my body with a variety of labor day BBQs etc. My goal is to reset my body's metabolism and keep on a healthy path while still enjoying things in moderation. I am not looking forward to giving up coffee over the next 10 days.

frank · 1 year ago

hmmmm....my body was immune to the SWF last night. What's up with that?!?
will increase the dose tonight...

Keith · 1 year ago

One way to get the salt water down is to put it in a coffee mug, and fill the mug with water and the tablespoon of sea salt. Most people can get it down this way and then chase it with your liter of water. Works everytime.

frank · 1 year ago

ok..so some searching has uncovered why i did not "flush" last night. I did not have an empty stomach so I am assuming that it was absorbed. Going to try another flush in about 30 mins...we'll see how it goes.

elena · 1 year ago

Frank, I was having the same problem, it was just getting absorbed. Read my post (previous page, 34) under "elena" about the SWF in the morning. It really works! Make sure to warm up the water, I use 1 quart and 2 level teaspoons of salt, as stated on many ayurvedic websites, and I also add some lemon juice because it really helps with the taste. It takes about an hour for the movements to kick in. Also, I drink the tea at night so as to loosen the bowels for the morning's flush.
Good luck!

-------------
ok..so some searching has uncovered why i did not “flush” last night. I did not have an empty stomach so I am assuming that it was absorbed. Going to try another flush in about 30 mins…we’ll see how it goes.

Leah · 1 year ago

im not getting everything im a little confused can some one help....so i have 3 chugable bottles one with water and the other with lemon juice and the other with what.......

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Leah,

2 of the chugables have the juice mixture in them and one has water.

melodie · 1 year ago

if im taking a daily birth control pill with this cleanse lessen the effectiveness of it?

frank · 1 year ago

Thanks elena. Last night's flush worked like a charm. 20 mins after pounding it down things got going. i took a hint from another msg board on getting the salt down. Mixed the salt in a coffee cup and pounded that quick chasing it down with the quart of H20. To be honest, I thought there would be alot exiting...was primarily the salt water. Does this effect take a couple of days...Im only on day 2.

Whitney · 1 year ago

Day 9 and still going strong. I had a bad experience with the SWF this past sat. I had a migraine attack....I've not had one for over 2 yrs! I had to review what I had done different and as far as I can tell it was not drinking enough water. I had the lemonade frozen and slushy so i just kept drinking that all day without any water...(not that i noticed for some odd reason)...anyway, I did my SWF before going for a 3 miler and by mile 2 my vision was darkening and I was upchucking (sorry) on the side of the road. fortunately I made it home before the flush itself. Sooooooo please please please stay watered down. Since then I've been drinking 200+ oz of water daily. I will not go through that pain again. All in all this has been a great experience and I feel great. I've lost 3 inches off my waist and 15 1/2 lbs thus far. I was going to end tomorrow being day 10 but will add another 5 days to see what happens. Sorry so long ya'll....stay in there and enjoy!

BOBBIE · 1 year ago

IS IT OKAY TO TAKE A COUPLE OF CAPSULES OF THE CAYENE PEPPER INSTEAD OF HAVING TO TASTE IT? I ACTUALY DID THIS PREVIOUSLY. I TOOK 1 O2 TWO CAPSULES WITH THE LEMON JUICE WATER AND SYRUP.

Leah · 1 year ago

hey everyone i will be starting tomorrow so im scared and dont know how it will go but i am being strong so any tips

Sarah · 1 year ago

I am starting today too Leah! good luck!

rubarb · 1 year ago

Hi all taday is the 3rd day o my cleanse and so far i feel great lots of energy i dont feel hungy at all. so you Guys can do it too Good luck

Leah · 1 year ago

good luck to you too sarah how do you feel so far....

Rebecca · 1 year ago

i have been doing this since sunday, i started with the ease in and have been doing the juice for 2 days. Its amazing how great i feel, i havent been hungry at all. I have began to realize my cravings are mostly psychological!!! haha i see a billboard and i want the food so bad, but im not hungry! keep it up everyone!!!

Tiffany · 1 year ago

I've been considering the master cleanse and I know a lot of people have a lot of success with it... but do you gain the weight back as soon as you eat whole foods?

Mallory · 1 year ago

can someone help me out? I just started the cleanse tonight. I do not understand the 3 chugable bottles. One of them is all water, and the other 2...? Are they just lemon juice, syrup, and cayenne (without water)?

Bry · 1 year ago

Hi Mallory,

After the chugables have the juice and maple syrup in them, you fill them up with water. At least that is how most people that I've talked to do the cleanse.

Good luck!

Monique · 1 year ago

How often should I do the SWF? I did it the first day, but can't seem to find out how often I should do it.

elena · 1 year ago

I have a question about Day 2 of the Ease-Out (after the cleanse). The directions above recommend Fruit and Veggie juice or broth. I don't own a juicer and don't particularly plan on buying one, so the next option would be the broth (which I'm assuming is vegetable-based). My question is that it doesn't seem like the broth would have enough calories to really sustain a person throughout the whole day. Should I eat it with some of the cooked veggies, or add something to it? I'd really appreciate some thoughts/ideas on this. Thank you!

VeronicaB · 1 year ago

Tiffany,

You may gain some weight back, but considering that you're going to be eating healthy with controlled portions, that's not necessarily a bad thing. I lost 12 pounds and gained 4 after I started eating solid foods.

As long as you're not stuffing yourself with dougnuts, pizza, and everything in sight that isn't a healthy choice, you'll be fine :-). Otherwise, you'll definitely gain the weight back.

frank · 1 year ago

Has anyone else found the SWF harder to do as you go along. I am on day 4 now and feeling great..with no signs of hunger. Yet....the SWF gets tougher to choke down.

elena · 1 year ago

Frank, I sqeeze some lemon juice in the SWF, it really helps with the taste and I haven't gagged on it yet!

danas · 1 year ago

hey elena,

i would suggest just buying a juicer it's soooo handy i got one second hand for 20 bucks on craiglist, ive had it for three years and use it almost everyday. and some juices can be really cheap to make. for example carrot.

Leah · 1 year ago

guys sorry about this but i have a concern am i supposed to use the toilet durings the day cause i havent ionly go when i do the sea salt.............. comments

Leah · 1 year ago

something else i am on my 3rd day and i feel good and my husband is on his second day and its hell for him.....any ideas why

BB · 1 year ago

I did it for 9 days back in May. I lost a lot of weight but also felt amazing! Gained back about 1/2 the weight a month later but the benefits were far and beyond weight loss.

Anxious · 1 year ago

OK, I have been thinking about doing this for a while now, I have read the yellow book and feel ready... I am just nervous that I am not have the willpower to go through with it. My goal is completely for weight loss, call me vain, but I had my 3rd baby a year ago and cannot get the weight off! Will the weight I lose come back??? I am also thinking about doing the Six Week Body Makeover after I am done to further my weight loss. Has anyone gone to another diet plan after doing the MC?

mindfulturkey · 1 year ago

ok so i am on day one. i just tried the salt flush and there is no way that is gonna happen. two sips into it and i was gagging and gave up. i even put some of the lime juice in as suggested. seriously awful. so i guess i will try the laxative tea.

but i am excited to pursue this process and am thankful to have this message board for support and tips. i actually enjoy the taste of the lemonade so that was a nice surprise.

bottoms up :)

Leah · 1 year ago

yeah i does taste bad but what i have been doin is make sure the water is cold cold and you wont even taste the sea salt.....i think it is better im on my 4th day good luck......

elena · 1 year ago

hmm... the salt is very difficult to dissolve in very cold water. the better it is dissolved, the more successful the flush will be. i would advise using warm water (and yes it tastes gross but you get used to it... sortta?)
i do the mug and chug method. i read it on an earlier post and it works really well. dissolve 1 TB of sea salt in a coffee mug, swallow it down fast, then immediately chug a quarter of water afterwards--the salt taste is long gone and your body does the mixing. hope this helps because the SWF really is much more effective than just the tea!

mindfulturkey · 1 year ago

well day one has been rough. im so tired and fell asleep to dream about food. but i am in control and will do this. i found a site that says you can eat cucumbers. i know its not in the original, but could this hurt. i want to chew on something :)

i was trying to do the coffee cup deal this morning, but maybe i will give it another go tomorrow. thanks for the advice.

mindfulturkey · 1 year ago

im ready to quit

roald · 1 year ago

I am confused. With 14 tablespoons of lemon juice and 14 tablespoons of maple syrup, that doesn't equal a whole liter. And the site says you are supposed to have 2 full liters of this mixture. What am I missing? Please help because I really want to do this.

roald · 1 year ago

Ok so I'm guessing that you don't put anything into each chug-able except for the 7 tablespoons and the half-teaspoon. If that's the case, why do you need 2 1-liter bottles? Couldn't you both servings into one bottle?

elena · 1 year ago

each 1 L bottle should have: 7 TB lemon juice, 7 TB maple syrup, 1/2 tsp cayenne, and then fill the rest up with filtered water.

roald · 1 year ago

Thank you for your answer.

roald · 1 year ago

Would it be alright to take a multi-vitamin during fast days?

frank · 1 year ago

i am on day 7 now with good results. not hungry...lots of energy. i have not had any of the the major 'exfoliating' of my insides like i have seen posted elsewhere. was i kinda clean on the inside to begin with (which i doubt..im 39 and have eaten enough anti-vegtarian food in my day to make a herd of cattle and pen of pigs scared)..am i doing something wrong? i have done the flushes in the night...have not done the laxative tea.

frank · 1 year ago

turkey....try the SWF at night...that way you are not starting your day off with such an unpleasant xperience.

frank · 1 year ago

Roald...i do not think vitamins are "allowed". I think the idea is to shut your disestion off...as by day 6-8 you are basically killing off the little critters that help digest stuff. The only thing I've eater other than the mixture is a Listerine breath tab to help with the stinky breath that does come.

You can check out my saga at www.frankvalgenti.com

Best of luck.

Amber · 1 year ago

I found that adding a little bit of lemon juice to the swf solution makes a WORLD of difference. You can almost sort of pretend you are drinking a broth...sort of...

But it DOES make it a lot easier to swallow it all down and is still just as effective as drinking it plain (I've tried both ways).

I'm about halfway through Day 4 as a Master Cleanse "virgin". I feel like I'm over the hump and am hoping to hang on for at least 3 more days. My original goal was really 7 and if I decide to push through for the whole 10, great. I'm still thinking 7 days, but we'll see...

nadine olmo · 1 year ago

instead of actualy making lemon juice.. can i jus buy lemon juice already squeezed at the store?? i hav a busy schedule and that would mak things a lot easier but idk if i can do that or not...any suggestions?

Anne · 1 year ago

I add a few ice cubes to the salt water. The extra cold may affect the cramping process but I can't swallow it otherwise.

jesse · 1 year ago

does anyone know approximately how many oranges it takes to make 2 L of orange juice (leaving some room for water)?

elena · 1 year ago

i'm on day 10! i feel good, but i cant wait to get back to regular meals. it's not so much that i'm hungry, i'm just sick to death of the lemonade taste. i dont think i will be drinking lemonade for a year after this process. i guess there's still 2 days of juice left for the post-cleanse process but at least it wont be LEMONADE!
has anyone's body temp dropped? that's the only thing i've really noticed doing this is that i'm really cold, all the time, even when it's warm out. weird.
but if i can do it, so can you! everyone can! just stay strong and take it one day at a time! good luck to everyone!!!

Janine · 1 year ago

Elena

I have done the cleanse twice and both times I felt the same way. My body temperatured dropped too or its just from the weight loss? Not really sure!

Monique · 1 year ago

Can anyone tell me how often to do the SWF?
Also, I have been weighing myself daily, and notice that when I do the SWF, I don't lose more than an ounce or two for about two days after the SWF. Is the salt making me retain water? I did not think it was supposed to work that way.

Kenny · 1 year ago

Today marks my third day of the MC... I got so hungry around 11am and fell by the waist side. I ate a bowl of canned low sodium chicken and rice soup. What do I need to do now? Do I quit completely at this point or do I continue the diet through the next 7 days? Also, is there anything I can have in my mouth throughout the day that will help with the disgusing taste?

frank · 1 year ago

im on day 8....feeling great...not hungry (yet missing food) making meals for the family is tough. just took my temp 97.6 must be because our metabolism is slowing down? i am definately going past 10 days if I can...i have not felt this good in such a long time. and yes...i am getting sick of the lemonade too...good thing winter is approaching..not a lemonade time of the year.
kenny...you are now back to day one..just kidding..monique..i do the SWF ach night...and i think i have lost 1-2 lbs a day. not sure cause i have not weighed my self...going to on day 10.

good luck everyone... www.frankvalgenti.com

Monique · 1 year ago

Thanks Frank. I too am on day 8, and plan to go 21 days. I really do feel great. As you said, preparing food for my family is torture, and I don't think I ever appreciated just how wonderful food smells, until now.
I have only done the SWF twice now. I will try doing it daily (not looking forward to that) and see if I have a better result.
Thanks so much, pray I make it to 21!!!

Eddie · 1 year ago

I am on day 9 of the clease. I lost 2 pounds the first day, 4 the 2nd day, and 3 the 3rd day. Since the 3rd day, I have lost nothing! I don't understand how that it possible. I am sticking to every rule. What could possibly be going on that I have lost not an ounce in 6 days?

Gabrielle · 1 year ago

2 questions to the administrator:
- In the liter jugs of 7 tablespoons of lemon and maple syrup each, are we to also add water to this liquid? Or is the water only drunk separately out of the 3rd liter bottle?
- Where do you recommend purchasing an appropriate thermos/chug-able?

Lorraine · 1 year ago

this is day three for me and probably the third or fourth time I've done it. I am terribly obese and I do this for a jumpstart for weight loss and also for relief from my aching joints. I feel good and have lost 7 lbs. so far. I know it is just water loss, but feels good to see the scales going down.

roald · 1 year ago

Has anyone had to add more salt to their SWF? I did a tablespoon in my 1 liter chugable and I didn't pass anything close to a liter. Would more salt do the trick? I feel like I didn't get the flush I was supposed to. Also, does the saltwater come out looking somewhat clear after a couple days? I'm only on day 1 so I wouldn't know. Thanks in advance for any answers.

SARA · 1 year ago

i am just wondering if chewing sugar less gum will have a neg effect on this process i am on day 4 and am hopin i havent mucked things up.... i am addicted to chewing gum!!!

judith · 1 year ago

The SWF is much easier for me since I read about adding a little lemon juice. I actually used 2 teaspoons balsamic vinegar and got it down great. Hope that helps.

J.

frank · 1 year ago

10 days and still going. Walked outside today and my jeans were falling of my ass...pretty cool. Same old story...not hungry, lots of energy. Definately going 14...actually thinking about 21 (but I want to taste food so bad). I am even fantasizing about the "taste" of a rice cake.

I am curious, I started this at a weight of 232.5 lbs...what are the sizes and shapes of everyone else. I am curious what this is like for those that are trimmer and more muscular than I am. www.frankvalgenti.com

frank · 1 year ago

sara...stop the gum!!! i heard that it gets your digestion going which is something you do not want to happen.

frank · 1 year ago

lorraine....try the following. After you have the flush lay on your right side for approx 45 mins to an hr. they say to do this cause you have an opening in your stomach and laying on your right side gets the fluid to that opening. Then wait the entire 45...even if you feel things gurgling. You gotta let it brew...they go ahead an get business done.
i had the same issue they I read this trick somethere. good luck

Sara · 1 year ago

Does anyone else have halitosis? I cannot believe how disgusting my mouth feels and breath smells (I'm on day 2). Is this a common problem? I never usually have problems with oral hygiene, so I'm a little shocked.

Holly · 1 year ago

So during the day whenever you're hungry you drink some of the lemon juice/maple syrup mix? Calling them chugables makes me confused. It sounds like twice a day you're supposed to chug it like you do the salt water, but reading it I'm not sure. Please let me know.

rubarb · 1 year ago

yehey i finaly made it today is the 10th day of my cleanse and i loose 10lbs

Leah · 1 year ago

why is gum bad i am addicted too

frank · 1 year ago

I finally broke down and weighed myself. So at the start of day 11 I am down 13lbs!
Very excited about that. As of now I am going to stretch this out to Monday. Still contemplating going another week.

Eddie · 1 year ago

Did anyone else experience a cessation in weight loss, after several initial days of rapid weight loss?

Sara · 1 year ago

Yes, Holly, you drink some of the lemonade when you're hungry; don't chug the 2 litres all at once. The original book says to drink 6-10 10-oz glasses of the lemonade per day, throughout the day. Each glass is to be composed of 2 Tbsp each of lemon juice and maple syrup plus 1/10 tsp of cayenne pepper topped off with water to make a 10-oz serving. This website has simplified the recipe for modern life by making the equivalent of 7 glasses in two 1-litre containers for consumption throughout the day. My personal recommendation would be to do your SWF (if you go that route) at least an hour apart from drinking the lemonade (ie., if you do the SWF in the evening, finish your lemonade at least 1 hour before you do your SWF).

stella · 1 year ago

Hi, this is my first time doing the master cleanse and I am on day 2. I have 3 questions:

1. Today I feel completely exhausted. I was expecting yesterday to be the worst since it was my first day but today seems to be much worse. Is this normal? I feel like all I want to do is sleep...but I have a big event I have to attend today and tonight...what should I do? :(

2. I haven't lost any weight. Should I have on the first day? Reading everyone's posts it seems like it's common for people to lose up to 2 pounds on the first day. Am I doing something wrong? Not that I'm doing this for weight loss, but you know, it's an added bonus...

3. Sleep. Do you sleep more or less when fasting? And when should I start feeling great?

Any help/advice would be much appreciated!

Thanks.

Tricia · 1 year ago

Second try on a start was ok the first day, felt energized towards the end of the day... Mornings are the worst normally for me, and I gave in to my usual several cups of coffee just to get myself going so I felt I needed to rethink how to be successful. So my thoughts for this second try around is since the mixture is made and used through out the day and still considered beneficial that before I go to bed each night I will make my first liter and put it in the fridge, that way I don't have to think or do in the morning, just grab my liter and start the day off better then just giving in as on the first try.. I may feel different by day 3 or 4 and not have to do it this way but for right now one day at a time looking for what will be successful.

Silly thing is I actually like the taste lol.. sorta like spicy hot v8 but the lemon version, the swig of water after drinking the mixture helps not to let the cayenne residue settle in your mouth and leave a hot effect so that is my tip.

so just my thoughts on my second try of a start..
good thoughts to everyone...

Thomas · 1 year ago

I have done the diet before, while delivering and collecting mail for the USPS. This is actually a very active job, (especially when you are new you are on a tight schedule and overloaded) and I had more energy and got more done on this diet than ever before or after. It is simply AMAZING.

My question: I have a friend with possible stomach ulcers and a history of them as well. Perfect, I suggested the lemonade diet, as that is what it what developed for. The worry? He is taking Coumadin (warfarin) a highly unstable blood thinner that he has been prescribed for blood clots.

Melissa · 1 year ago

Can you drink other types of herbal tea, i.e. non-laxative, throughout the cleanse?

Michelle · 1 year ago

I just started today. I am now drinking the salt solution and I don't find it nearly as offenive as the lemonade mixture. I felt very tired around 4pm, but after laying down for about an hour, I got up and cleaned the house and did laundry. I am, however, missing food and I am hungry. Do you have to drink the entire 2 liters of lemonade? I drank about 1 and 3/4. I am pretty petite (4'11" and weigh 145), so I am not sure I should drink the entire 1200 cal solution. I am hoping this process will aid in weight loss as I have spent the last 6 weeks burning 14,000 cals. at the gym and have lost nothing!

Lindsey · 1 year ago

I am starting the cleanse tomorrow and have a question. Can you drink laxative teas instead of the salt water? I know a few people who have done the cleanse and say to drink the laxative teas at night and then do the SWF every morning. I would prefer to drink the laxatives tea at night and not do the SWF. Anyone have any thoughts on this and know which one is better or if i can solely drink the tea at night and be ok. Thanks!

kate · 1 year ago

do you have to drink 2 of the mixtures per day? or can you just drink one?

Melissa · 1 year ago

I am on day 4 and not losing weight. I only expelled solid matter on the 1st day, and every day I've just been getting rid of liquid waste, most likely just the salt water. Am I supposed to be expelling solid waste every day? I know I have been consuming only liquid, but I thought this cleanse was supposed to rid my intestines of build-up. I am getting worried.

katie · 1 year ago

Question: In the past, under doctor supervision, I have done Liver Cholesterol Flushes. Twice in the evening and twice next morning I take 1T Epsom salts (magnesium sulfate) along with a mixture of "Vitality C" and 3/4 C cold water. BUT, at the doctors office I can purchase capsules of Epsom salt. This is a breeze to take. Could I substitute these caps for the UGH sea salt???
(IN addition, in the evening I make a mixture of L-Ornithine, olive oil and grapefruit)

frank · 1 year ago

It has been a few days since I have posted...but I wanted to report on a couple of things. I just finished my first cleanse 14 days total and I have dropped a total of 17lbs! Very siked. I am so not going to miss the nightly SWF. I have made a decision to do EVERYTHING possible to keep this weight off so I am jumping right into phase I of the South Beach diet to hopefully keep a good thing going and shed some more pounds. I think I lost 1.5 inches off my waist and still have the level of energy. It was a great experience and the kick in the pants I needed. This message list has been great and I encourage you newbies to come back here. I have also created my own message board that I am going to dedicate to the Master Cleanse. hope you can stop by and post.
www.frankvalgenti.com/phpbb

Best of luck to everyone...

Frank
www.frankvalgenti.com

Susan · 1 year ago

Hi, I really want to try this but I want to hear from someone their whole experience. If anyone wants to share their whole experience email me at susannabesser@gmail.com
Thanks very much and good luck to everyone else. :)

olivia · 1 year ago

hey. im about to start the diet today. this would be my second time doing it. the 1st time i did it for 2 weeks and lost 20 lbs! i couldnt tolerate the salt water so i opted for the senna tea at night instead. it still worked for me and i was able to maintain my weight for a long time w/ exercise and well balanced meals. due to unfortunate circumstances ive put on some weight so im back at it again. good luck to you all!

Ariel · 1 year ago

I have been wanting to detox myself for a while now. My friend just concluded the Master Cleanse, and she looks fabulous! Her skin was glowing, and her overall appearance was radiant. She said she had way more energy than she thought was possible, and she really recommended I try it out. She said she did a 10 day routine.

I have only one problem. I become anemic very quickly without consuming enough iron in my diet. I think that if I was able to take iron supplements while on this diet, that I would be fine, but I am not sure if my body would be able to metabolize the supplement while on a liquid diet. For all I know, I would be able to absorb the iron even better.
If anyone has any feedback, or maybe needed to do something similar, please email me at hotpinkflamingos@comcast.net.

randomchick · 1 year ago

Hello hello, and thank you, especially to the admin who started this, and the other people who have given their time to responding to comments - I noticed VeronicaB and frank, but I know there were others. your efforts are appreciated. just finished reading all the posts, and i wish everyone did! I really would encourage everyone to read Burroughs' book. it's free to download on the internet, and make the instructions pretty clear (http://www.blackdoctor.org/TheMasterCleanse.pdf). If you're putting your body through this intense experience, it makes sense to put the time into reading the words of the person who created it. but I came to this website for more about what to expect.

I'm at the end of day 4, first time. The first night, when I got up to use the bathroom at night, I was nauseous, my heart was racing, and i felt really faint. i was sure i would stop the next day, but i felt better and kept going.

I'm actually worried about losing too much weight. I was 115 when i started, and am down at least 5 lbs already. if i lose too much, i won't go all 10 days, for sure. is there a tip to AVOID LOSING WEIGHT? i really just want to cleanse.

I'm also wondering about the orange juice when breaking the fast. somewhere on this site i saw a note about squeezing your own oranges. is there a reason not to drink juice from a carton, as long as it is organic?

As for what I can offer in return, Burroughs says you can drink mint tea for the bad breath. and a friend of mine said don't worry about using less pepper if it means you'll drink more of the lemonade. the more water the better, but get as much as the lemon and maple syrup as recommended. but that's just word of mouth.

thanks again. you guys are helping me push on.
:)

gypsycat · 1 year ago

today is day 7. today i'm beginning my transition back to solid food. i have to say i don't think the master cleanse is for everyone. i followed it to the "t" except that i had the senna tea in the morning and the saline water at night b/c of my job. by day 5 i was experiencing symptoms of anorexia. day 6 was almost unbearable. i know the symptoms because i work in mental health and i consistently have patients with eating disorders on my caseload. my symptoms included lightheadedness, dizziness, unsteady gait, tachycardia, excessive hair loss, nausea, difficulty swallowing, headaches, and of course many trips to the bathroom. i lost 5 pounds. now i can see all my ribs and hip bones. i'm skinny. but i didn't see the positive effects of the cleanse such as improved skin, feelings of bliss, and renewed energy. in my opinion, these positive effects are obtainable and within our reach if we live a healthy lifestyle. by drinking plenty of liquids, getting adequate rest, consuming healthy foods, and drinking alcohol & caffeine in moderation we can all feel more energetic, happier, and have healthy skin. the master cleanse is an extreme measure to take in the pursuit of good health. my experience was not so positive. i'm looking forward to feeling better and eating a healthy, well balanced diet of solid food.

frank · 1 year ago

I have been off the diet now for 5 days...and have not put any weight lost back on. I really suggest those that did this to shed some lbs..and do not want to go back to check out the South beach diet AND FOLLOW IT. i have maintained my level of energy and the food/recipes are good and easy to prepare. I still come back here as it was a great resource for me...I'll continue to check in.

Nima · 1 year ago

I am excited to start the cleanse tomorrow!!! I just did not know if you can keep ecxercising as you were when on a regular diet. Any ideas?... Email me: nima_led@yahoo.com

Bekah · 1 year ago

RANDOMCHICK - I am currently on Day 5 of my second time with this cleanse. The weight loss is more at the beginning and slows down as you move towards the end. What I am saying now is a catch 22. In order to cut down the weight loss, lower the amount of syrup you put in to the mixture. This will lower the carbs, thus slow the weight loss, the down side is you are intaking even less calories so you could feel a little more lethargic than you might already. It won't be too bad though as hopefully you are only doing the cleanse for 10 days. Good luck.

pnmastr · 1 year ago

End of day 5. I'm down 9-12 (was down 12 yesterday & only 9 today?) STARVING!
haha. But I also only had 1 liter today. I know very bad. That is why I'm feeling fatigued for the first time. I can smell a hamburger being cooked 3 blocks away =)

I'm going to flush for the first time tonight. The first 3 days I had bowel movements in the morning. Nothing yesterday or today & I don't want what I'm trying to flush sit in me.

I generally work out & have been missing it. Went to the gym & did some fairly light treadmill for 30 mins & then swam. Also went in the steam room and have been pretty weak all night. Don't recommend that. 5 more days. I feel very confident I can make that.

RSmith · 1 year ago

This is my first day and the first time I have tried this. My intent is to jump start the weight loss in addition to cleansing. I am trying to get down some of the lemon mixture, but, honestly, it is not tasting so good. Any suggesstions on how to get it down. It is noon and I have only been able to take a couple of sips. At this rate, there is no way I will finish all of this today. Please help with some advise.

krista · 1 year ago

today is the beginning of my second day, and the swf did not work for me to day. i feel bloated, i had lost 3 lbs yesterday and now i have gained 2 back. it is a little scary to have a litre of indigestable salt water that is not flushing from my body. i am fatigued, and i know i need to drink more water but i have to force myself to get through the disgusting lemonade. as of right now, 10 days is seeming impossible.

frank · 1 year ago

rsmith....if drinking the mixture is tough..keep it on ice. I would make sure my bottle was filled with ice so it was always a cold drink.

randomchick · 1 year ago

Bekah - thanks for your comment. i ended up stopping the cleanse on day 8, as this was my first time, and i think next time i will be ready for all 8. i lost about 7 lbs over the week, so was about 107 when i ended and had people around me commenting that i looked too skinny. i will keep your idea in mind next time i try this.

RSmith - i've heard a common reason the mixture doesn't taste good is because there is too much pepper. i thought the drink tasted really good, and i'm really sensitive to spicy food, so i think it's ok to cut back on that a little, if it means drinking more. not sure if that's what you didn't like about the drink, but it might help.

gypsy cat - i was a little disappointed that i didn't have the energy burst, clarity, and skin improvement that others have mentioned. but i also stayed home and watched movies all week, so i wonder if it's a mental set i prepared myself for. on day 5, i went out dancing and did my normal social activities, and suddenly felt better than anyone around me. i think a lot of it is in your head. but i agree with you, it felt like anorexia. definitely an individual thing and we should all be listening to our bodies.

randomchick · 1 year ago

one other note -
regardless of how i felt during the cleanse, i am very pleased with the experience afterwards. i love that i have a new appreciation for fruits and vegetables, and am excited to experiment trying new veggies i never wanted to try before. i may even start learning to cook.
i loved becoming aware of my relationship with food - eating as a social activity or when bored. we should all be eating consciously and gratefully every day! we are blessed with good food and the ability to eat it :)

GAGirl · 1 year ago

I'm so excited!! I will drink my laxative tea tonight to prepare for the salt water flush tomorrow... as it says to do both in the original book "The Master Cleanser." I'm excited to talk to people on the board for encouragement. I prepared the lemonade the other day to try it before I began and I don't think that it tastes bad at all. I've definitely tried worse concoctions. I am doing this for the cleanse and the spiritual gratification of fasting, as well as to attempt to flush my system of meat so that I can become a vegetarian again (i was and then I got pregnant and began eating meat). I'm really excited about the whole process and cannot wait to feel the results! Does anyone have any advice or want to sort of start a support group of people who are currently doing the cleanse? It would be fun to encourage each other along the way as well as recieve encouragement from those who have done the cleanse before.

Brigette · 1 year ago

The Cleanse is great the first time I did it I lasted for 8 days and lost eleven pounds. I had so much energy, more than I ever do. I would wake up ready for the day with a smile on my face. Your face feels like a lemon for a bit but its a great cleanse. Im getting ready for my next go around!

Kelly Joy · 1 year ago

I am on day 2 and am feeling a little light-headed and hazy. I am up for the challenge though and will stick with it for the 5 days I have planned. I put a little more cayenne in my batch today because the site says "as much as you can stand" but I'm regretting that a little. The salt water mixture made me feel a little nauseous last night but it passed - as did some other things.

I'll definitely stay active so that I can have that experience of increased energy - need it!! Doing this to lose a few pounds and to start eating better with a clean slate.

Good luck everyone! Stay strong!

RSmith · 1 year ago

Frank...thanks for the tip of keeping it on ice. I did that today and was able to drink allot more. However, I still am not at the 60 oz. mark. How important is it drink all 60 oz.? Also, are we supposed to drink the tea and do the SWF? When is the best time to do the SEF? I did not flush last night because I did not drink much. I did drink more today, so, I was going to try it tonight. Thanks for you help.

stella · 1 year ago

will this help acne?

ruth · 1 year ago

hi all! i'm SO PUMPED for this! tomorrow i will go and pick up all the stuff i'll need, and only eat fruit and veggies.. and water

i'm curious tho, who on here reading this has done this, felt all the benefits, lost weight and then gained it all back? and if so,
how long did it take to gain it back?

thanks!! :D

Breezy · 1 year ago

So glad I found this site, it's so helpful! I just started the cleanse today and feel pretty good so far. I've decided to drink the Smooth Move tea during the day and do the SWF at night, doing the SWF for the first time this evening so we'll see how it goes... Good luck to everyone!!!!

diane · 1 year ago

I just did three days of this cleanse an it wasn't as hard as I thought it would be. The salt water flush is pretty bad tasting though. I lost 7 pounds and feel great. The mental part of it is pretty tuff, but stick with it. Good luck and stay strong.

Robin · 1 year ago

I have Candida Overgrowth, will the MC help get rid of it?

Robin · 1 year ago

also, are you allowed to chew gum while on this cleanse?

frank · 1 year ago

rsmith-- i would drink 2 of the large nalgene bottles of the mix and then water throughout the day. i never got militant on this thing. did not worry about oz's taken in..nor did I worry about having the "organic" versions of everything. I got all the same effects...maybe not the purest of detoxes though. i would do the SWF each night after the family ate dinner (7pm). that gave me time to lay down, watch the news, let the swf work its way through my system and be done with the nasty stuff by 8:30. never did it in the am. did not take the laxative tea. this is just my experience though..next time I may try the tea.

gradybaby · 1 year ago

I started the Master Cleanse on Setember 23, 2008 in the evening. I tried it before but I could not make it on the 3rd day. I found this site and the information that I have read have made it easier. I recently had a baby and I'm trying to rid my body weight and impurities. Can anyone give me any support

RSmith · 1 year ago

First thanks to all that have posted to this site. This has been a great support and has helped me tremendously. A special thanks to Frank for sharing your knowledge. Now an update on me...

I am on day 4 and have already learned a great deal of do's and don't. The good news is, my scale says I'm down 8 1/2 pounds (I'm sure it is mostly water, but, it is still encouraging). I was not sure if I would be able to go the full 10 days because the first batch I mixed up was horrible. I did a few things wrong:
1. TO MUCH PEPPER. What I decided to do was not drink the lemonade from my liter jug. Instead, I poured some into a cup of ice (per Franks advise) and added pepper a little at a time. This allowed me to control the pepper a bit more. The taste was MUCH better.
2. USED ORGANIC JUICE AS OPPOSED TO FRESH SQUEEZED LEMONS: The lady at the health food store who recommended this to me said I could use organic 100% lemon juice as opposed to buying lemons and squeezing. This appealed to me because my schedule is so crazy. Well, I was getting ready to run out of juice, so, I decided to just run to the local grocer and get the lemons (the health food store is to far from my home). I used the lemons for the first time today and I am loving the lemonade. The taste is dramtically different than the juice in a jar. I can even tolerate more pepper using the fresh squeezed lemon juice and am enjoying the taste.
3. ALL SYRUPS ARE NOT CREATED EQUAL: The firt bottle I bought was organic, but it had a very blan taste. The second bottle I bought, also organic, has a much sweeter taste. They are both grade B. The only difference I found other than the brand was the first bottle says kosher. So, if don't like the taste of the syrup, try another brand.
4. For those trying to lose weight, as I am, the original book says to cut back on the amount of syrup. It also says 12 tablespoons each on the lemon juice and syrup as opposed to 14. So, I have been using 12 Tbls. of lemon juice and 8 - 10 Tbls of syrup.

I have not been successful with the SWF, but, I am going to try again tonight since I will be home early. I will keep you all posted. I know this is a long post, but, I wanted to share to try and help others. Thanks for your support.

eLeN · 1 year ago

Am on day 8 today, have learned to like the juice, which wasn't easy in the beginning, but YUCK!! on the salt water flush. I really try and chug it as quickly as possible, but am finding as my tummy feels smaller, it is harder to get it all down. Have never had such a clear head, and perspective on things - everything really. And truly never felt such an appreciation for food and the love that I have for it. I have been dreaming up all kinds of new recipes in my head that I am going to make with the healthy choices I used to make years ago, but seemed to have forgotten. This was truly the best way to get junk-food out of my head, it just seems that the more of it you eat, the more you want, and the vicious cycle grows like crazy...

Reading through some of the comments, all I want to say is Good luck to all of you already on the cleanse, you can do it!!! And to those considering it, decide, commit, succeed - that and make sure you do your research, it's not an easy quick fix for losing a couple of pounds.

bell · 1 year ago

Ive read that if you can not stand the salt water cleanse than it is ok to skip it, ive started the master cleanse for the 3rd time (3 days ago), but I have never made the lemon drink in a way that i limited my intake in anyway, i just made as much as i wanted through the day, but by the 7th or 8th day i found myself diluting it more and more, the flavor became too strong and i would drink almost only water, but still feel energized. also im not sure if anyone posted this already but i found a great way to mix it up a little bit is to use warm or hot water in the lemon/syrup mix, its really good hot.

Bronco Fan · 1 year ago

Hi everyone, I'm on my third day today and boy do I feel hungry!!!! I did the SWF yesterday and today and I have to say YUCK!!!!! I so badly want to eat but I have made a commitement to myself and will honor it. I had done the cleanse about a year ago I only lasted three days but they were enough to get me on the right track with eating healthy and exercising. Somethings happens when you don't eat you find you have a whole new respect for what you put in your mouth. I have maintained a wieght loss of about forty pounds, until the last few months I started to eat alitttle more here and more there. Thus I have returned to get a jump start again... Good Luck to everyone who has made the commitement and to those attempting..

Jeff Behl · 1 year ago

Interesting and informative site and I enjoyed reading the postings here. Those gave me a realistic idea of what to expect.

I'm at the end of the second day and the thing I am most surprised about is the general lack of hunger. I thought I would be going crazy with hunger. Even though I'm cooking food for the wife and kid it does not really bother me. Only the thought of hot buttered toast gets my cravings going.

I actually like the taste of the lemonade, but its already getting a bit boring. So although I am not hungry, I am missing flavors. Although I am 6'2 and 200 lbs, I find that 3L is a lot of fluid to drink in a day.

I use Trader Joes Grade B Maple syrup, Organic Cayenne from Whole Foods and a Bag of Lemons from Costco. Even with an electric juicer, it is a bit tiresome to juice 7-9 lemons each morning.

I tried the Yogi brand Senna tea (didn't read about Smooth Move until after I started). It had absolutely no effect on me. I'll try the SWF, but I'm a bit leery of puking as I get nauseous easily.

Feeling a tad more energetic than I expected.
Morning weight on day 2 was 0.5 lb less ..lol. So much for weight loss.

I'm more into it for detox than weightloss. However up to this point the expelling has been minimum - pretty much just the remains of the last meal. Maybe the SWF is needed to get all the junk out that people are swearing they are expelling.

gradybaby · 1 year ago

I am now on day 3!! I have more energy!! I don't have a problem getting up a 5 am anymore!! I did the SWF for the 2nd time and yesterday noting happened but I did expel water through urination. It is okay to exercise during this cleanse right???

RSmith · 1 year ago

Good Morning All,

This is day 5 for me and I feel great. I know it is not good to weigh yourself daily, but, I could not resist this morning and I am down another .5 bringing my total to 9 lbs since Monday. Also, I wanted to post another learned lesson in hopes that it will help others.

I did my first successful SWF last night. I tried on day 2 and could not bring myself to drink a liter of salt water. So, last night, I mixed the salt in albout 8 oz. of warm water and drank that quickly followed by the liter of warm water. I will admit, I had to work hard to prevent myself from bringing it all right back up. Also, I did feel nausous for about 30 minutes after...not nice. The good news is, it did pass and the flush worked (I'm sure no details are needed on that). I'm sure this information is not new, but, again, just sharing my experience in hopes that someone else may be helped :)

Heather · 1 year ago

I should have put this on the main page originally. I've found that if you put a “Crystal Lite” individual on-the-go packet in the liter of salt water, it dulls the flavor of the salt to tolerable levels for people who just can’t handle it. You can still taste the salt, but you’ve also got a semi-sweet flavor to counter-act it. From what I've read on the ingrediants for it, the packet only adds a tiny amount of fiber and 10 calories.

admin · 1 year ago

Heather,

There are unnatural sweeteners in crystal lite, so if you are trying to be to the letter, you wouldn't want to put those toxins in your body during the cleanse.

But a good tip, if you like to cheat a little :) - Thanks for your contribution.

EvPaint · 1 year ago

Hello. I am about to start cleansing, but before I do, I'd like to solve my conundrum.

I am currently on Antibiotics for a tonsil infection. Should I start the diet? Will the antibiotics affect it?

PLEASE let me know! =)

Amy · 1 year ago

Hello. Yesterday I completed day 1 of the master flush and the SWF did not work for me. I had a rumbling about 45 minutes after taking the sea salt/liter mixture and the results were minimal. Does this mean I need more sea salt? I really want this work, please advise and thank you.

RSmith · 1 year ago

Hi All,

EvPaint, I am not a doctor, but, I would say wait until you finish your meds before you start. The purpose of this is to cleanse your system. If you are on meds, you are adding toxins and therefore, may not see a maximum benefit. Just my rationale, not medical advise.

An update for anyone interested, I am on day 8 of 10. The scale showed 13.5 lbs lost this morning. I know this is probably mostly water, but it is encouraging me to complete the 10 days and start thinking about what next to keep the weight lose going. Also, regarding the SWF, I decided to try the tea as opposed to the SWF. The tea has been working for me and I can tolerate that a whole lot more than the SW. The down side to the tea is that it takes longer to work. So, you need to make sure you drink it at least 12 hours before you have to leave in the morning or you may be in trouble on your way to work.

lisa · 1 year ago

Can you exercise on this cleanse? I start the ease in tomorrow!

Kelli · 1 year ago

Hello all....starting the cleanse today and am not feeling it...but know it needs to happen. In doing this before, I know that the first day can always be rough. Anyone have any pointers? I guess it's more mind over matter?.

RoRo · 1 year ago

Iam on day 2 and still have yet to have a bowel movement...Did the SWF and nothing, I feel good and have more energy but am worried as to why nothing is coming out...any adivce anyone??

RoRo · 1 year ago

I am on day 2 and have still yet to have a bowel movement...I feel great and did the SW but nothing happened...should I be worried or is this sometimes normal?? anyone with any tips??

ruth · 1 year ago

evpaint, hi.. i am in the same boat - and after reading the book and doing some online research, i decided to finish my antibiotics before starting - my last pill is wed. am,(which i take with food) and i will begin then.. my 'ease - in' day!! so excited, i have a feeling its gonna be great!

oh.. i asked my dr. today what he thought about it and he told me i shouldn't do it.. with no real explanation, just that 'u make ure'self have diahhrea, right?'.. and i guess that he didn't feel he had to say anymore..

but.. i'm gonna do it! :)

Amy · 1 year ago

Hello. I am on day 3 and I have noticed no change whatsoever. It is as if I am not even doing this! Could it be that my system was so bombarded it is taking longer? If anyone has noticed a (seriously) slow start can you please provide some encouragement!

RSmith · 1 year ago

Roro... I am surprised the SWF did not work. Are you using non-iodized sea salt? Are you using the correct amount? I used 1 tablespoon of salt in 8 oz of warm water. Guzzled that followed by another liter or so of warm water (guzzled that also). The other option is to try the herbal tea. I have been using that instead of the salt and it also works. See my earlier post for details. I got the smooth move senna tea from the health food store.

Amy...what do you mean by slow start? What are you expecting to feel? What are you expecting to change? I am on day 9, feel pretty energized and have lost several pounds. So far, the cleanse is doing what it says it will do. If you are following the instructions, I'm sure it will work. Stay strong...

RoRo · 1 year ago

RSmith....

Well I went the health food store today and got some of that tea...will try it tonight and hopefully things will "flow"...Thanks Your on day 9?? Wow that's great, I feel good and am planning to make it to 5 or more...so far so good...Good Job

andrea · 1 year ago

I bought a pre-mixed version at Whole Foods Market of the lemonade mix. I am on day 2. I also bought an aloe supplements which is supposed to act as a laxative. I have not experienced any major movement. I am also gettting in 30 min on the tredmill (which is a huge step down from my normal workouts), however, I feel very drained and tired. I am going to try the sea salt solution and see how day 3 goes and then buy the whole ingredients and make the lemonade myself. If anyone else has tried this please reply or if you have any suggestions.

Best of luck!

Anonymous · 1 year ago

i couldnt find grade b syrup i got orgainc grade a instead, is that ok?

andrea · 1 year ago

FYI. I just found lemon sea salt flakes at kroger. I'm drinking the SWF now and it's not that unpleasant at all.

Natalie · 1 year ago

Hey,

Just wondering if anyone can tell me about the maple syrup I bought number 2 amber organic maple syrup, just wondering if this is okay?

merlin · 1 year ago

Not quite sure on the aalt water mixture. Is it 1 tablespoon of non iodiozed salt, that part I wasn't quite clear on. Thanks for the prompt reply, Merlin

admin · 1 year ago

Well, I use 1 tablespoon, but Stanley Burroughs says to use 2 level teaspoons. Truthfully, it seems to vary from person to person anyway. Start with either and adjust if not successful.

ElliotAziz · 1 year ago

my doctor had told me that the ingredients I was supposed to purchase are as follows:

Organic 100% orange juice
Organic 100% lemon juice
Grade B Maple Syrup
Organic Cayenne Pepper
Smooth Move Laxative Tea to help with movements.

Does anyone think I am missing anything? Please reply as soon as possible.

Thanks,

ELLIOT

RSmith · 1 year ago

Hi Everyone...this is my 10th and final day. I must admit that I have had a few cravings today. More than usual. I guess it is because I know the end is near. I am going to attempt the ease out which means no solid food until Saturday. Although, I'm not sure if I will complete the entire ease out. If anyone has completed the fast and went straight to solid food, I'd like to know if you had any problems. Any feedback would be great.

Merlin...make sure you are using non-iodized SEA salt. Regular table salt will not work.

Natalie...I am not sure if #2 is the same as grade B. I would ask someone at a health food store. However, I would guess that if it is organic maple, you should be OK...just my opinion.

Anonymous...I read in the master cleanse book that grade A is acceptable if you cannot find grade B. I also know it is much cheaper.

I hope everyone has much success.

Reborn · 1 year ago

Ariel:

I just finished the cleanse about 3wks ago and still took my multi vitamins and felt oh so rejuventated. This cleanse was a spiritual fasting for my health and could not believe with faith how I felt. I felt better than ever and still do not want or have the craving to eat as I did. I am not a bad eater by any means but it has helped me to implement homemade juices, smoothies and vegetable juice. Made from fresh veggies, fruits and fresh ground herbs.

Good Luck and God Bless

Daniela · 1 year ago

I am planning on doing the MC as soon as I can start, however, I need this question answered first. I am currently training 3 times a week with a personal trainer doing fairly intense bootcamp style plyometric exercises. This is my second month in training that is alternating between intense plyometrics and low-intensity weight training. Should I take a break from such rigorous workouts during the cleanse? Can/should I continue only to do low-intensity weight trianing? Or should I refrain from these types of activities all together. In sum, what kind of activities can I expect to be able to do during the cleanse?

admin · 1 year ago

I would definitely do it when you have the less rigorous routine. I have worked out pretty hard on it before, but if you have the choice.

jes707 · 1 year ago

My 4th day on the cleanse and i've lost 3 pounds. I feel great! I continue my daily workout routine in the morning while on the cleanse. The SWF in the evening on the 2st and 2nd day is the hardest thing to do, last night i tried the laxative tea and it works better for me.

I'm energized!!!

andrea · 1 year ago

Well I am at the end of day 3 and I have lost almost 7 lbs. The first 2 days were difficult because I felt exhausted without food or coffee. I did the SWF the evening of day 2. May I suggest buying good toilet paper and the flushable wipes!! I did walk for day 1 and 2 and plan on trying more vigorous excercise tomorrow since day 3 my energy and motivation is much better.

Hope posting this info helps.

Andrea

RSmith · 1 year ago

Elliot...The only thing missing is the the non-iodized sea salt. You will need this if you intend to do the SWF. I just completed 10 days on the fast and I did the SWF only once. The SWF worked, but, I could deal better with the taste of the smooth move and get the same benefit. I have read that some people of done both the tea and the SWF. I'm not sure how necessary that is. According the book, the purpose of the either is to ensure you are have regular movements and flushing your system. If the one works, I'm not sure why you would want to do the other. BTW...I lose a total of 16 pounds while doing the fast for 10 days. I start the ease out today and am looking forward to a healtier relationship with food as I continue to lose weight.

annie · 1 year ago

hey
so, i'm anemic...to the point that i need to take 3 iron tablets a day with a normal diet to ensure i don't get tired and pass out :P
i'm figuring that this MC thing isn't a good option for me because of that...but i do really want to try it if it's safe. i'll ask my doc too, but does anyone have any suggestions?

A

haloarh · 1 year ago

RSmith-How much did you lose in 10 days?

Vanessa · 1 year ago

What is the importance of the Cayenne pepper?

ruth · 1 year ago

hi.. just finished day 2 yesterday.. Holy wow! was i ever sleepy! not sure if it was cuz i woke up so early to take the SWF or from the not eating, but i almost fell asleep at the wheel twice coming home from work!! scary!!

i sure thought alot about eating yesterday.. i could not concentrate at work, it was bad..

but, i'm down 4lbs this am! :) hope todays a better day.. good luck all! :)

ruth · 1 year ago

oh shoot, sorry, i meant i'm on day 2 today, so just finished day 1 yesterday!!

andrea · 1 year ago

I am at the end of day 5 and I have lost 12 lbs! My clothes do not fit any different. I did a vigorous workout yesterday and was so famished afterwards I could have chugged down 2 bottles of lemonade! I have come to the conclusion that the Smooth Move Tea takes too long. I took is last night at 8 and didn't go til 8 this morning. The SWF is the way to go and the lemon sea salt is great. I drink it a little warm. I plan to stay on for a total of 7 or 8 days due to my upcoming events which I would like to enjoy food at again. I am happy with the success of this cleanse and will do another one providing there are no adverse post cleanse effects.

ruth · 1 year ago

hi! Day 5, halfway!!! feeling good, no major problems, the only hard day was that first day so far. It's kinda weird not eating, like on Sat.- my b/f and i usually go out to eat, then get a movie and snacks for the night.. not this time! He actually joined me for a fast! He is such a great support! :)

only thing i'm disappointed in so far is my skin doesn't look like its clearing up.. and this is the main reason i did it.. in fact, i got a new pimple yesterday!! :( i also seemed to have developed a yeast infection or something like that.. yeck! i couldn't stand it any longer and ended up going to the 24hr pharmacy and buying a cream for itch.. sure hope that isn't a problem!!

and.. i'm down 9.2 lbs!! i can sure feel it in the way my jeans fit.. thats great!! i read somewhere that once i start eating, i'll probably gain 1/2 of that loss back, but i don't mind.. i was normally at 145 for years, and now im down to 153, i am hoping to start running again soon (have Runners knee) and then i can maintain.. fingers crossed!!

oh.. i have a few people interested as i posted all about it on my facebook! :)

hope everyone else is doing well! :) oh yeh.. yesterday i was walking thru the mall foodcourt, and i decided i will have poutine asap!! hehe!! ;)

Kris · 1 year ago

Hello everyone!
I started the MC today, and I have to say, I'm having a rough time.
All I can think about is food!
I'm so hungry!!! ArrggghhH!
I'm shooting for 10 days, but I told myself to make it at least through day 4. We'll see....

ruth · 1 year ago

hey kris! hang in there, trust me, its so worth it! that first day was the worst for me too, and my b/f even said he was worried that i was gonna give in! drink up u're lemonade mix, and make sure u lick the syrup off the spoon! hehe! i must say, my backache is hardly even noticable now.. amazing! its either gotta be the detox or the weight loss! :) regardless, i'm happy! keep it up Kris!! :)

merlin · 1 year ago

We just started our first day today, we've had no indications of severe hunger pangs. We did do the s/w flush the night before, expected to have some results but alas, no results. Will continue s/w flush tonight and see if we get the desired results. We're using 1 3/4 cups of lemon juice for 1 gallon of water, same of maple syrup and 1 heaping teaspoon of cayenne pepper. Hope this is the right combination. Taste is not too bad. We plan on completing the 10 days and if I feel good I'll do it a little longer, not sure if my partner will go further than the 10 though. Talk to you all later, Merlin

Andrea · 1 year ago

So today is day 1 and I'm so surprised I made it. I for sure was starving.....I did think about food all day. I hope tomorrow is easier. Two things though, my head is killing me. Can I take a motrin because its almost getting hard to focus? Also, are you only supposed to drink 2 liters of the mix and then the rest waer all day? What happens if you drink more of it. Hopefully someone out there can help with my questions.

Andrea

Dana · 1 year ago

Hi,

I completed day 1 today. Everything went fine, no hunger or anything, but as Andrea mentioned I also had SEVERE headache. Is there anything that can help? Also, I drank all the salt water (I use sea salt) without any problems, but 5 minutes later puked it all out =) not sure why...
How can this be prevented?

Thanks!

D

MaryMerry · 1 year ago

Hello folks! I wonder how everyone is doing on their cleanse. I start tomorrow and hope to do it for 10 days. I'm also taking enzymes to clean up excess debris--anyone know about that?

Also, the lemonade tastes great. Just 2 liters a day though? I want more already and I haven't even started!

ruth · 1 year ago

hi andrea.. i don't think taking anything is recommended.. the whole reason for the detox/cleanse is to get rid of whats not natural to u're body.. from what i've read, u shouldn't take anything except for the lemonade mix..

u should be drinking 6-10 glasses of the lemonade mix - 8 oz of water, 2 TBSP each of syrup and lemon juice and at least 1/10 tsp of cayenne pepper (its better to take as much as u can handle).. and all the water in between.. (but nothing excessive).. also, u can drink the OCCASIONAL mint herbal decaffeinated tea..

dana,not sure why, maybe u're drinking it too quickly? make sure u are using 1 quart water and 2 tsp. organic sea salt..

good luck! :)

headaches from what i understand are a detox symptom, maybe from not having coffee/tea/soda if thats what u have been used to..

apparently that'll go away in a few days.. i can't say cuz i didn't get them.. thankfully!

ruth · 1 year ago

oh.. can't edit.. my first sentence i said u shouldn't take anything other than the lemonade mix.. but u are allowed water and the occasion herbal decaf tea..

Maggie · 1 year ago

I'm just finishing day one. I'm now doing my SW & was wondering how anybody gets it down? I got half way thru and I'm sick tomy stomach. Anybody have any suggestions?

shelby · 1 year ago

what kind of tea is it exactly? is just an herbal laxative tea good enough??

Maggie · 1 year ago

Yes I would like to ask that also. About what kind of tea it is?

RSmith · 1 year ago

Haloarh...I lost a total of 16 pounds during my 10 days on the fast :)

RSmith · 1 year ago

The tea you need is an herbal that contains senna. The one I used was called smooth move. As for getting down the SW, I put the salt in about 8 oz of water and then chugged the remainder of the water. Doing it that way is like taking medicine. I made a post a couple weeks ago that has more detail...check it out. I hope this helps.

Jo · 1 year ago

Will I still benefit if I only do it for seven days?

Daniela · 1 year ago

So, I'm on Day Two. Day One was great. Hardly any hunger pangs. The lemonade was as tolerable as water for most of the day and satisfied my hunger all day. I was surprised that I had sufficient energy for my mostly sedentary job! haha! At night I only got a headache, but found that if I busied myself (ironing clothes) it got my mind off of it. I was hardly tempted to eat .....that is until I came across some sexy pistachios. Ooh they tempted me. So I licked one and threw it away. YEah....we made out....but other than that, I've been good. The salt water flush didn't result in anything until morning.

Day Two - I woke up and pooped a little bit. Nothing out of this world but it was still surprising to see solids when I haven't been eating. I have a feeling I need to add more salt. (Am I right?) What I also find surprising is that I've hardly had any hunger or headaches today, I have great energy and I'm not even sipping on the lemonade much. It's past 1:30pm and I've only had some 4oz. of the mix. At this point, I can't tell if I'm sick of the lemonade and it's getting to me subconsciously or if my stomach has just shrunk and my sedentary job isn't requiring much energy from me.

Is it normal for my appetite for even the lemonade to diminish like this? Should I force myself to consistently sip all day despite my lack/tolerance of appetite?

Andrea · 1 year ago

Okay day 2 almost done. I cannot do the swf. I read in the book you can take a pill form of the laxative that has senna in it. Its an all natural vegetable laxative so I am trying that. The tea tastes horrible also. This is alot harder than I thought. I hope to make it through Friday and then I don't know about the weekend. I think its too hard with kids and a spouse who you have to prepare meals for and touch and smell food. If I could drop a few pounds in a couple days and do it for 5 days then thats more than I expected.

Good luck to all.

ruth · 1 year ago

hi jo.. i've read that doing the cleanse for any length of time will benefit u.. but 10 days is the optimal.. good luck!

rsmith! good for u! tell me, did u do the full 10 days? did u have any days in particular that were hard? and if so, how? (i ask cuz today's my Day 6 and i had such a bad stomach cramp! it was painful! i tried the 1/2 tsp. cayenne at the back of my tongue and washed it down with my lemonade, and that did seem to help for abit, but then it came back - i'm kinda embarrassed to say that all that came out was abit of gas.. can't believe that little bit of gas caused me such pain!

daniela, you need to have at least 6 glasses - 8 oz of water and 2 tbsp of syrup and lemon - this is what u need to actually cleanse and detox u!! don't forget to try to increase the cayenne as u go.. the more the better..

andrea and mary, did u try to drink the swf with warm water? and sip it and not chug it? u don't have to drink it all at once - but should finish it within 10 mins or so..some people use a straw, that might help

andrea - the first day i didn't want to be around food, so i didn't go near it - that day was the hardest, but since then, i can cook and shop for the family withot eating.. i don't know why, from what i've read, there are people that can't do it.. and there are some that it doesn't bother.. tis a mystery! ;)

merrymary, if u have the recommended 6-10 glasses/day, that is equivalent to 60-100 oz/day (2L=64 oz) so u can have a bit more than 2 L.. also, for those who want to maintain weight can use more syrup, and those who wish to lose more, can use less..

shelby, yes it is.. herbal decaffeinated laxative tea.. it works for me! ;)

re: headaches - thats a sign of detox.. try to make it through.. i've read that those symptoms disappear after u eliminate those toxins.. sometimes it may take a day or 2 tho! hang in there.. from what i hear, its totally worth it! :)

take it easy everyone! :)

Dana · 1 year ago

Hi again,

Can someone advise on the weight loss? I finished my day 2 and did not lose any weight. Not even a pound. I am getting frustrated... it seems almost everyone here lost a lot of weight.. will I eventually lose weight?

Thanks!

D

ruth · 1 year ago

hi dana - tell me what u're doing..

did u have the lax tea the night before u started and the SWF in the am after that?

Dana · 1 year ago

hi ruth,

thanks for responding. I only do SWF in the evening, i don't do the tea. i use sea salt. everything else i do as it says on this website... Please advise.

D

ruth · 1 year ago

no problem.. accoring to the book, u should do the laxative herbal tea the night before u begin the cleanse, then the SWF in the am (1 qt. of room temp or warm water and 2 tsp. of organic sea salt) and drink first thing in the am - then wait until u flush that out before u drink u're mix (8 oz of pure water, 2 TBSP of organic pure grade B or C syrup, and 1/10 tsp of cayenne, or more if u can)..drink 6-10 glasses of these thru the day, and at night another laxative tea.. then the next morning, take a herbal lax tea and continue with the same drinks 6-10/day).. its recommended to do the SWF only the morning of Day 1, either day 3 or 4; and again on either Day 7 or 8)

and.. if u want to lose weight, u can use only 1 TBSP of syrup per glass.. or more if u want to maintain ure weight..

good luck! :) keep me posted.. :)

ruth · 1 year ago

oh shoot, the mix should include the 2 TBSP of fresh squeezed lemon juice! oops!

merlin · 1 year ago

On day 3 this morning, have lost a total of 4 pounds already, know most of it is just flushing out the digestive tract. Am surprised at how we're not hungry in the morning and not too bad for the rest of the day. I'm ok with the s/w flush but my other half is not so she is going to start the laxitive tea tonight. Hope that does better for her. chow for now

RSmith · 1 year ago

Andrea...It's funny, I have been off the cleanse for 1 week and it seems so long ago..LOL. The hardest day for me was day 1 and that was because I did not mix the lemonade correctly. All the other days were basically the same...some temptations when my family ate dinner, but, I overcame them. I did not have any days where I had cramping of any kind. I did 10 full days. I did not follow the ease out which I do regret. On day 11, I started the ease out, but, by dinner, I was ready to eat which I did and immediately had an upset stomach. I had an upset stomach every time I ate for about 4 days. So, the moral of that story is...stick to the ease out.

Rayshell · 1 year ago

Hi folks. I'm on day 14! Yes, I've made it. By day 12 I had lost 9 lbs. I don't own a scale so I'll have to wait to see where I am today when I get to the gym to weigh. Now my b/f has just started and is on his day 2. I think I will keep going as long as he does or maybe another 2 weeks. Don't give up you CAN do it too!

I agree with most that the SWF is the hardest part. I did throw up the first time I tried it too! This is how I manage it. I put my 1 tablespoon of sea salt in a coffee cup with warm water. I use a straw and suck down as much as I can at once. In between I follow with bottled water to rinse away the salt taste until the cup is empty. Sometimes I will lick on a lemon wedge to help with the taste too. Then slowly I will drink the rest of the liter of water.Don't not try to slam the water down or you will throw up for sure. I normally do the SWF everyday.

By day 2 I did experience a bad headache and chills. I just had to lay down for a while and then I was ok. That is why I really suggest starting the cleanse on the weekend so you have time to get use to the process. My energy level was just fine. I could still got to the gym and do my regular cardio. I could feel myself getting tired more quickly than normal but I still managed to get through it. I have missed lifting weights though.

Oh and my skin did break out a little. More toxins coming out. Skin is clear now.

Good Luck Everyone!

His Grace · 1 year ago

Hi, I am planning to start the Detox next week. I don't want to put it off week after week, so I am going to jump right into it. My initial goal is to do this detox for 7 days, but I have to go to school on the 5th through 7th days of this detox and I am taking my kids to a musical on the 7th day. Do I have to worry about messing on myself or having urges to RUN to the restroom?

Dana · 1 year ago

Day 3, doing good so far... oh and guys, I don't know what you're drinking but SWF works for me! Every day! Ruth, I will cut down on the syrup starting today and see where I get. I just REALLY want to lose those pounds. Ugh.

Dana · 1 year ago

Ruth, on day 3 what do you recommend in terms of tea/SWF? Since it's too late for me to drink the tea before I start, SINCE I already started, what do I do?

Also, did you start losing weight immediately day 1? I heard it takes the body a little bit to get it all out..

D

Dana · 1 year ago

Rayshell,

When did you start losing weight? Day 1?

Andrea · 1 year ago

okay so i have to admit, i cheated today. i feel terrible about it but i just had a bad day and needed to chew i guess. i ate a cucumber and some popcorn. i thought at least it was light. i feel so bad. i am waking up tomorrow with a new mindset. i am committed and need to be stronger.

katie · 1 year ago

I have just finished four days of the master cleanse and am hoping to have what it takes to do 10 days. Yesterday I felt kind of weird and funky from detoxing I'm sure and also because I stepped on the scale and had GAINED two pounds!!! I am exercising and also drinking herbal laxative teas at night. Any recommendations? Is this common? I am going very light on the maple syrup. I don't have a lot of weight to lose and usually eat av ery healthy vegetarian diet, but I was sure hoping to drop these extra ten pounds! My body just seems to be fighting it, but I know I am detoxing and that is good regardless of the scale! Thanks for any thoughts.

Daniela · 1 year ago

On day 3 and I'm growing concerned that for the second day in a row I cannot even finish my first liter of lemonade. Why? 1) I've been pretty busy for the past 2 days 2) The acidity from the lemonade has scratched up the back of my throat and it is a bit uncomfortable to drink the lemonade 3) I just don't have the appetite/hunger pangs to remind me to sip

Is this a problem? I'm concerned I'm not getting enough calories if I don't drink 2 liters throughout the day...

Please advise!

-Daniela

admin · 1 year ago

Daniela,

Yes, it is a problem. But consider this, people fast on water alone, so you are likely going to be fine. But taking the calories will keep you alert and happier. Try to keep the bottle with you, and get in the habit of noticing what percentage of the bottle is gone compared to what percentage of the day is gone. Stay on pace and you will be fine. If you fall behind for a few hours, chug a bunch of the juice to get caught up.

Like anything, our bodies usually adapt, and so I would believe that the acidity of the lemon would get less bothersome over time.

FYI, the lemon juice turns alkaline in the body, so don't worry about the acidity.

merlin · 1 year ago

starting day 4, have lost 7 pounds so far and feel great so far. My other half is having trouble with the s/w flush so she did the smooth move last night, however she said that this is the first and last time for her. Not mine, think this is a good way to a better life. Ciao for now

Dana · 1 year ago

Can someone please respond to me? The only reason I started this is to lose weight! I see everyone is successful except for me! I am not losing any. I am on day 4. What am I doing wrong??

Awurayaa · 1 year ago

Hi, guys this is my second day on the cleanse. I guess I'm doing ok. I'm not really doing it to lose weight. Although, losing a couple of pounds would be nice. Anyway, I just wanted know has anyone completed the cleanse and did the ease-out portion of the process. I just wanted to know how that workout for you. I am trying to do 10 days. I know that's a lot for it being my first time but I think I can handle it "I hope." Anyway if any of you have some advice for me it would be highly appreciated.

katie · 1 year ago

Hi Dana, I am also not losing weight, the first few days I GAINED 2 lbs!!! But today was day 5 and so now i've come down 1.5 lbs. The weight is not exactly falling off me like others though and that is frustrating. I am hoping that if I stick w/it by day 10 there will be more success. I'd like to hear from others on this too..what to do?

ruth · 1 year ago

hey dana.. do u have much weight to lose in the first place?

i started losing right away, but it seems to have plateaud yesterday and today(not that i'm complaining! i sure can feel the difference - and my backache is gone!

i noticed i have a few new zits, that sucks! hopefully that is just the last of the toxins coming out.. i'm almost finished Day 8.. and i can tell my skin isn't as bad! so yay! :)

i would like to know how everyone that finishes does after the cleanse, i'll keep posting to let you know how much weight i gain back and what my eating habits are like.. (if they are better, same or worse!) ;)

CC · 1 year ago

Hey guys,

I did the cleanse for 7 days about 2 or 3 weeks ago, but now I feel bloated and disgusting again. I'm going to try some of the recommended probiotics, but I really feel like doing the cleanse again in another week for 5 days.
Would it be unhealthy to do the cleanse again so soon?
And is it actually good to do it often?

I would really appreciate some answers.

PS. The Ease Out is very, very crucial. Follow the instructions. I did the ease out in half the recommended time & ate solid food too soon, and, quite honestly, felt like crap afterwards.

merlin · 1 year ago

Morning of Day 5, noticed that I gained 1 pound this morning but also noticed that I didn't expel near the quanity after the s/w flush as usual. Don't know if that is normal but am going to keep on doing the usual. The one good thing that is coming out of this is we are going to be eating a lot healthier after this is over. We are looking forward to this being over and getting on to our normal routine. Ciao for now

Daniela · 1 year ago

Concern:
Morning of Day 5. Last night i drank Smooth Move Psyllium Husk laxative drink. My friends who advised me on this said it's supposed to sync up with the SWF in the morning to help the bowel movements. The bottle says it takes effect within 12-72 hours. This morning I tried doing the SWF as quickly as possible because my previous attempt took me nearly 45 minutes to get the whole thing down. I am not good at chugging down any liquid - no matter the taste. I only got through 3/4 of it before I started gagging and my stomach got upset. I couldn't finish the rest and I was afraid if I attempted to finish the rest when I was ready, that it would do more harm than good. Now it's been over an hour and a half since my attempt and still no bowel movements. I used two level teaspoons (measuring spoons) to the quart of water, although I didn't drink the whole thing.

Please advise. Is this a problem?

Dana · 1 year ago

ruth and katie,

i used to be 115 to 119 tops, now I am 133 that is why i started the cleanse. so pretty much i have about 10 to 15 pounds to lose. yesterday i lost 3 pounds which is NOTHING. drinking the lemonade for 4 days (this is my fifth) and only have lost 3 pounds is pretty frustrating, i am getting unmotivated very fast. i am planning on doing 7 days but if the weight problem persists i will do 10.

UGH, wish me luck.

Jessi · 1 year ago

Hey all! I am on day 9 of the Lemonade Diet. Boy this has been a journey. . . I think this is about my 4th time trying to start it. I’ve realized that my friends have been right, you have to be in the correct mindset and VERY determined to finish. On top of trying to clean my system, I also wanted to do it to help kick a smoking habit. Its been like throwing myself into a meat grinder trying to deal with cravings for food and cigarettes…but I’ve made it! :)

I took the advice to do the Salt Water Flush in the evening….having those kind of BM’s at work is embarrassing and I have a long commute in the morning. I also won’t take the Smooth Moove Tea or pill form unless I am going to be at home such as the weekend, its hard to time it right when it will exactly hit you. It was also hard with lots of conference calls at work and running to the bathroom often. Oh yeah… I use 2tsp sea salt to 1 glass warm water, followed by a tsp of syrup as my “chaser”, I look forward to it every night. I then drink one full glass of warm water. This definitely has me going in 20-60 minutes. Usually go 2-3 times, but holding it for a little bit for build up is good idea. Oh yeah and buy some desitin!

Day 1 to 2 – Terrible cravings for food, almost quit. I would get these headaches on my temples that would feel like my head was being squeezed. Similar to my bad MSG experiences. I was also pretty irritable.

Day 3 – Hunger finally subsided actually didn’t drink enough of the lemonade that day, not very fun in the bathroom. Did something die in there!? Reminds me of the smells from port-o-potties and the accumulation of CRAP! Barf…. Thank goodness its gone now!

Day 4 – Felt very strong mentally and didn’t think much about food until my roomie had awesome food from Whole Foods, just had to remove myself, and lock myself in my cave…errr room. Skin cleared up a lot very quickly!

Day 5 – Boy lots of tea that day had to ward off the smoking cravings….back to work that day with a lot of smokers around me

Day 6 – Less and less in the BM department, the smell is finally clearing!! No more “burning” when going #2

Day 7 to 8 – I swear I coulda ordered from every delivery place in the neighborhood. No matter how much I drank I wanted to rip my hair out. I don’t think its helped that my roomie and people at work have been enticing me to eat. But, drank my salt water flush, watched some TV and passed out early. Felt fine in the AM.

Day 9 – Feel good today, can tell my lungs are still healing. But enjoying planning how I want to change my eating habits. Looking forward to removing the dust off the crockpot to make some homemade soup! I think today will be my last day, I want to enjoy the soup this weekend. I think 9 days is sufficient and heck, I didn’t think I could do it this long!

I’ll let you know how the ease goes! Wish me luck. . .

I’ve lost about 15lbs but the first weigh in was with water in my tummy, so maybe more in the 12 range….

ruth · 1 year ago

hey cc, according to the book by Tom Woloshyn, it wouldn't hurt to do it again.. and besides, u didn't do the full 10 day cleanse which is the what they recommend.. and people continue onto 20 days regularly too..

can i ask what kind of diet you went back to after u were done the 7 days? did u go right back to your old eating habits? did it include caffeine, milk, breads? fast food?
do u think u could've gone the 10 days?
how was it for you?

and finally, (whew!) ;) did u lose weight while on it and if so, how much did u gain back and how soon after?

thanks!! :) and keep us posted on u're next one! :)

today's my last day, Day 10 and i want to go longer.. if i do i may just go to 12 cuz my b/f's bday is coming up and we're going out for dinner..

ruth · 1 year ago

dana.. that is so strange how u don't lose weight, cuz if u're doing everything by the book, u're only getting approx. 600 cals per day - are u doing anything as far as exercise goes?

but remember, its not just the weight, think of all the toxins u're getting out of u're system and how clean u'll be! :)

Dana · 1 year ago

ruth,

i must admit i don't exercise :) i hate exercise.. i am not using the book i'm using this website for guidance, i probably should have used the book instead, because obviously losing 5 pounds in 5/6 days (like i did) is not impressive AT ALL.

ruth · 1 year ago

oh.. did u end it?

well, i noticed something kinda cool.. my tongue has been really coated the last 5 days or so, and it was starting to feel so fuzzy.. i noticed that when i scraped it over my teeth i could feel the 'fuzziness' in my mouth.. so, i kept doing it and my tongue is a nice deep pink! :) here i read that some people will continue until their tongue turned pink again, but i wonder if they really had to continue? guess i'll find out next time, and yes, there will be a next time, probably before spring.. :)

tomorrow i will dine on orange juice!! :) (while everyone else will be gobbling up the turkey and fixin's!

angela · 1 year ago

Today is my first day on the cleanse. I did not do the tea last night (as recommended), I could not find it.

Anyway--I read that the less maple syrup you use, the better off you will be. I mixed 12 Tbsp. lemon juice, and only 6 Tbsp. maple syrup-is this acceptable for your first day?

Also, do you have to drink all the lemonade? Will the cleanse not work properly if the full 2 liters is not consumed daily?

I am in the right mindset for this, I am just disgusted by the lemonade--so the less I have to drink, the better. I would rather just drink water.

Can someone please get back to me? Thank you in advance!

merlin · 1 year ago

Day 6, lost another 3 pounds for a total of 9 pounds so far, seem to plateau one day and lose the next. My better half and I have noticed that our bellies have been shrinking daily so that in itself is a good thing.

Day 7, didn't drink the salt water all at one time as was busy remodeling a bathroom but did not lose anything this morning but am going to remain on the routine till the tenth day then on to the orange juice. All the family members think we are crazy, but we feel better and that's the bottom line. ciao for now

ruth · 1 year ago

angela, yes, u need to follow the directions.. u have to drink at least 6-10 glasses of the lemonade mix.. however, if it makes a difference, i've read u can use limes too.. and the tea and the flush are important! the laxative tea works like tha agitator, and the swf is the rinse.. this is what makes all the toxins get eliminated from u're body.. the sooner the better, before they get reabsorbed into u're bloodstream!

u can use less syrup, but if u don't like the tast of lemonade, then i'd say stick with more syprup..

katie · 1 year ago

Oh yes, I think losing 5 lbs in 5/6 days definetly IS impressive, since after 7 days I had only lost 3 lbs! I am actually on day 9 now so, I guess I will make it. Day three I think was probably the hardest for me. I don't have a scale at home (I would be tooo obssesive!), so I will check my final accomplishment when I go into work tomorrow. I have definetly been disappointed that I didn't lose more, but I do feel proud of myself to have made it! And I definetly feel that i have detoxed. I have been exercising, but not as much as usual due to some injuries that I was hoping this cleanse might help in the healing of, so maybe that has something to do w/the slow weight loss. I have gone easy on the maple syrup also. But I just read that it is important to use the laxative tea as the "agitator" and SWF as the rinse...damn, now you tell me! I have only been using the laxative tea, because in the booklet it says either are fine and I seem to gag and want to throw up the SWF, but now I am thinking maybe I should have tried harder. Too late for this time around. I just can't imagine that there was much more waste in me to pass though, the tea kept me going and since we are not eating, it's hard to imagine that there'd be a whole lot more to pass. My tongue was definetly very furry and tasting bad most of the time and even when I would srape it, it would not come clean. Happy to say though that it has begun to clear up in time for the ease out process. Thank God, because I really wasn't up for doing this any longer than the 10 days, I'm amazed I made it this far! Feels good, even though I REAALy would have loved to lose a more signifigcant amount of weight. Good luck to everyone, it is worth it!

Jessi · 1 year ago

Well I finished two days ago and am already onto eating healthy! I started a "diet" which is more of a lifestyle change than anything... but its called Eating Clean (author Tosca Reno). I really feel great! I have had an occasional upset stomach but the Acidophilus Probiotics are helping now :) I would highly recommend that when the fast is complete, a quality tongue scraper and LOTS of toilet paper... I also got an electric juicer for the OJ or any other juices going forward and that has been working wonderfully. Wish I would have purchased that before I started...oh well! Wish you all luck! Oh yeah...there seems to be some confusion on what the SWF ratio is... 2 TABLEspoons to 1 Litre made me sick and go through a full roll of toilet paper in one day. I faired MUCH better on 2 TEAspoons to two glasses of warm water... and it still did the trick just was more manageable.

Dave · 1 year ago

Folks, if you're going to get on the diet, it's important you read the book. The book tells you why everything is the way it is. You NEED the 2 tbs of Organic Maple Syrup (grade B is best), because that's really where you're getting your nutrients (mostly B vitamins) while you're on the cleanse ... without it, you run the risk of malnourishment and it won't work for you the way it should. You also need the Organic Senna Root tea and the Salt Water Flush as prescribed. Doing one step and not following through on others can pose serious risks for you, and possibly worse, you won't achieve the results you want, whether it's detoxification or weight loss. Loosening debris from your intestines and colon and not flushing them out is as bad eating the toxins to begin with.

merlin · 1 year ago

We'er into day 8 and I've lost 9 lbs and my better half has lost 7 lbs so all in all we feel we are doing ok. We are looking forward to getting off of the diet/master cleanse as we both have a few cravings once in awhile. Hope to lose 12 lbs. or more before this is done. Wish everyone success in keeping to the program, ciao for now.

Dana · 1 year ago

Oh wow, I didn't even bother to look at my tongue until now and... ewwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww. Gross.

But anyways, I'm on day 8 and lost 8 pounds. YAY! I guess I just had a slow start, but as I cut down on the syrup I started losing weight. I'm so happy!

Gwen · 1 year ago

Is there anyway to skip out on some of the recommended Cayenne? The "lemonade" part of the drink does not bother me - the Cayenne makes me want to gag and its only my first day : (

Also, is the tea essential? I was only going to use the SWF but looks like everyone uses the tea too. Any recommendations on were to purchase the tea (whole foods, trader joes, safeway)?

I have almost finished my second liter bottle - is it possible to ditch out on the last 1/4 or is that bad? Also, does anyone know if it is okay to drink more (my crazy boyfriend wants to know the answer to that)?

Donna · 1 year ago

Response to Gwen:

Cayenne pepper: According to Stanley Burroughs,"Adding cayenne pepper is necessary as it breaks up mucus and increases warmth by building the blood for an additional lift. It also adds many of the B and C vitamins.

I as well hate the taste of the cayenne pepper in my drink, so its earier for me to take shots of it every hour. I use 1/10 of pepper in a tbsp of water and do shots of it. That way I can enjoy the taste of the lemonade. Do not take capsules because they are ineffective!

Tea essential: The tea gives your body an extra push. Some people may find it unneccessary to drink the tea. The first time I did the cleanse I drunk the nasty tea every night. Second time around I found out that I really didn't need it. If you are irregular in bowel movements, then I think it would be essential.

Drinking limit: According to Stanley Burroughs, "Take from 6 to 12 glasses of lemonade daily during the waking period.

It is imperrative that you take the time to read, "The Master Cleanse", by Stanley Burroughs. It is available at Borders and also available FREE online: http://healthandlight.com/TheMasterCleanse.pdf.
Any other questions would be answered by reading the text from the orginial creator of the master cleanse. Skipping any of the steps will make the process useless.

His Grace · 1 year ago

Hi, I completed Day 1 of the master clease and I lost 3 lbs. I am so excited! When I had my first drink of the mixture I thought, "This mess is hot!" But I've gotten used to it and the taste isn't that bad. I put mine in the freezer and drink it really cold. Also, I drink Dieter's tea (green box). It doesn't taste bad. I guess I've gotten used to the taste of the tea and the mixture. My plan is to go 10 days... Good Luck Everyone!

Julie · 1 year ago

I am thinking about trying this tomorrow. ANy advice?

Julie · 1 year ago

Can I use lemon juice from the grocery store instead of fresh lemons?

Julie · 1 year ago

Starting this tomorrow. Anyone want to be my email buddy and check up on oneanother/

Shiraz (From The ReaLife Show) · 1 year ago

Good Afternoon to all (or morning, evening depending on where you are reading this lol)

My name is Shiraz and I host a reality radio show called The ReaLife Show. My co-host, Ecclz (pronounced Ekleez) are both doing a liquid diet and chronicling our feelings throuout the process. We did it at the beginning of the year but gave in on the 7th day. I'm doing the Master Cleanse and she's doing strictly water and the goal of it is for us to compare the two as far as results and what exactly happened to our body during the process.

I'm hoping I'll be able to reach out here to anyone that's currently going through the diet (as help for me to make it to the 10th day) and hopefully start a community where we can all discuss the benefits of doing the cleanse.

We'll be uploading video nightly via our youtube channel. www.youtubecom/therealifeshow

Looking forward to talking to you guys and hopefully you assisting me with this goal!

MUAH!
~Shiraz
Host of The ReaLife Show
www.TheReaLifeShow.com

merlin · 1 year ago

Finally got the 10 pound mark on the 9th day, we are looking forward with great anticipation for the end of the 10th day. My other half says she will never do this again but am sure I will if all goes well on the ease out program. Hope everybody can stick to the full 10 days as I'm sure it will be worth it in the end. Ciao for now.

Gwen · 1 year ago

Is the flush something that you do every night? My neighbor (who admitted she read the book a long time ago) said that you shouldn't do it every night. Can someone verify?

Rachel · 1 year ago

I am on Day3... My goal with the cleanse is to stop smoking and ease up on coffee intake but I have also lost 7 pounds... my goal is 10 days and Im feeling optimistic about it. It feels good to cross another day off on my calendar and I already feel the effects!

Lisa · 1 year ago

julie, I would like to start this tommorrow as well. I would like to be ur email buddy if you havent got one already. I could use the extra push.

Shiraz (From The ReaLife Show) · 1 year ago

It's 21 hours in and so far so good. I had some cravings today but I reassured myself the reason why I am doing this. I can do 10 days without solid foods in the name of my health :)

Gwen,
Yes, I've read both boths "The Master Cleanse" & "Lose Weight, Have More Energy & Be Happier In 10 Days" and they both state to do the cleanse daily. As this websites states, I am doing it nightly and drinking the senna tea in the morning, as this makes more sense for my lifestyle.

Julie,
Although tomorrow will be my Day 2, I wouldn't mind being your e-mail buddy. My e-mail is Shiraz@therealifeshow.com
--------------------------
My name is Shiraz and I host a reality radio show called The ReaLife Show. My co-host, Ecclz (pronounced Ekleez) are both doing a liquid diet and chronicling our feelings throuout the process. We did it at the beginning of the year but gave in on the 7th day. I’m doing the Master Cleanse and she’s doing strictly water and the goal of it is for us to compare the two as far as results and what exactly happened to our body during the process.

I’m hoping I’ll be able to reach out here to anyone that’s currently going through the diet (as help for me to make it to the 10th day) and hopefully start a community where we can all discuss the benefits of doing the cleanse.

We’ll be uploading video nightly via our youtube channel. http://www.youtubecom/therealifeshow

Looking forward to talking to you guys and hopefully you assisting me with this goal!

MUAH!
~Shiraz
Host of The ReaLife Show
http://www.TheReaLifeShow.com

Roberta · 1 year ago

Yesterday was my first day and i'm not going to lie, it was difficult. Around 11pm i became very nauseous and couldn't stop vomiting. Of course, there was nothing because my stomach was empty. I also had the worse headache of my life. I believe that this is due to "caffeine withdrawl." So i decided to continue today despite the headache but it has subsided a bit. Hope i start to feel better tomorrow.

Julie · 1 year ago

lisa, sounds good. although I can't get my email during the day here. Check up on this? What do you think?

Starting day 1. I did a fruit juice start yesterday and actually felt great this morning. I am used to coffee so i am dragging a little bit this morning. I am not doing this for the weight loss. I need to do this to get rid of all the gross stuff in my body. I got married two+ weeks ago and i have been eating so poorly since. Need to jump start my new life and looking forward to a very healthy lifestyle.

Salt/water didn't do the "trick" for me last night. Where can i get laxative tea. It has been DAYS!

merlin · 1 year ago

Ahhhhhh, day 10, am down 11 pounds and am really looking forward to the orange juice tomorrow and a good but sensible meals on Saturday. Has been an interesting experience and a good way to kick start a diet. Hope all stick to the diet/cleanse. Ciao for now

Jessi · 1 year ago

I found Smooth Move (chocolate flavor) at Whole Foods. There is also a pill form of Smooth Move that I would alternate with that is also from Whole Foods. (Or any natural market....might even try the pill form of a laxative at GNC or something?) Best of Luck!

Rhonda · 1 year ago

Is it okay to take my antidepressant and thyroid pills while on this diet?

Jen · 1 year ago

It's nice to see other people doing the "Master Cleanse" because everyone else thinks I am CRAZY! I am on day 8 and this has been by far, the easiest cleanse out of the 5 times I've done this in the past. The salt water flush doesn't seem to work for me very well, but I also can't choke down more than a half a glass...The Smooth Move or Bowl Soother tea works great at night for me but in the morning hrs my tummy rumbles & hurts but goes right away when I go to the bathroom.

CONGRATS on YOU if you are going through the cleanse or getting ready to. And remember, if you break down & eat something, it's not the end of the world, just learn from your mistake & next time you are ready to cleanse you'll do better.

Joanna · 1 year ago

I just finished the master clease

It's amazing. I did it for days and i lost 11 pounds. My face looks healthier and cleaner and i have a lot more energy and my eating habits have even changed.
it really is worth it

Joanna · 1 year ago

8 days*

DJC · 1 year ago

Started the cleanse today, and am shooting for 15 days! I'm a first timer, but my goals have to be ambitious in order for me to complete them. This should be very interesting because I am a beer rep, and I spend ALL DAY and sometimes nights in awesome bars, restaurants, deli's, liquor stores, and places like Whole Foods. I had to go to all three Whole Foods today in the city and all I wanted to do was eat all the delicious hot food, and the cheese isle was so tempting with their little tiny 7 year aged white cheddar. I'm pretty much a food, beer, and wine enthusiast.

Lately the long hours, nights, and overeating/drinking have really been catching up with me. I don't sleep, I look terrible, have gained weight, and even begun to start feeling depressed and overwhelmed with laziness. My roommate just completed a 10 day cleanse and that got me interested.

I'm using the Cleanse to detox and start a lifestyle change. I am re-reading "Way of the Peaceful Warrior" and some other books along the same lines. I set out a healthy list of 3, 6, and 12 month goals with everything from mile times to # of pages to read every day in books and magazines! So I feel like I'm embarking on an in-home quest! Good luck and I better go because I feel the salt-water kicking in!!!

Dana · 1 year ago

10 days DONE. It's the orange juice day yayayayay! Not impressed with only losing 8 pounds but whatever. I'm happy I finished.

merlin · 1 year ago

Dined on Orange juice today, day 11, actually get some chicken soup/homemade tomorrow evening. We are starting a healthly regimn to lose some more weight, I need to go down another 10 -12 #'s and my other half wants to lose some more also. ciao for now

The Prizman · 1 year ago

I last did the MC in 1982 and am now embarking on day 1. Yes it's for spiritual, physical and emotional needs. I am going to alternate with Laxative teas and salt water cleanse at night. I look forward to reading how others are doing.... best wishes. A good time of year to cleanse. Now if we could put the whole country on a cleanse!

merlin · 1 year ago

Actually dropped another 2 pounds for a total of 14 pounds, now will see if I can keep it off by eating right and drinking more water, that was a problem. Tomorrow it's time for cevechi going with the raw fish cooked in lemon/lime juice. Wish everybody good luck in sticking with the cleanse. ciao for now

Melissa · 1 year ago

I noted the SWF should be taken room temp. Does the lemonade mixture have to be room temp also? Can I freeze it to make it seem I am eating a solid? Can the mixture be ice cold?

admin · 1 year ago

Melissa,

The juice can be any temperature you would like. You have an interesting idea about freezing the juice. My thoughts are that by chewing your are signaling to your body that you are eating, and your digestive system will kick into gear. This will mean you will start producing acid in your stomach and with no food you may suffer from indigestion or heart burn. That sounds like an "could be" but I am not sure.

Rhonda · 1 year ago

Can I take my rx meds?

jamie · 1 year ago

Just wanted to give everyone a little bit of inspiration. I made the choice to try the cleanse one more time and fulfill it. Hopefully this blog that I found will be most enchanting. If not I will still log all my emotions and feelings in this journal as often as possible. They say 3rd time is a charm. Last time I tied it before today, I went 4 days and got detored by SUSHI. This time I am ready and I like the salt cleanse at night. I think that is what is going to make it work. Last 2x the salt cleanse in the morning with me went bad and thats why I quit. I made this commitement.#1 Keep A JOURNAL. So important. It helps you keep note of how you are feeling. If there is a next time, you will know a little bit about more about what you were felling. What went wrong...what went right. etc.
This is where I started. With What my goals were frome 10-1

1)In the name of your health
2)your body needs this to cleanse (BAD)
3)need to get a better grip on your weight and eating
4)your eating is out of control...You have
no calorie counting
no set weight goal
no workout program
5)to help me not drink/no consumption
6)Feel better about yourself
7)make your skin clearer/healthier
8)gain your self-confidence again
9)Be a better example to my child
10)Own it! Meaning be the "BOSS" of my mind, body and soul!!
It's all up to me!!
All these are my personal goals....
please try to create your own using mine.
It's a big deal!!!
POST Things up around the house...#1 by the mirror with your start weight and end have it end at day 10. THIS HELPS!! keep a pen handy so you can see the change in your weight.
#2 just simle things like you can do it! You want this! You need this!
.....
Keeps me motivated and reminds me to not quit an not give up!
Good Luck and prayers to me!
God is by my side and I believe!
~Cheers
Jamie

Jen · 1 year ago

My husband, best friend, and I are starting tomorrow (Monday)! I am looking forward to the detox!

GGW · 1 year ago

Starting the Cleanse tomorrow. Wish me luck. I did it once before two years ago but only made it to day six. I really want to do at least 10 days this time around:) Anyone out there just starting? Let's be buddies and get through it together!!

Julie · 1 year ago

Does this really work? I'm going to start it tomorrow

Holly · 1 year ago

I am starting today for the first time! My goal is 10 days as well.

Kim · 1 year ago

Hi! I was just reading up on the MC, I did it for 10 days about 8 months ago and I just started it today, I would like to get through 14 days this time, I hate doing it alone and would love to go at it with someone. Let me know and maybe we can give eachouther some tips and motivation.
kimberlyabort@cox.net

Holly · 1 year ago

I just made today's portion... I put three whole lemons into an electric juicer, and a frothy white substance came out. I put that(14 tbsp), the maple syrup(14 tbsp), and 1tsp of cayenne pepper into the blender and blended it up with water. Now it is in the bottles with the pepper sitting on top of the foam, which rose to the top. I can see tiny bits of pulp in the mixture, as well. Should I try to skim the top off the mixture, or should i just shake it and drink it as is? Is it ok to use the juice of whole lemons (including the peel)? Is it preferable to only juice the inside of the lemons?

DDK · 1 year ago

Started today as well - first time. Me and my roommate are doing it together to cut some fat. We'll be working out at the same time. Wish us luck!

Michelle · 1 year ago

Starting today! So far so good but it's only 9:22 am....eeek

cbs · 1 year ago

I just started the cleanse today. I also did it 2 years ago and only made it to day six just like you. I am hoping to make it to at least 10 days and if I can last longer, go for another 5. It would be nice to have someone to work through this with.
Good luck. You can do it!

heb09 · 1 year ago

Ahh I'm starting today, but I'm scared, because not only do I have hypoglycemia, but even though i'm small my diet consists of lots of beer and crap!! I just want to get my body back to healthy and start over if you will!!

Veronica · 1 year ago

I started the cleanse this morning! I feel good so far, but am afraid of the salt water flush tonight because I share a bathroom with 7 girls in a dorm. :( Also, I couldn't find B-grade syrup, so I am using A grade until I can get to the health food store. Oct. 20 = Day 1!!! I want to go 10 days.

Kel · 1 year ago

So I am starting today and my goal is to do it for 2 weeks. I have about 0 willpower so I don't know how long I'll last. I have a very bad digestive system for whatever reason ever since I was about 10 so I'm hoping this will cleanse my system and make my body feel better. Also, how much sea salt should I put in the saline solution?

sw · 1 year ago

hey I am starting today too along with my sister and friend at work. This is my first time ever doing anything like this and already I want a piece of candy so I hope I can channel a bit more self control. How was it the first time around?

cin · 1 year ago

starting mine today 10/20. do u have to do 'flush' w/seasalt or can u just do the cleanse for 10days? anyone??

Anonymous · 1 year ago

the flush is a very important part of the process, please do u're research..

u need 2 teaspoons per 1 qt water for the flush

the first day for me was the hardest, but according to the book, Day 2/3 and 7/8 are reported to be the hardest for alot of people.

i finished my day 10 on Sat.Oct.11th.. i sure feel better, my skin looks better than ever! :) my weight is flucutating between 151 - 155.. i started off at 162..

i am wondering if drinking the drink anytime is beneficial? ie. i am now drinking water with fresh squeezed lemonade, but wondering if anyone does any 'mini cleanses' just for the heck of it, say, a for 1-3 days? on a periodic basis?

ruth · 1 year ago

the flush is a very important part of the process, please do u're research..

u need 2 teaspoons per 1 qt water for the flush

the first day for me was the hardest, but according to the book, Day 2/3 and 7/8 are reported to be the hardest for alot of people.

i finished my day 10 on Sat.Oct.11th.. i sure feel better, my skin looks better than ever! :) my weight is flucutating between 151 - 155.. i started off at 162..

i am wondering if drinking the drink anytime is beneficial? ie. i am now drinking water with fresh squeezed lemonade, but wondering if anyone does any 'mini cleanses' just for the heck of it, say, a for 1-3 days? on a periodic basis?

ruth · 1 year ago

oh, another good thing for me is that i don't drink coffee anymore.. but i still like my tea! BUT, i don't use sugar in it anymore!! yay!!! :) and i haven't been to any fast food restaurant yet.. and don't even really want to..

cin · 1 year ago

i bought the wrong syrup 'Grade A' Organic but after reading it appears you need 'B or C' so I actually got through my entire day with just water w/lemon. so i should def be good to go tmmrw, my goal is to get past this wknd. o'yea other incentive is we have a diet 'weigh in' on 10/31 $600 pot lol :-) so not sure what other motivation i need.

MD · 1 year ago

I am starting tomorrow. So good luck to us both.

sicko · 1 year ago

i hate this cleanse!
I am in good shape, work out daily, non drinker or smoker, work in a health food store, so i thought i could handle this...
no way! first 9 hours in i was puking all over headache straight from satan, green coloring, felt like passing out..
working in the health industry i know tons of people who do this all time..
what the heck is wrong here?? i literally thought i was dying!!
anyone else have this the first day

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I started the Master Cleanse today (10/20/2008). Have not felt hungry until now. It's 11:26pm and am preparing for bed. I'm scared to do the salt flush. I heard it causes cramps. I guess I have to do it but I'll wait til tomorrow night. Good luck to everyone.

Eugene · 1 year ago

I am looking for some idea and stumble upon your posting :) decide to wish you Thanks. Eugene

Rose · 1 year ago

I have some questions...
1. Is it ok to use limes and lemons or must it be just lemons?
2. Does anyone take the clay? Should the clay be used during the MC or at a different time? Has anyone found any easy way to take the clay?
3. How does the cleanse effect RX medications that you take daily?

I did the Cleanse for 8 days starting October 1st...I plan to do it again starting tomorrow and attempt to make it at least 10 days. How frequenly can you safely do the cleanse?

Clareece · 1 year ago

I'm going to start the cleanse tomorrow. I am also jogging every morning. I hope it is helpful. My intentions are to increase my energy level, improve my overall well being, and lose about 20 pounds. How much weight, on average, have some of you managed to lose over a given period?

CIN · 1 year ago

YESTERDAY AFTERNOON WAS MY FIRST MIX OF THE DRINK JUST 20oz AND IT'S ACTUALLY NOT THAT BAD! :) SO I'M STARTING MY MORNING W/ANOTHER 20oz THEN AFTER WRK AN ADDITIONAL 20oz AND GOING TO TRY TO INCORPORATE THE GYM IN THIS ROUTINE, WISH ME LUCK. 10DAYS SOUNDS LONG BUT REALLY NEXT WK WED IS NOT THAT FAR AWAY.

CIN · 1 year ago

HEY REBECCA, AFTER I GOT HOME AND ONLY HAD MY 20oz I TOO WAS GOOD! NOT HUNGRY SLEPT GREAT ETC THE ONLY THING I HAD WAS MY MOUTH WAS BIT DRY AFTERWARDS ;( BUT I THINK I CAN LIVE WITH THAT. I DIDN'T DO SALT FLUSH BUT DEF WILL DO IT TONIGHT AS WELL. LET ME KNOW HOW IT GOES. I USUALLY DON'T BELIEVE STUFF LIKE THIS BUT I GUESS I WOULDN'T KNOW UNTIL I TRIED IT MYSELF,SO I DEF WILL POST MY RESULTS NXT WK WED (10STRAIGHT DAYS).

Rebecca · 1 year ago

To the person who left the posting regarding puking all day. This is my second day and I've had no problem whatsoever, but everyone is different. Perhaps you are allergic to cayenne pepper or at the very least have a sensitivity to it. I can't imagine you are allergic to lemons. Good luck on finding the reason!

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I'd be very careful about exercising in the beginning. You're taking in very little calories. You could get dizzy and injure yourself. Good luck! I'm on the second day and feeling great. I did the cleanse four days last week but ate a small dinner at night and I've noticed that my skin is feeling and looking incredible!

sw · 1 year ago

I CRACKED ON MY FIRST DAY BUT NOW I AM IN IT TO WIN IT IT IS ALL WILL POWER AND KNOWING THAT IN 10 DAYS I CAN EAT AGAIN ANYWAY I DONT HAVE TO HAVE IT RIGHT NOW, ALL I CAN SAY IS SYRUP SHOULD NOT COST 15.00 A BOTTLE.

DDK · 1 year ago

Second day: I am a fairly fit and healthy person to begin with but doing this I am looking for a bit of an edge in my fitness. As of day two my movements were solid at first and now brown liquid most of the time. Is this a normal behavior? Is it just because I don't have as much waste as others would?

Romo · 1 year ago

Today is my second day. This is my frist time doing the cleanse and I am very excited for the results. I tried the salt water flush for the first time last night and it was the most disgusting thing ever. It took me nearly an hour to drink the solution and then a bit longer for it to work. I also felt like throwing up afterwards and could taste the salt in my throat and in my stomach. Any suggestions on how to make it easier to bear?

CIN · 1 year ago

I READ FURTHER INTO THIS 'CLEANSE' AND SOME SUGGEST NOT TO DO THE SALT WATER FLUSH BECAUSE IT DOES WRK DIFFERENTLY ON EVERYONE AND IF U DON'T 'PASS IT' THEN YOUR BODY JUST RETAINED THE SALT. ANY SUGGESTIONS? SOME EVEN SAY IT'S JUST NOT SAFE TO DO SWF & HERBAL LAX TEA.
IS ANYONE JUST DOING ONE OR THE OTHER? OR BOTH OR NONE??

Lisa · 1 year ago

I am taking 2 tablespoons of sea salt with one liter of water for my SWF.
I am only on day 2 but I have found that even though I have warmed up the water and tried to drink it like a soup or even to chug it from a glass, about halfway through I start to feel very nauseous and then after about an hour the flush starts but it takes over 90 minutes of running back and forth to the bathroom to get it all out and I am feeling queasy the whole time.
ShouId I try less salt or less water?
I took the tea last night and it did not do much.
Any suggestions?
Thanks so much!!

Some Guy · 1 year ago

I took this on October 7th and I've finished it on the 17th and I went from like 23-25% body fat to like 15% body fat doing this. But instead of 1 quart of water for the salt water flush, i drink 8 oz. and it goes through my body in like 1-2 hours. I would recommend this for people who have self control when they see good food. >.<

p.s. good luck on the first 3 days of the cleanse. You'll need it.

NomoreSWF · 1 year ago

I just finished the 10 day cleanse and I feel great. I did the cleanse initially to detoxify, but in reality my intention was to loose weight. I lost a total of 15 lbs and atleast 10-15% body fat. I feel awesome. I also altered the lemonade cocktail. I used Pure Organic Lemon Juice (not from concentrate) and used less Grade B syrup than called for in order to loose more weight. After 1 day of "juicing" I found it easier to buy the lemon juice. Not sure if that was the proper thing to do, but I think I worked out great for me. As far as the Salt Water Flush, I did the "Tea" to loosen everything up at night, and then followed the tea with 2 12oz chugs of organic seasalt mixed with water. I used about a tablespoon of salt with each glass. I found it was easier to separate the "chug" into to 2 rather than drinking it all in one shot. I also used a straw which allowed me to stop and start several times. Believe me it gets easier after you do it once or twice. You may have to alter the amount of salt, as It took me a couple of days to figure out the right mixure for me.
Just remember, when you are hungry, take a drink, it's not your stomach, it's your mind. Don't cheat, if you can get past the first 2 days, you can do it. Good luck.

Arlene · 1 year ago

I've done the Master clense twice and both times I did both the tea at night and the sea salt in the morning and it worked just fine. I drink the quart of salt water straight down and yea it's a little nauseating but I found that when I drink it straight down it comes out the same way. When I drink it with breaks that's how it comes out, and it usually happens for me within 30 mins.

merlin · 1 year ago

Well, I've been off of the master cleanse for 6 days now. We continue to eat right i.e. no sugars or coffee. We've lost another 5 lbs. and continue to feel good along with working out and eating a lot less on account that our stomachs are accustomed to less quanities and have no cravings for sweets or the bad junk that we were eating before. Started at 209 and am currently at 192 and dropping more daily without "dieting" and just eating the right things. Good luck to all who try the master cleanse as if you complete it and follow through with a good diet you'll be pleased with the results. Have got another 7-10 lbs to go to get to my ideal weight for my height and age. Feels good not packing around that extra weight. Ciao for now

Romo · 1 year ago

I completed day 2 and have not lost a lb. Is this normal? Or could this mean that I am doing something wrong? I hear people lose 3 to 4 lbs in their first day or two. I don't understand why it is not working for me. I'm hesitant to keep going today. Any suggestions?

Jam · 1 year ago

This is my first time doing the cleance and I am on my 3rd day! I am not sure if I lost any weight but that is not my main concern. It has been really tough not eating and seen and smelling the yummy food around me is really hard. Is not so much as feelign hungry is more of the habit of eating. Also not going out and stuff also makes it difficult to go all the way. I am commiting myself to 7 days but am already thinking of cutting it short to 5 days because I have weekend plans which I dont think I can cancel. Also I didnt know I had to do SWF everyday so I better do it tonight.

cubsfan · 1 year ago

Hello all:

I am starting the cleanse this afternoon, no ease in. Anyone want to swap email addresses to cheer eachother on and share ideas/happenings. I will mostly be available for emailing during office hours, so i hope that will work for someone...?? anyone interested?

CIN · 1 year ago

I'M FINISHING DAY 3 TODAY AND IM OKAY WITH THE HUNGER PART BUT I THINK MENTALLY FOR EATING LESS I'M SMOKING MORE? THAT CRAVING HAS NOT GONE AWAY BUT I TEND TO DO THAT ON REG DIET. I'VE YET TO DO SWF BUT I GUESS TONIGHT WILL BE MY FIRST TIME, THERE'S NO WAY I CAN DO THAT IN MRNING AND HAVE TO COME TO WRK FOR 8HRS!
:-( HOPEFULLY JUST AT NIGHT WILL WRK? I HVEN'T SEEN WEIGHT LOSS EITHER BUT SOMETHING IS HAPPENING CUZ MY PANTS ARE BIGGER FROM DAY TO DAY. I PLAN ON COMPLETING 10DAYS BUT WKND IS COMING UP AND I DON'T KNOW IF I TOO CAN AVOID WKND PLANS (DINNER&DRINKING). WISH ME LUCK

ruth · 1 year ago

cin! what are u doing?? smoking while trying to cleanse u're system? why bother? the whole idea behind a trying to get rid of all the toxins out of ure body is useless if u're just putting it back in.. and that goes with anything other than the drink.. ie. which is why pure water, organic freshly squeezed lemons, organic sea salt and unrefined cayenne pepper is important..as well as herbal laxative tea..

i recommed everyone check out the book by Tom Woloshyn, The Master Cleanse..

10 days is the optimal amount for this to work..

for the person who said they feel really sick, thats part of the detox.. its not uncommon to feel sick and pain if there is alot of junk coming out of u.. but just know that it should pass with some of the eliminations..

ruth · 1 year ago

lisa, you should be using 2 teaspoons, not tablespoons per 1 qt. water -
ensure u drink it all within 10 mins

oh, and i recommend getting an electric citrus juicer.. way easier and less waste.. they're only about $20.. well worth it.. :)

paprika · 1 year ago

I'm on my second day . I've done it before for 5 days and loved it. My only question is that a book I have it says you need to use spring water, does anyone know if this matters?

Mel · 1 year ago

This is my 4th time doing the cleanse and I am currently in the "ease out" phase. The last 2 times that I have done the cleanse, I have become extremely constipated afterwards. Is this normal? After completing the cleanse I tend to stick to fuits, smoothies and oatmeal. I do not eat meat (although, sometimes I will have sushi or tuna) and try to stay away from dairy. Is anything that I can do to that can prevent the constipation?

ruth · 1 year ago

hey admin, like the added advertisments u added! :) but why the blood pressure monitor? is that something that people should be monitoring while on the cleanse or something?

Kim · 1 year ago

What do you do when the cayanne makes you ill? I gag when I smell it and vomit when I taste it. Can I successfully do this with cayanne pills with the glass of lemonade?

CIN · 1 year ago

RUTH I GUESS THE SMOKING IS MOSTLY HABIT BECAUSE I ONLY SMOKE ONE CIG ON WAY TO WRK AND ONE ON WAY HOME NEVER IN BETWEEN WRK HRS SO I GUESS AFTER SITTING ALL DAY AND DRINKING WATER AND THIS LEMON BUSINESS I LOOK FWRD TO THE ONE CIG :-( SO I GUESS THAT IS SOME CRAVING BUT MOSTLY HABITT? TODAY IS END OF DAY 3 AND I PLAN ON STARTING SWF AND MAYBE I NEED TO DRINK MORE OF THE JUICE THAN I AM, WHO KNOWS MAYBE THE CIG HABIT WILL DISOLVE. THX

admin · 1 year ago

Ruth,

I have added the blood pressure monitor because it is the one I bought to take my vitals during the cleanse. It is not required by any means, but it seems obvious that one should monitor their health. I want to test the changes in my body during the cleanse. I am posting them in my chronicle posts while I am on my current cleanse that started on Sunday.

admin · 1 year ago

Kim,

I just got back from the store where I purchased veggie caps that can be used to put the cayenne in. You can also buy cayenne if you would rather someone else do the work for you. You can check this post as well

ruth · 1 year ago

thanks admin.. :)

i was curious cuz on my day 6 of the cleanse, i felt really crampy.. it was horrible! i checked my bp at the pharmacy and it was 140/90 (which is too high).. but i figure its because i wasn't feeling well, and in pain. I too have that same bp monitor cuz i used to have high bp till i gave up salt.. and i thought later of doing the same thing as you.. keeping track of not only my mood and weight but also of my vitals.. oh well, next time! :) Great idea! :)

next time i'll also try the smooth move laxative.. that was the worst part of the cleanse for me was those cramps, and those didn't start till day 6..

ruth · 1 year ago

oh, i should also add that i was abit concerned about the SWF because of my history of high bp.. but it didn't seem to affect me.. :) something to do with the salinity of the mix..

ruth · 1 year ago

mel, i am finding the same thing.. i am trying to drink more water.. hope it gets back to normal soon!

em · 1 year ago

IM FREAKING OUT!!!!!!!!! Today was my 3rd day doing it and I went out for dinner and completely binged! I FEEL SO STUPID! Do you guys think I should continue it tomorrow as if nothing happened or should I just give it up for this week? Im so bummed out on myself because I was doing so good and I really want to go through with this.

CIN · 1 year ago

EM, I WOULD JUST WAIT UNTIL NXT WK AND TRY TO START AGAIN!
DAY 4 FOR ME AND I'M FEELING GREAT STILL! I HVE ? THOUGH, I DID SWF LAST NIGHT FOR 1ST TIME AND DID 1QT OF WTR W/2 TEASPOONS OF SEASALT AT 6:15PM AND NOTHING HAPPEN?? MY STOMACH STARTING RUMBLING BIT BOUT 9PM BUT I NVR WENT TO BATHROOM AND IT FELT LIKE I HAD TO GO THIS MRNING BUT STILL NOTHING, SHOULD I PUT MORE SALT OR INCORP HERBAL LAX TEA? I JUST BOUGHT THAT THIS MORNING AND WAS GOING TO DO THAT AFTER WRK..ANY SUGGESTIONS

reborne24 · 1 year ago

I believe you should be using tablespoons and not teaspoons. When I did the salt water flush this is what i did. I did the cleanse last month and this month for 5 days each time and lost a total of 18 pounds. I did it as a fasting and cleasing tool for spiritual reasons.

Peace and Love

reborne24 · 1 year ago

Ruth because of the organic sea salt with iodide i believe it said in article it would not harm people with hbp. As you've stated it has something to do with the type of salt as it does not stay in the system. On the back of mine it states that one ingredient is a non caking agent.

Peace and Love

George · 1 year ago

Hello everyone I plan on starting the cleanse on Sunday morning. I read the book 5 years ago but was afraid to try it. I decided that I want to do this now to detoxify my body after buying the book again at Whole Foods. I know that my body is full of toxins like everyone elses, but like everyone on this site I want to make a change in my lifestyle and I feel this is the best way to start. I plan on going the full 10 days. Hope I can do it. If anyone wants to be my email pal and help me through it feel free to email me gsensei@runbox.com.

foodlover. · 1 year ago

Any tips on making cooking less painful? Of course I will continue cooking meals for my husband daily and it takes such will power not to sneak a little bite........ torture!!! ?

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I am writing a persuasive essay for college and decided to do it on detox dieting. During my research I came across this page and it is nice to see that it is up to date and people regularly post here. I really would appreciate if anyone has done other detox diets and how does this one compare and what were the pros and cons of those versus this one. I am trying to persuade why the doctors are wrong about not needing to get rid of toxins because they believe that our bodies were made to do it themselves. What I have read so far tells me that it could if we didn't eat like we do...so many processed foods, pesticides, herbicides...etc. so that is my argument. I am going to do this diet so as to document my day to day with it and my outcome to report in my essay to make my argument more effective...I decided to do this when I read so many positive posts about this one! If anyone would like to help it would be SOOOO appreciated and also I would like to have someone to go through this process with too... an email pal of sorts...I do have a concern for the safety of it...can anyone vouch for the safety of it??? Thanks...contact me here:
Rebeccacalvo2@school.kaplan.edu
Thanks in advance,
Rebecca

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I forgot to mention...that our bodies could do it if we did not eat processed foods, pesticides, herbicides and DID eat whole foods, nutrient-rich foods! Okay...thanks...
Anxiously waiting some responses...
Rebeccacalvo2@school.kaplan.edu

ana · 1 year ago

ok, I am not quit sure i understand all process, or to be more precise, ingredients.
i got the part with the lemonade and SWF (although I'm still confused with how many salt I should put). i don't understand if the tea is necessary as well? when and how much? in the kit they put 2 kinds of tee herbal laxative and herbal mint, which confuses me even more. COULD SOMEBODY PLEASE EXPLAIN, SO I CAN START. THANKS LOADS!!!

Gabrielle · 1 year ago

will i be able to eat any kinds of foods?

foodlover. · 1 year ago

Rebecca, as far as safety goes, I've never heard of any bad reactions. My mom has been doing it bi-annually for about 30 years - So thats not something I'd be worried about.
When I start (first few days) I feel nauseous, head achy/low energy, clouded memory and irritability. I find that preparing myself mentally is the biggest struggle;)

Rebecca · 1 year ago

Thanks Foodlover!
I will be starting on this coming Monday.
I will keep posting my progress!
Thanks,
Rebecca

robin · 1 year ago

The lemon juice/maple syrup is only a little bit, why do we need to put it in such a big container?

kp · 1 year ago

Hi i was just reading the posts. i am starting tommorrow, the toughest is the mental game on food. I need some support for the first four days or so, to keep in check. My body needs a good cleanse. If someone could help me through the cravings that would be great. Congrats to all those that are amongst the cleanse.

Victoria · 1 year ago

Hi-I just finished 5 days..I feel like a million bucks. I'm easing off today. Would it be dangerous to continue the salt flush weekly without being on the cleanse? What if I did the master cleanse every Monday with a salt flush, would that be safe? For all of you with cold feet...take the plunge..get support from someone who has done it before or someone who is supportive of your choice to do it. Blessings.

katie · 1 year ago

Well, I have been a little hesitant to write because I don't want to discourage anyone. We are all so different, but this was my experience...I did the fast for the full recommended 10 days. I did not do the salt flush, I did drink laxative tea every night...I had read the booklet and thought I understood it to say that either the SWF and/or laxative tea, whatever it takes to have several bowel movements a day. Anyway, though, I managed to get through the full 10 days. I think day #3 was deinetly the hardest. I tend to have low blood sugar and my blood sugar level crashed on the third morning, light headed, weak feeling etc. I stuck it out though and managed to lose only 5 lbs over the ten days. I was somewhat frustrated because everyone else seemed to lose much more. But I don't have a lot of extra weight on me to lose, so maybe that's why, or maybe if I had done the SWF...? But, on the last few days, I began having severe leg cramps which I believe is a sign of malnutrion, a lack of electrolytes, salts and minerals. I think ten days was just too much for me, maybe 7 days would have been better for me. I did feel good doing the cleanse, it was just too depleting after a weekd I think. And then, I am so disappointed to say that afer a couple of days of juicing and eating raw to ease off of the fast, and I was feeling good...I started to eat...and eat...and eat! It is almost two wks now since I completed the fast and I am soo dissappointed to report that I gained back the 5 lbs I had lost, plus another 5. So, I am now probably 5 or more pounds heavier than when I began! Argh! I have had a history though of struggling w/food and weight issues(as probably most of us do on this website-) and I know that I can be extreme on both ends. An extreme fast seems to set me up for binging, even though I really felt good about the fast and did not expect or intend to boomerang so painfully. I am trying now to get back to the middle ground and just eat healthfully. How frustrating, embarrassing and I am having a hard time not beating myself up over trying so hard and then blowing it so badly after the fact! Uh! Has anyone else had such difficulty after completing the fast? I appreciate any feedback to help me forgive myslef and get back on track. Thanks and good luck to everyone. Peace and blessings, katie

ruth · 1 year ago

hi katie, thanks for u're post! :) i hope more people report back on how things go 'post cleanse'.. :)

i think the SWF would've helped with the cramping in your legs.. i did it as recommended for 3 days out of the 10 day cleanse.. i replaced the am laxative tea with the SWF..

and, i know how u feel! i started off at 162.4, and on the 12th day of the cleanse weighed in at 148.8 (started oct.2, started eating 'regularly' on oct.16th) and now weigh between 152-155.. which i'm okay with, but would have liked to stay at 150ish..

i have so far avoided coffee, sugar in my tea and fast food,and have limited my meat intake and eat more veggies and salad.. though i am disappointed to say that i did eat chips at night twice so far, which i think is a big fat no-no! ;)

i have also been able to get back out running.. so i am very optimistic that i'll do better..

i am looking forward to my next cleanse, which i think i'll do in the new year.. but this time i'm going to use only organic lemons.. and will try the smooth move tea as the tea i used gave me bad cramps, which was almost enough to make me give in..

good luck all! :)

ruth · 1 year ago

ana, tsp of organic sea salt per 1 qt. water..

the herbal mint tea is just for an 'occasional' treat..:)

use laxative tea every night and every morning, except for the mornings u do the SWF (one book recommends 3 times at least), i did mine on day 1, day 4 and day 7

gabriella, no, no foods, not even broth.. just the lemonade mix and water.. but, u can lick the spoon of syrup.. which tastes wonderful! :)

robin, i would squeeze my lemons, and add the syrup for a days worth before work, and put it in a thermos..then at work, i'd measure 4 tbsps, add my water and cayenne pepper in a glass whenever i got hungry, and just to make sure i had at least 5 glasses while at work.. if u add the pepper to u're mix and let it sit, it'd be very very hot.. and if u add water to u're mix, it'd kill the enzymes u need.. which is why the recommend u drink u're mix within 10 minutes of adding water..

hope that helps.. :)

ruth · 1 year ago

sorry ana, i meant to say 2 teaspoons, not tablespoons per 1 qt. water..

foodlover. · 1 year ago

Katie

When you began eating after the fast, did you stick to organic/healthy food choices? I realize that "healthy" can mean a variety of different things to people, but after a cleanse I always stick to raw organic (live foods) for the first week - this eases your body back into the real world of eating. Continuing a lifestyle diet predominantly containing organic ingredients aides your body in maintaining a balanced immune/digestive system (and will make a world of difference with you health issues - including high blood pressure.)

The leg cramps quite possibly could have been a reaction to the reintroduction of pesticides/ chemicals into the system after working so hard to remove them. I only speak from experience living at a retreat center where hundreds of people would annually take part in the master cleanse. Every case is different and am so sorry to hear of someone having a bad experience;) Hopefully you'll be able to find the right combination for you!

p.s. i can't stress how Crucial it truly is to use all organic ingredients when on the cleanse!! (contrary to some common belief)

ruth · 1 year ago

victoria, i think i read in Tom Woloshn's book that he had done the SWF after eating something junky, very very rarely..

i have been wondering if it would be good to do mini cleanses every so often.. say for 3 days or so, but i haven't heard back from anyone on this.. i think it'd be a good idea tho.. :)

Lisa · 1 year ago

Ruth
You say not to add the water to the lemon juice until you are ready to drink it because it loses enzymes. I have not been doing that. I don't have the book but I have been using this website as a guide and I followed the directions of making the days "meals" in advance. I made 2 chugables of the juice, lemonade, cayenne, water mix and kept them in the fridge and I would drink from them all day.
I am now on day 8 and would hate to think that I did it wrong and got no real benefit from this cleanse.
Do you think having the juice in the fridge helped at all?
Thnx.

Rebecca · 1 year ago

http://calorielab.com/news/2008/07/17/master-cl...

check it out...but remember this site is mostly great because of the discussions that follow! :)

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I posted before this but for some reason it did not go through. In addition to this site I posted above...take a look at www. youtube.com and put "master cleanse" in the search. You will see many encouraging vlogs on people before, during and after the cleanse. Also, one guy even shows in steps how to make the lemonade. I think it is a greatly encourage you to check it out...if your thinking about doing it, or in the middle of doing the cleanse...it is a great motivator! :)

CIN · 1 year ago

WELL FOR MY FIRST TIME EVERY TRYING TO CLEANSE/FAST I ONLY LASTED 5 FULL NON CHEATING DAYS! :-) THE 1ST 3DAYS WERE FAIRLY EASY FOR ME (COULD BE CUZ OF REG DIET AND EXERCISE I WAS ALREADY DOING??) BUT DAY 5 WAS PRETTY TOUGH,COULD OF BEEN CUZ AT WRK EVERYONE EATING OUT OR I DUNNO, BUT I WAS TIRED OF THE DRINK BY DAY 5 SO I DECIDED TO STOP ALSO ON SAT I KNEW WE HAD TO COOK DINNER FOR FAMILY AND I KNEW I WOULD ATTEMPT TO EAT, WHICH I DID AND TELL U WHAT EVEN AFTER 5DAYS OF THIS CLEANSE U STILL DEF NEED TO EASE YOUR WAY OFF :-( I TRIED EATING A SMALL PORTION OF ITALIAN FOOD AND I WAS SO SICK TO MY STOMACH LITERALLY, I COULDN'T EVEN GET THE FOOD DOWN COMFORTABLY. SO NEXT TIME I KNOW.

TO REPORT FROM MON - FRI I ONLY LOST ABOUT 7PNDS AND ONLY DID WATER FLUSH ONCE AND HERBAL LAX TEA TWICE. I STILL CONTINUE MY GYM ROUTINE AND STILL AM UNABLE TO EAT LIKE BEFORE SO THAT IS UP SIDE TO IT. I DEF PLAN ON DOING THIS AGAIN FOR MAYBE 10DAYS BUT FORSURE 8DAYS. I FELT GREAT, I SAW CHANGE IN MY BODY & MY FACE/COMPLECTION SO MUCH MORE CLEAR! IT FEELS GOOD PUTTING ON CLOTHS FROM DAY TO DAY AND THEY FIT BIGGER AND BIGGER.

GOOD LUCK TO THE REST OF YOU & FOR 100% RESULTS DEF FOLLOW THE PLAN IN AND EASING OUT.

Rebecca · 1 year ago

I went and picked up my ingredients for the lemonade and I also got the sea salt. I forgot to pick up the syrup...I am so aggravated. Can I substitute that syrup for the first day only...and if so, with what????? any suggestions or advice, please! I want to get started, it seems to keep being put off!!
Thanks!
~Rebecca

ruth · 1 year ago

victoria, i think u'd be okay without the syrup for just one day, but maybe u can stop somewhere at lunch or after work/school and pick some up and then maybe add an extra tsp or 2 to the rest of u're drinks for the night.. don't forget to get the grade b organic maple syrup.. ;)

lisa, from what i've read, once u cut the lemon, the oxygen makes it start losing its value within 10 mins - u want to drink the live enzymes.. which is why its recommended to keep in a thermos with the syrup only and not water.... the syrup acts as a preservative, it prevents oxidation of the vitamin c and the enzymes.. and once u add water, u should drink it within 5-10 mins.

but, on the other hand, i've heard of people mixing it all up and drinking it throughout the day.. it must be helping! :)

Eric · 1 year ago

I am at the end of day 5 of the master cleanse. So far, I only had a partial successfull flush. I tried to flush every night with extra sea salt. Not sure if I should keep going or there is nothing in there to flush. I do feel great, lost about 4 pds so far. If it usually black in color, a few weeks ago I had quite a big one from drinking a full bottle of Monavie. Maybe that is it.
What are your thoughts?
Eric

PatientlyWaiting · 1 year ago

It is day one for me. I have been putting this off forever. I am ready to accept responsibility for my lifestyle, and begin to change now! This is going to be hard.

Nikole · 1 year ago

Im about half way thru my first day and would like a buddy to keep me motivated throughout. Im shooting for at least a week--my email is OleNikole@yahoo.com
Email me if youre the slight bit interested!

Jenn · 1 year ago

I have done the cleanse for 3 days (tonight is my last night) I have to admit the first day felt weird and crazy. I developed this huge headache (wonder if i over did it with the cayene pepper!) and was craving for food the whole day. I was also really tired due to the early schdule! I was ready to quit by the afternoon. It was strange to me because i normally carry a healthy diet (except the saturday prior to the cleanse!) and don't usually have cravings for anything. It felt like a psychological meltdown. That being said, the second day was quite phenomenal. I drank my lemonade throughout the day and had enough water (i think i didn't drink enough of this the first day) and i felt so calm ,yet with so much energy. I had a really great day. Same today (3rd day). The feeling is that of when you have just finished meditating. It's quite unique. i'm glad i've done it even if it was for 3 days only. I didn't do it to loose weight but rather to aid my digestion. I learned one thing, water and physical movement is key to help digest. Good luck to all who are trying this cleanse. It's totally worth it.

chris · 1 year ago

Fasted all day. Just finished mixing and consuming the 64 ounces of lemonaid in about 20 min. I have waited about an hour and will now swf. Is this to abrupt?

lani · 1 year ago

Im thinking of starting the cleanse in the next few days to be more fit and glowing for our family reunion/thanksgiving gathering but i think having a buddy to go along this journey with would be great! my email is laniellas@yahoo.com thx!

Frances Parker · 1 year ago

Day 1: Oct 30

I just started today on Oct 30th. I plan to be on this until Nov 12 (2 weeks).

I had a not so good first day. I was really enjoying the lemon/maple syrup mixture by itself until mid-morning at work when I added the teaspoon of cayenne pepper. I couldn't handle the drink anymore and threw all of it out.

Tomorrow I think since I like the lemon/maple syrup mixture, I decided to do a small cup of it with the cayenne pepper in it and shoot it like a bar shot to get it over with and wash it down with lot's of water and then I can go back to sipping the good stuff.

I did the SWF about 35 minutes ago and I think I will have to go pretty soon, (I can feel it, eeww) That SWF was awful. I tried chugging it as fast as possible without breathing because if I kept tasting it I was going to heave!

I am keeping a small Excel spreadsheet to keep track of how much weight I am losing. This morning when I got up I weighed myself after first morning pee. I was 209.8 lbs. I'm 5'8" and in around a 15 pant, so I am really trying to do this to jump start myself into a healthier lifestyle, cleanse my insides and lose weight in the process.

Anonymous · 1 year ago

I have successfully done the Master Cleanse twice this year. I feel good and have reaped the benefits. Mainly, losing about thirty pounds and keeping it off. I have rethought my eating habits and workout three times a week. I will no longer go back to being overwieght and having no or low energy.
Syd

Frances Parker · 1 year ago

Starting Day 3: ** Hey Nikole and Lani, I hope you're hanging in there ;o) **

I have been weighing myself after first morning pee and in 2 days I have gone from 209.8 to 205.8. I feel a little better each day.

I just got done making my daily mixture. I have found that it takes 5 lemons to make the 14 TBSP's lemon juice give or take. I just pull out 5 lemons now and juice those and pour it into an empty 2 LTR soda bottle. It's easy to use and doesn't spill because it has a screw on cap. I just lug it everywhere with me along with a 1 LTR soda bottle with purified water in it. Personally these are really convenient and I don't want to spend the money on some fancy drinking container.

Okay, now my cayenne pepper issue!! I came up with a way to deal with the cayenne pepper because I absolutely hate it. First day I tried putting the full teaspoon in my whole 2 LTR jug of lemon/maple syrup mixture and it was so awful I had to throw it out mid-day and I just did without. So, I thought the second day I was going to pour some cayenne pepper into a small amount of lemon/maple syrup mixture and slam it like a bar shot but that was disgusting. I know I need to get the cayenne pepper in my body but it doesn't need to go through my taste buds and burn my pipe all the way to my stomach!! So, I am going to make my own cayenne pepper pills. The larger chains like Wal-Mart and Walgreen's don't carry them but smaller drug stores have the empty gel caps that you can fill yourself. So after this blog, I am on my way to the drug store to buy a bag of large gel caps (they come in sm., med., and lg.) and I am going to measure out the teaspoon of the cayenne pepper and fill the gelcaps and take it in pill form.

Next issue, salt water! Yuk! That was awful to choke down the full LTR of that stuff. Soooo, since I can't make pills out of the salt, I'm going to do a small amount of water with the whole TBSP of the salt and slam it! Then I will just drink the rest of the required water and mix the salt water in my stomach. The stomach is like a bowl anyway. As little I have to taste stuff I don't like I'm looking for a suitable alternative.

I am pleased with the results I have achieved so far and I am determined to stick with this through my original plan of Oct 30-Nov 12. I just needed to tweek a couple things and I think I can live with it then. I hope this might help someone else. I'll be back in a day or two with another blog input. It seems to keep me motivated like keeping a journal on-line. Bye for now.

ruth · 1 year ago

just an update.. i noticed i'm starting to break out again! :( i read that skin issues are from too much protein and fats in your diet - i was really kinda hoping i'd eat healthier after the cleanse.. i managed to give up coffee so far.. once in awhile i miss the 'act of having a coffee in the am' and during the day at the office or at meetings.. and would try a sip, and it never tastes good.. so, i drink tea more, with only cream.. I tried to have it with sugar just cuz i used to love it so much, and even that didn't taste as good as i remembered it.. so, thats good i guess..

but, last night after all the trick or treaters were done, i had about 6 little chocolate bars.. my first since sometime in mid september..

i also have not been to any fast food places.. no mc'd's, KFC, etc etc.. since before the cleanse..

oh, i use soy milk in my cereals now instead of milk..

i think i'm seriously going to try to experiment and try to eat all veggies, fruits to see if that helps my skin..

i am also starting to feel like a big fat pig again like i did before the cleanse.. it must be due to bloating from having breads again!! :(

my weight is holding at 154..i have to be more vigilant! i liked how the cleanse made me feel.. i felt strong and healthy and even made myself a lemonade and syrup drink yesterday while i had some lemonade squeezed to make hummus.. hehe! :)

hope everyone that has done the cleanse reports back to see how their life has been going! :)

non-fad dieter · 1 year ago

I plan to start the master cleanse tomorrow, Sunday, November 2nd. I have never tried a cleanse before, and am not a fad dieter, however when i am serious about weight loss, I usually will eat similarly to Phase one of the south beach diet for a few weeks. I've been struggling with a twenty lb weight gain from a combination of different poor habits, and want to do master cleanse to jump start weight loss and to focus on the psychology of bad drinking and eating habits. I am also usually very active and run about 15-20 miles a week, but due to an injury, I am not running currently, so I figured, why not start the fast now while I buy time before i can be my old active self again.

I plan to revisit this site often for the support so thanks everyone!

K in San Francisco

Frances Parker · 1 year ago

I don't get up in the morning to make my stuff. I do it at night before I go to bed on work nights and stick the whole 2 LTR jug in the fridge; lemon, syrup, water and all so I can just grab it and go. It's nice and cold. I also bring my cayenne pills that I make with me and water too. I guess I'm just lazy and like to sleep in plus I'm just not a morning person.

I like reading the other blogs too. Thanks for sharing. Also to Ruth with the skin problems, I don't know what you use to wash your face but always make sure you wash your face twice. The first suds you are washing your face with are dirty suds filled with dirt from your hands and face. Rinse the dirty suds and always wash a second time with clean suds and you should see a difference. Also, my daughter uses that ProActive stuff and it is a miracle worker for her. Good luck ;o)

Anonymous · 1 year ago

i'm thinking about doing the cleanse because i just had a baby 2 months ago and i was on bed rest for 5 months. i gained 70lbs so i'm now 230 lbs i want to be healthy for my son and lose weight. but before i go on some diet i want to be "clean" its ganna be hard and i want to feel good about myself again like i did b4 i had my baby.

summer · 1 year ago

hey all i starting this cleanse today. what can i expect? i need alot of support. i am starving but i think it just mental. i know i can do this its just a challenge. i had a baby six months ago and i need to become more disciplined about my diet. i need the mental strength to get through ten days. its so much easier to do bad things to your body for tens days straight. please ya'll give me some support.
thank you
summer

Miss J · 1 year ago

After much thought, I'm going to start the master cleanse tomorrow. My goal is 14 days. I have no idea what to expect and just know this is probably not goin going to be easy. I have all my ingredients except for a laxative tea. Any thoughts? I don't have time to order anything online and was hoping to stay away from the SWF. I guess you all will be hearing a lot from me over the next two weeks.

Good luck to everyone who has already started!

Amy · 1 year ago

I am on day six and am feeling pretty sick. The first 4 days were really easy. I was hungry on day 5 but pushed htrough. And now, as I have said, I feel sick on day 6. I'm hoping to last another 4 days. All I heard is that I would feel sick the first 2 days and then feel amazing the rest of the time. It seems to be happening in reverse. I am wondering if anyone else experienced the reverse effects.

lani · 1 year ago

Okay folks as some of you may know im on my 2nd day of PRE-CLEANSING!!!
formore info on that you guys can reach me at my inbox laniellas@yahoo.com yesterday i really thought i was goin to break! my stomach was almost at a terrible ache like someone punched me with a fist of fire LOL but im proud to say im a day stronger havin jus dealt with the pain falling asleep early and awaking this morning renewed!!! so good luck to all of you!!! PLZ feel free to contact me my actual start of the cleanse itself starts MONDAY!!!! dunt...dunt..dunt....!! LOL

lani · 1 year ago

ALSO QUICK NOTE!! I HAVE OFFICIALLY BECOME A BLOGGER THANKS TO JERILEE WHOSE ALSO DOIN THE CLEANSE YOU CAN CREATE AND ACCOUNT TOO! JUS GO TO GOOGLE.COM AND CREATE AN ACCOUNT [YAHOO USERS CAN USE THEIR ACCOUNTS I.E, MY YAHOO IS LANIELLAS SO I USED THAT AS MY NAME] THAN THERES A BLOGGER THING [LOL] AND ITS SELF EXPLANATORY FROM THERE ILL START MY BLOGGING TODAY!!!

Gina · 1 year ago

I started the cleanse yesterday and did pretty well through out the day. But fell off the wagon while cooking my son dinner:( But I am going to jump back on the horse today. Wish me luck on Day 2. Also, if you have sugar free gum will that hurt the cleanse?

ruth · 1 year ago

frances, thanks for the tip.. i have been trying that since i've read it..but i must say, i have noticed lately that my face feels very oily and greasy again.. during the end of the cleanse, and for a little while after it, i noticed a huge difference in how my face felt.. so obviously, its something i'm eating that is affecting it..

amy, i too felt sick, mostly from cramping during day 6 or so and then again periodically for the rest of the cleanse.. i attribute mine to the laxative tea. Next time I'm going to try the Smooth Move tea (apparently its alot easier on your system)..

i wish i felt like i did towards the end of the cleanse! ;)

CJ · 1 year ago

Important!

A friendly reminder for Everyone:

Before starting the master cleanse.. it is absolutely essential that you are eating a well balanced diet - and your body is getting the required amount of nutrients. Consult The Master Cleanser book by Stanley Burroughs for healthy eating suggestions and recipe's. You can also consult a nutritionist, but it can be difficult to find one who is knowledgeable in Vegetarian and Vegan nutrition.

If your body is in a state of anemia, or for any other reason you are not eating healthy prior to the cleanse, there is a very good chance that you will not reap the benefits of this cleanse. (And believe me it's awful starving yourself for 10 (or more) days and feeling like crap 90% of the time!) It bothers be that this point is not stressed, as it is such an important step in preparing your body for such intense detoxification.

Also, if at any point during the cleanse, you feel painful reoccurring burning sensations in your stomach / esophagus etc. It is advisable to immediately take charcoal capsules (you can find them at the health food store) to neutralize the acid. If you do not feel miraculously better after an hour or so - Ease off the diet as indicated. *This is rare, but needs to be taken into consideration.

If you have any other questions or concerns, I check this thing frequently. I'm Not a doctor, but have a lot of experience with nutrition, and this cleanse in particular. I just want everyone to have a good experience with this cleanse, and it's so sad to hear about people who are not doing well while on it! :(

CJ

deb · 1 year ago

my flush did not work!!!!! I did one big tablespoon of organic sea salt in a little bit of water and chugged it. Followed it up with a liter of water. Abotu 2 hrs later, I did another 1/2 of tablespoon of salt. Not even a gurgle....

Aisha · 1 year ago

Amy...thanks so much for your response. I got online because I've been feeling exactly the same. I thought the first three days would be the hardest but so far Day 5 and 6 were the toughest mentally. I'm not experiencing any of the major symptoms...not much of a difference in my face or my tongue and my bowel movements aren't substantial as I was hoping and suspecting. Any suggestions. Are we doing this wrong or are our bodies just processing differently. This is my first time on the cleanse and I'd like to do this four times a year, but I'm just hoping that I'll feel better at the end, not worse.

Emily · 1 year ago

Hi guys! I've been thinking about doing the cleanse now for a few months. I just quit smoking and drinking and want to rid my body of all the yucky stuff!! I am just having trouble keeping motivated. I've been preparing myself by drinking about three or four quarts of water a day, but it is just making me sick! I'm definitely going to the cleanse, but I wanted to ask someone who has done it.. is it cheaper to buy a kit or just to get the organic lemons and syrup at a whole foods store?? I am a college student and can't really afford to buy massive amounts of organic food! Any advice before I jump in? Also.. laxative teas... where does one find these?

Todd · 1 year ago

Hello, I am thinking about doing the cleansing diet but had one concern. I am a healthy 24 year old male and a very active person. I was wondering if I had to adjust the diet to account for days when I go jogging or exercise a lot. Should I limit my workouts/activity or modify the diet? Thanks

CJ · 1 year ago

FYI - chewing gum / eating breath mints etc. is not ideal while on the cleanse. If you read the packaging, they contain extremely large amounts of toxic ingredients that you are in the process of removing during the cleanse.

Gum chewing can also trick your stomach into thinking it's receiving food - the heightened salivation will trigger excess digestive acids which will then sit in your stomach unused - this will also counteract full weight loss benefits.

If you absolutely must have some form of breath freshener, get natural xylitol based gum from the health food store. They have some really good ones with chemical free ingredients. Or try an all natural mouth wash, and carry it with you. ;)

ruth · 1 year ago

actually cj, chewing gum is totally not recommended for the exact reason u mention.. the only things u should have during the cleanse are the ingredients for the drink, flush, laxative tea, ginger for upset tummies and mint herbal tea occasionally..

deb, i used 2 teaspoons as recommended.. apparently if that doesn't work, try abit more..

emily, when u think of it, u're saving money by not eating for the 10 days, exept for the lemons etc.

oh, so disappointed with myself! i finally broke down and had some mini chocolate bars from halloween treats being all over the place.. home and at work! grrr!!! :(

Surfer88 · 1 year ago

Hello everyone. I began the MC yesterday, Monday, and am now officially on day 2. Yesterday was tough not eating, but like others here have said, it's a mental hurdle that you can get over if you stay strong. The lemonade mixture is actually very refreshing and I'm enjoying it. I've always been a fan of spicy foods too, so I like to put a full tablespoon (if not a little more) into my drink. I was able to ration my lemonade drink all day while at work and had enough left over for an 8 oz. 'dinner' portion after I got home. Around 8:30 I took the SWF (thanks to the tips about warming the water first, it helped) and saw it's effects about 45 minutes later. Man, what a flush it is. Anyway, most of the comments here are true, and I'm excited to be doing this. I will post more as my MC continues. This is my first one, and I'm shooting for at least ten days.

Bill · 1 year ago

I am on day 5 of the master cleanse the first day i had 6 drinks, the 2nd day i had 8, 3rd day 8, 4th day 7.
I tend to only drink the lemonade drinks when i get a gut feeling of wanting something in my stomach.
So far so good, ive lost 8 pounds. However i still dont have any solid BM's. All just the bright yellow liquid.
My diet previous to starting this was basically beer and pizza and sandwiches, just wondering if thats why this is taking so long to start. and when i might expect things to get going....
My other question is, is it better to drink more lemonade drinks during the day if your able to vs. only drinking what you feel like your stomach needs?
I am 24 years old, Male, started at 252lbs.
BTW my flushes work fine about 45min on the dot every morning after drinking the SWF, and i drink the Smooth Move every night. Thanks in advance.

Surfer88 · 1 year ago

Day 3 is here (Nov. 5) and I feel great. So far I've lost five lbs (I'm 6'1 and started at 210 lbs.) since starting the MC and I look forward to seeing what results will come after my full ten days are up. Since I woke up feeling good this morning, I decided to bike to work. Prior to the MC I commuted to work every morning, about 15 miles one way for a total of 30 miles a day. The ride went well, but I don't know if regular exercise during the cleanse is the best idea if it's a rigorous workout. Since I burn almost 900 calories on a single ride, I'm hesitant to do this on a daily basis since I'm not putting anywhere near that amount of calories back in to my body, along with the proteins my muscles need to refuel and bounce back. Anyone have any thoughts to this? Any other cyclists?

Otherwise I feel awesome. I haven't experienced any headaches or nausea. Quite the contrary, I feel more aware. While on my ride this morning I smelled different things, could see more clear, etc. It was weird, but a great feeling. The SWF is working for me, and this morning I went ahead and put two tbs. of cayenne in my lemonade drink. I LOVE it spicy, what can I say? The hunger for solid food is totally mental to me at this point, but that doesn't mean I'm not tempted. Actually, my hardest times are when i get home after work and my wife is preparing food for herself and our son. The house smells SO good. It's hard since I'm doing this solo, but like others have found, these comments are a great source of encouragement! Anyway, I hope everyone on the cleanse is feeling as good as I am and sticking with it. I will post more tomorrow for day 4!

Surfer88 · 1 year ago

Day 4 is here! Since riding yesterday I am feeling absolutely exhausted. Whereas I normally would wake up around 6am feeling refreshed, I found I had to drag myself out of bed at 6:30 this morning. I feel fine otherwise, but I don't think I'll be doing any more cycling until I'm done with the cleanse. Oh, and to Todd - in regards to exercising during the MC, if it's fairly rigorous then I would say hold off until after the cleanse when you can put proteins back into your body for muscle refueling. If you must, I suppose a walk or a light jog wouldn't hurt.

The reports or food cravings is true. Day 4 is here and I'm finding that I want to eat everything in sight. Of course, it also didn't help that when I went home last night my wife was making her homemade chicken picatta, one of my most favorite dishes. Needless to say, I was a little mad, ha ha. But I'm sticking with it and I feel good. I've also lost 10 lbs (started at 210, now at 200) since Monday. I actually didn't expect to lose so much weight in such a short time, but given the other similar accounts here I'm not too worried yet. All in all I'm doing well and am proud to have made it this far. I hope everyone else is going strong. Day 5 is tomorrow, and the half-way point for me. Have a great day everyone.

Aisha · 1 year ago

Hi everyone...back to report I've made it to Day 10. I've survived a dinner party, a really great boyfriend who tried his best not to eat in front of me, and his mother who's fried chicken, fish, and made my favorite peach pie, and tons of little ones running around with food in their hands. Looking back I'd say Day 5 and 6 were by far the toughest but I'm proud to say I've made it through without cheating. (Only in my dreams...thankfully). I actually plan to stay on for a few more days. I feel like body hasn't quite finished it's detox, a friend of mine said that once your tongue is clear, you'll know you're finished. She also recommended drinking a bit more lemonade during the day since I wasn't feeling as energized as others report( I was only doing 60 oz a day given I also wanted to reduce) and adding psyllium and bentonite clay to help pull toxins out of the intestines. Has anyone else tried this approach? Overall I would say the biggest benefits have been exercising my will power and self control and paying attention to my body.

Athena · 1 year ago

I tried this in the past but gave up after Day 3. Im ixed it all in and carred a 2 liter jug around. I drank as much as I wanted of it. Is that the way it was supposed to be done? Im looking to try again, because I have eaten poorly over the last 2 months, (new job in office as opposed to hustling and bustling) and those Cheeseburgers and heros have planted right in my gut. I really need to get to a place where working out will actually help. Do you think I am doing the right method. Which laxative will leave me alone by 7 am provided i take by 10pm?

non-fad dieter · 1 year ago

I am happy to report I made it through 5 days on the cleanse. I am not going to continue as an 8 pound (!) weight loss is a good enough jump start for me that will hopefully lead towards a return to healthier eating habits. I am going to continue the detox part of no alcohol and sugar, but am going to slowly incorporate lean meats back in my diet after a couple days of the post-routine. I am really just looking forward to getting back to my work-outs of running, weight class and spin class.

I did not do the SWF as the first night I tried it, I threw up! It was the nastiest think I have ever done to my body I think.. and definitely does not strike me as healthy. rather, i just drank the senna leaf tea.

Thanks for the support everyone!

amw84 · 1 year ago

Thank-you so much for the site.
It is a HUGE help.
This is my second time on the cleanse.
I find it allot harder this time manly because my other half is not doing it along with me again.
I am on day two and already feel great.
Last night was bad we had his younger brother over for his birthday and ordered Chinese.
I even sat at the table and it was horrid, but this site is like my support base.
Good luck to everyone else going through this.
I know it’s all worth it in the end.

amw84 · 1 year ago

I find it easier as well if I mix the salt water the night before and let it sit out over night
that way it is completely at room temp and goes down WAY easier for me at least then hot or cold.
Going to try the teeth brushing before too to see thanks

bamber · 1 year ago

I as well as a lot of other people have a hard time with the cayenne pepper.
specially if it sits in the drink for most of the day stewing its spiciness
so i put it on a spoon with a bit of the mixture and swallow then the rest of my drink is more enjoyable
and that way i can in take more cayenne.

HaJin · 1 year ago

Hello everyone.
I am going to start MC from tomorrow and I am here to get everyone's support :)
I've read your posts here and they are inspiring.
Thank you!

surfer88 · 1 year ago

Day 5 is here, marking the halfway point of my first master cleanse. Since starting I've now lost 11lbs., I have tons of energy, and I'm really positive about how everything is going. It's still hard not eating solids, but I re-read some things from Peter's book this morning that gave me the motivation and insight I needed. People at work have begun to notice my change as well, and I've inspired three co-workers to begin the cleanse themselves.

This weekend will be tough since we're taking family to Disneyland, but I'm sure I'll be ok. I've got the weekend and then half of next week before the ease out, and I WILL finish this. Heh, am I telling you all, or myself? I hope everyone is having a wonderful day and sticking with the program! Cheers.

lauren · 1 year ago

Hello everyone. I have been thinking about doing the mastercleanse for the past 2 weeks and wonder if I will be successful as I have very little willpower or so I think so I will start on Sunday and see hoe it goes. Wish Me Luck!

Allan · 1 year ago

Today is DAY ONE of the MC for me. I wke & consumed my Salt Water Flush. I am excited, a little nervous, but mainly excited.

Allan · 1 year ago

Question...

I have read conflicting info on this so I thought I would ask.

How long after my salt water flush do i need to wait before my first lemonade?

Thanks.

ladebelle · 1 year ago

i'm beginning day 6 now and i just did the salt water flush... i HATE that thing!!! but it really does the best job of flushing everything out of my system.

anyone else not really want to drink the lemonade after doing the salt water bath?

Bryan · 1 year ago

Hey all,

I am on day two of my cleanse. The first day wasn't so bad, but now I am on the second and I can tell the hunger is kicking in. But everytime it does, I just take a swig of my lemonade. Question to anyone out there...I had my first "cleanse" last night and most of it was liquid, is that how it is supposed to be? I thought that a bunch or tar-like substance is supposed to come out. Anyways, if anyone has insight on that, that would be great. Hope all of you are doing well. Take Care!

Tracy · 1 year ago

Hello all!
I just had my first drink of the MC. I do not like the pepper. I read somewhere else that you can buy the cpepper pills at Whole Foods for about $5 and take them that way. I may try that. I exercise a lot. Should you not exercise while on the MC?

Matt · 1 year ago

If my math is right, the Master Cleanse has a total of about 900 calories each day, correct?

No wonder people lose weight. ;)

I'm on Day One by the way.

Bryan · 1 year ago

Hey all,

I'm back to write that I am on day 4 and still holding up. The hunger pains haven't been as bad today, and I actually feel refreshed. My whole body and mind feels very refreshed. It's amazing what this is doing for me. Other people I tell about this and what I am doing all roll their eyes at me and say how unhealthy it is. But from doing this I can tell that they have no idea. I feel more awake and alive than I have in months, maybe even years. My goal is 7 days, but if I feel like I can go the whole 10, I am doing it. I am going to have a very busy week, so that will help me stay occupied and ignore the fact that I am not eating. Anyways, everyone have a great week and I'll be in touch.

mOrenita51o · 1 year ago

I am on day ONE. I cannot lie, this is probably going to be one of the most challenging (yet rewarding) tasks of my life but I must remain dedicated. To tell the truth, I am craving food. It is a good thing, to have a forum up for others can be a support. Support is definitely what I need, even if it comes from strangers. My friend made my first batch, and she put too much cayenne pepper. I am still going to drink it because I refuse to waste these lemons. I will try and document my progress each day. Keep me in your thoughts and prayers (if you pray). I am going to need all the uplifting to be strong. I know I am capable. Until tomorrow, CIAO.

bamber · 1 year ago

So I am on day six of 14 hopefully.
But I am having a really hard time today.
the first few days I saw and felt so much different/better/energy now i just feel hungry.
Does it get better?
is this just a lul
cause I still have the mily tongue lol

bamber · 1 year ago

oh just a side question
is everyone doing the SWC daily, through the whole cleanse?
i am finding after the 5th day it seems to be absorbing more then expelling
like i get insanely thirsty during the nights now?
i am drinking the recommended water plus some.

kelly · 1 year ago

hey, everyone. I am on my first day and i'm kind of nervous. I was wondering, should we exercise? and i was also a little confused on the salt water flush

Bill · 1 year ago

Bamber, Im on day 12 and i do the SWF every morning and i havent noticed a change at all, and i only drink about 7 -8 drinks a day with no water inbetween

michelle · 1 year ago

Hi all,

I was planning on starting the cleanse tomorrow for just a couple days to test it out, I have two questions. What about exercise is it recommended and do you have to do the salt water flush? Really curious

Aisha · 1 year ago

Bamber, I'm on Day 15 of what was originally intended to be a 10 Day Cleanse. Day 5 and 6 were the hardest I would say and I've continued past the ten days because I wanted the clear tongue that so many have talked about. I do see it clearing up quite a bit and thanks to a friend's recommendation added psyllium husks and and bentonite clay...One acts as a scrubber and the other an absorber. I do still have temptations although it's mainly I'm just ready to eat something not necessarily a craving like early on in the cleanse. Before you know it, it's the end of the day and time to take the laxative tea. I've received alot of encouragement from my boyfriend even though he is not doing the fast with me. I think I will be finishing in the next day or two and I look forward to learning more about good stuff to put in my body.

HaJin · 1 year ago

Hello, everyone.

Today is my D4 and I still don't have a lot of energy although feeling much better than the last three days - oh boy didn't I ever feel weak and dizzy? I didn't do SWF this morning but mananged to have two BMs, which I am happy about. I am thinking a lot about what I will eat when I am done and I hope I won't binge on those :) I definitely appreciate the fact that I can EAT, you know, another thing that a lot of us take it for granted.
Good luck everyone. This site is so helpful.

dana · 1 year ago

day 9 I am getting excited about something different to have? How important is it to keep going if your tongue is still coated?

evelyn · 1 year ago

Hi everyone. Im at at the end of day 3. it has been a challenge for me. i was so close to eating a slice a pizza and a dortito, Im glad i didn't, i know im stonger then that. im going to try to make it until day 10. i dont have the tongue thing that i have been reading about. I am doing the salt water thing since day 1. I had a good day regarding the stomach growling. I just need to make it past day 5 so i feel more closer top the finish. when i get really discouraged, i read the blogs and video's from youtube. i have to say that im proud of myself for making it this far.

bamber · 1 year ago

Aisha:
Thanks for the response.
knowing that someone else had a hard time the same days I did and pulled through helps sooo much.
I feel ten times better today and am so happy i didnt go off it.
Plus I am down 10lbs, which I was not concerned about but its nice to know all that is bad stuff I didnt need in me.
THANKS AGAIN.
happy healthy eating when you are all done.

ruth · 1 year ago

hi all.. k, an update - i finished the cleanse oct.13th and am now back to eating almost the same way i was before.. i'm even back up to 160lbs.. and even back to drinking coffee.. to be honest, i sure did miss not drinking it.. i miss the feeling i had when i was on the cleanse.. i felt 'slim' and good! and i am looking forward to doing it again..

the only good thing i have kept up with is not using sugar in my tea again.. but, i have thought about it.. i really used to enjoy my evening cups of tea with cream and sugar, and now i just don't enjoy them as much, but, i did try it with maple syrup a couple times and with sugar and it didn't taste good..

anyhoo.. back to the drawing board! ;)

Harmonee · 1 year ago

Today is my day 2... I am SUFFERING! This is my second time this year completing the cleanse. The first time I was at the lowest point in my life and felt like I needed a cleaning and focus. Now... I am finding it a bit harder to focus. I'm glad I found this site though. I will try the SWF this time.. I was too chicken the first time but I still lost 10 lbs.

Lisa · 1 year ago

D4, I WANT FOOD!! Pizza, pasta, grilled steak, baby back ribs, salmon with asparagus [and I am a vegetarian!]. My friend, Billy, talked me into doing this with him {Note to self: Kill Billy when I regain strength} and he just told me tonight that he cheated the first couple days on the cleanse. Though, he went into it cold-turkey, whereas I did the ease-in. I think I chose the easier way.


Honestly, though, it's really not all THAT bad. Especially when I think of my motivation for doing it. The worst part, and I think most all will agree, is the salt water flush, and that only lasts for a couple hours each day. In the past I've detoxed off drugs, alcohol & nicotine and in comparison-this is nothing!

Happy cleansing all =D

Hajin · 1 year ago

I am just finishing up my D5. Half way through YAY! Today was the easiest day for me so far. I read that D 7.8 are also difficult. I am planning to stick to the D 10. Good luck everyone!!

Bamber · 1 year ago

LISA: I too craved meat sooo bad at first, and don’t eat beef or pork, but I would have robbed a butcher for some ribs lol.
Day 8 of 14 and it seems to get alot better.
I seem to be craving salad and fruit now.
Hoping to make it to 14 but 10 seems so much closer lol
Have a great day all

Hajin · 1 year ago

Hello, All:

It's my D6 and feeling a bit weak today. Today I couldn't drink SWF all the way as I was sure that I was going to throw up so I stopped. BUT right afterwards, I felt dizzy and weaks so I just lied down and fell asleep. About two hours later, I went to the bathroom and I didn't think anything really came out. BUT I saw something that I am 99% sure was a parasite or some kind of mucus - a long white colour slimy stuff came out (I am sorry this is gross). I was surprised but so excited and happy :)

I am feeling hungry so I am going to drink some more lemonade now. I love coming to this site and read everyone's update. WE CAN DO THIS!!!!

Bryan · 1 year ago

Hey all,

I am proud to say I am on day 7. I feel great and alive, and I am going for all 10 days. People know that I look and feel better. I am so happy I did this. It also makes me look at how I treat my body. I am def going to do this once a year for the rest of my life. Keep going stong everyone!

Tricia · 1 year ago

Hello,
Just wanted to say thank you, this website really was helpful during my cleanse. I am at the end of day 10!!! I will start to "ease out" tomorrow . I feel great! My skin is clear and so soft , everyone is telling me I look great (they don't know I'm cleansing until I tell them). I feel light and have more clarity in my thinking... it's great. Oh and how can I forget... I have lost over 15l bs!!! I am very glad that I did the cleanse and made it to day 10! Good Luck to all that are in the process. It really is beneficial and you will notice a huge difference in your body.

Take Care
Tricia

sleepypimple · 1 year ago

I need some help and motivation -- this is D5 - not too much weight loss which is depressing -- first three days I only drank 3 glasses of the lemon water and now it is up to 6. DId not not SWF for last three days cos lax tea kept me awake and exhausted for hours.

Any suggestions?

kiddosmama · 1 year ago

Can someone give me the ratio for the SWF? I want to start this tomorrow, but I can't figure that part out - is it 1 liter water to 1 tablespoon sea salt?

Bill · 1 year ago

Starting day 15 tomorrow and feel great, ive lost 2 pants sizes, feel really clear headed and am so happy i decided to do this cleanse. To date ive lost 17pounds, Im shooting for 21 days so that my cleanse will be done right in time to enjoy some good thanksgiving turkey.
This is the jump start i needed to get back on track to a healthier lifestyle, and i cant wait to go shopping for some real food instead of ordering dominos.

"Slimpypimple"- you need to drink the min lemon drinks which is 6 per day, up to 12. From all my research on this cleanse i notice the reason people run into problems is because they dont follow the directions of the cleanse, so make sure you drink the tea at night and do the SWF in the morning, give yourself time to do both they are important in this process.

"kiddosmama" - The ratio that i use that i read in the Peter Glickman book is as follows, 1 "tea"spoon of the sea salt with 8oz of water, you need 2 of those every morning, if it still doesnt work add a little bit more.

evelyn · 1 year ago

hey everyone,
im at the end of day five. i have not lost any weight. although my chronic fash rash has dissapeared....thank goodness. why am i not losing any weight?
but i feel good and stong about resisting bad foods. today i even served my family "cinnabons", and i didnt care for them. i still crave to eat. but i dont mind that, i just drink my drink. i feel different, i feel so good about myself. even if i look the same, im seeing myself with different eyes. it is so helpful to read everyones daily comments.....it keeps me going. i would sure like to see more come out in the bathroom...eww

Natalie · 1 year ago

I really want to start this process, but I'm scared that I won't be able to hold up...I tend to have staggering will power. The 10+ lbs of weight loss makes this so tempting to try!

Bill · 1 year ago

“kiddosmama”

I wrote the wrong mixture- its 2 "tea"spoons of sea salt with 4 cups of water, try to drink it as fast as possible all at once.

Salad Shooter · 1 year ago

Ok. This is my very first day. I just drank my first SWF. That was so discusting! I feel like throwing up, to tell the truth. Right now I am just waiting for a sign to run to the bathroom besides this urge to vomit. I sure appreciate all the positive comments you are all leaving. It gives me hope that this is worth it. I feel a little crazy. I have wanted to do a cleanse for for a long time but have been either pregnant or nursing for the last 10 years (I have 4 kids). So here goes.

Please keep telling me it is all worth it!

Hajin · 1 year ago

D 7 for me! I had to come work very early (7:30 am!) and I was tired and felt really weak UNTIL I went to the washroom. I didn't do SWF because I just can't! But without it, my BM seems fine. I keep counting days until I can EAT! Yummy food is all I am thinking about right now LOL :)

I will check in tomorrow (My D8!). Hang in there everyone!

His Grace · 1 year ago

Tricia,

Wow, I am shocked to hear about your losing 15 lbs. I hope you will read this...Please email me at kfs_cutiepie@hotmail.com. I would like to ask you some questions about your experience. I need the encouragement.

Bamber · 1 year ago

sleepypimple:
I find the tea hurts my tummy and keeps me up way more then the SWF.
I hate the salt water but it works and fast, way faster then the tea.
It really does work and that is where you will really see the weight come off.
Hang in there day 5 and 6 are hard and you feel like you want to quit but if you make it over the hump you see good results.
I am on day 9 of 14 and wanted to quit earlier this week because it felt like I was at a stand still.
But I dredged on and am down 12 pounds now.
Just keep thinking of the end result of how proud you will be with your self when it’s done.
HEALTHY TASTES BETTER THEN ANYTHING ELSE.
:)

His Grace · 1 year ago

Bamber and Tricia,

I would like to know what your starting weight was, how many pounds you've lost, did you eat ANYTHING at all during the cleanse and any other information that can help me.

I am a single 30 year old mother of two. I find it difficult to work out, but I am continuously gaining weight. I weigh 185 lbs right now and I would like to be at 150 lbs. I know it going to take some time and excercise, but I would like to start the MC on December 1 to jump start my weight loss plan.

If you don't want to share the personal information about age, sex, and initial weight, please consider conversing with me via email at kfs_cutiepie@hotmail.com

I will appreciate your response.

Shannon · 1 year ago

I am starting this with my best friend on Monday Nov 17th. If anyone has some encouragement for me it would be appreciated. I am getting married on Feb 14/09 and really want to lose 20-25 lbs and knock his socks off on our big day!!
Thanks

Tricia · 1 year ago

His Grace,

I don't mind sharing at all.... I am 28, 5'9, my weight was around 236-237 lbs at the start, I got on the scale this morning weighed in @ 219 exactly!!! I am easing out now and have been drinking orange juice all day. I know this will sound strange but I almost miss the lemonade, I guess I could have gone longer but truthfully I miss food more.

I have three jean sizes in my closet, size 18, size 16, and size 14 (which I refuse to get rid of because I know I will ONE DAY SOON fit them again). At the beginning of my cleanse I had been wearing the 18s, but they are now way too big, my 16s fit perfectly, AND I can fit my 14s (+ zip them up) however they are still a little tight... but getting close.

I really notice the weight lost in my stomach and face, lots of people have been saying my face looks thinner. I read somewhere that the weight you lose is some water weight but mainly fecal matter. Not sure how true that is but I certainly can believe it because boy was I on the go!!! Was going daily at least twice (is that too much info?)

I kinda expect to gain a few lbs back when I start eating again, but not much because I do work-out and am aiming for a raw-foods diet. Note the word: aiming

I really believe that the SWF was the key. I drank lax. tea every night and SWF almost every morning. I did the MC a couple of years ago and don't remember having as much success, I even went longer then (14days) but I was not SWFing. So I would suggest to really give the SWF a try, for me it really made all the difference.
By the way... the trick with SWF is to drink it as warm as you can... I put it in a big ole measuring cup and just went for it. Two Gulps...breath... two gulps... breath... two gulps...breath (that helped me from gagging and got it down fast)

Now I am staring to wish that I kept going....but oh well. I think 10 days was a great success!!

Good Job Everyone!!!

Tricia

feel free to email
tricia_ tramaine@yahoo.com

Hajin · 1 year ago

I am finishing up my D7 and boy my food craving was so BIG today all day and even now. I am thinking about food :) I better watch out not to binge when I am done this cleanse eh? =) I am not sure how I can get through the next three days AAAAAHHHHHH That's why I come back to this site every day - more than once or twice to get your encouraging words and energy. Thank you!
I am focusing on the end results....

Emily · 1 year ago

Wow, it's such a great motivation to see all of your responses!! Thanks for keeping me excited about this.

I'm almost done with day 9. I'm hoping to go 14 days. So far, I've lost a little over 10 pounds (I think.. I didn't weigh myself before, thinking that it wouldn't matter. silly me!!), and about two pants sizes. I can comfortably put on all my old jeans, and my thighs don't touch anymore!! I no longer have any desire to put anything into my body that might not be organic or natural.. However.. I want pizza bad. I made a list of all the foods that I've craved since starting, and it scared me.. I never realized how horribly I've been eating!

Also, I bought the book by Stanley Burroughs, and I wanted to let you guys know.. the SWF should be done on an empty stomach, first thing in the morning, and the ratio is as follows: 1 quart of warm water, with 2 teaspoons of sea salt. I have found the easiest way to drink it without gagging is to pour it into a tall glass and drink it from there. It usually takes about two and a half glasses for me to drink the whole quart.

It also says that the laxative tea should be taken at night along with the SWF. Those of you who aren't having success might try that.. As soon as most of the matter is flushed out of your colon, really the only problems you should have with the tea is if there are toxins in there. Maybe I didn't have as many.. but I feel better when I do both the salt water and the lax tea. Hopefully that helps!

Hajin · 1 year ago

Good morning,
It's my D 8 and Emily, I can totally relate to you re: food craving! I have been eating mostly vegan (most raw) so I didn't think I had a lot of toxins but oh boy. I was wrong!

I stopped SWF but have had no problem with BMs so I think I am okay without it. I am sure there is a definite benefit of doing it though. Wow three more days and I will be done. I can't wait!!!

I will check in later tonight. I better not cheat.....good luck to you all!

Salad Shooter · 1 year ago

Today was day2. Not eating was easy, drinking the tea was easy, but the SWF didn't work for me last night or tonight and I followed the directions perfectly. What's wrong? I drank it all, tonight I am afraid that I actually threw up a bunch of it. I guess my stomach was way too full of it. I drank it all at once on an empty stomach. I live in China and don't know how to ask for laxative tea at the market but found a Lipton tea labeled cleansing tea. I am a little afraid of the possibility of getting the runs but am getting desperate for a bm. I am normally very regular, thus the nick name. But since beginning, not one. Is this not for me? My hands were really puffy from all the salt water this morning and I am sure it will happen again in the morning. What should I do? I am not actually trying to loose weight although that would be great, I am really wanting to cleanse. Since moving here 6 months ago I have developed a terrible case of acne. I am far too old for acne. I really want to clear up my skin.

Bill · 1 year ago

Saladshooter - you really need to be doing the flush in the morning because at night you still have stuff if your stomach from drinking the lemonade mix. My directions for the SWF is to have room temp spring water, i get 2 glasses, put 1 teaspoon of sea salt in each then add 2 cups of spring water to each, stir until all salt is dissolved then chug one glass wait a min then chug the other one, im using Light gray celtic sea salt. Hope that helps.

Bryan · 1 year ago

Hey All,

I am finishing up on day 9! Man what a trip it has been, but it has been worth it Tomorrow is my final day! (My goal was 7 days) My dad was making cornish hens and stuffing tonight and I wanted it so bad. But I have been strong and I know I can finish it out. I have lost about 10 lbs and everyone around me can tell that I look and feel better. Everyone stay strong and know that it is worth it in the end. Ciao!

Paulette Smith · 1 year ago

I started the Master Cleanse today. I'm hoping to get results from gallbladder disease. They say they can't see gall stones. I had a HIDA scan and my gallbladder isn't functioning (minimal non-function) Before removing it I'm trying this. I was going to do the gallbladder-liver cleanse, but I cannot tolerate the olive oil. I get the attacks. I've been taking herbs and drinking plenty of applejuice. If I get really hungry during the cleanse, can I eat vegetables,or keep dring my applejuice??? I also drink Mona.Vie. Is this ok to drink on the cleanse as well. I suffer from Chronic Lyme and don't want to get too weak. Thanks so much!!!

Hajin · 1 year ago

Today is my Day 9. I almost quit yesterday because I was so weak and dizzy. To be 100% honest, I never really had the burst of energy that a lot of people talking about while being on this cleanse. Most of the time, I felt tired and weak but I know it is the detox process so I am not so upset by that. I just don't think I could have continued if I worked full time! I am glad that I only have two days to go!! I really miss eating and strangely enough, when I did juice fasting, my craving for solid food went away after two days. BUt this one I noticed that the craving just continued all the way LOL :) Not sure why...maybe it's due to Maple syrup? Any thoughts?

Anyway I hope I can make it!! I hope everyone is doing well.
Cheers!

Alison · 1 year ago

after much research, i just started the MC today! i can't handle 1/2 a teaspoon of cayenne pepper per liter, so i am going with a 1/4 of a teaspoon of cayenne pepper per liter. will i still get similar results with less of the cayenne pepper?

Adrien G. · 1 year ago

hey every one!!
this will be my first time ever trying this in fact the first time ever really seriously thinking about doing it.
i heard so many good things and some bad but mostly good.
im simply wondering if its not recommended to work out while on this diet?

i just wonder if i wont have enough energy

i want to cleanse and i want to drop dead weight , but i wanna keep up with the sit ups and push ups.

thanks!
hope u guys can help.
and everyones stories are very motivating!!!

Alison · 1 year ago

another question: I have a "Pur" water filter on my faucet, is using filtered tap water okay instead of having to go buy bottled water?

t8tersalad · 1 year ago

Hello,

I want to start this today. I’m going to start the Master Cleanse without the ease in, but I will do the ease out. I could not find Grade B Maple Syrup, went to three stores. I found “Spring Tree 100% Pure All Natural Maple Syrup Grade A Dark Amber”, “Reese Sea Salt Coarse Crystals All Natural No Additives” and “atarain’s Cayenne Pepper”, 7 Lemons. Sorry for all the info, just want to do this right. I’ve had a small breakfast and lunch today, so I figure I would start with the SWF today and then the Lemonade Mixture tomorrow, or does that not matter and I should start the lemonade today for dinner? The SWF, what is the exact receipe? I found the Lemon Juice Receipe (14 tbsp maple 14 tbsp lemon 1/8 -1/2 cayanne) So, the SWF receipe? Also, I have to take a 5 mg prednisone pill a day, which needs to be taken with food, so I thought I would eat a very small breakfast of oatmeal and a yogurt , then the lemon drink for the rest of the day. Does this matter? Thank you guys! I want to start tonight! :)

Hajin · 1 year ago

I can't believe I didn't quit today because I was so tempted - I am still not feeling so energetic so I am really looking forward to finishing this and starting eating some food to give me energy to work out and do yoga.

Cheers!

Bill · 1 year ago

This cleanse is to get rid of all the toxins in your body. The reason you need to follow the instructions is because you don't want to add toxins to your body when your trying to get rid of them, therefore use only what is recommended otherwise your just wasting your time and money, i still don't understand why people think they can make changes or adjust the directions, if you really wanna feel better and lose some weight while doing it then i suggest you buy the book read about it and then continue on if you feel that you are able to handle it all.

Can't find what you need in the store? - go to Amazon.com and order everything, it is what i had to do since there are no organic food stores where i live, however i do buy regular lemons which is ok but not recommended.

I started out at 252lbs, I am on day 17 of 21 and i haven't felt better in years, i have lost 2 pants sizes and am down to 232lbs. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.

SWF directions - 2 "tea"spoons with 4 cups of spring or purified water(room temp, goes down a lot easier) , drink it all as fast as possible in the morning (try to chug it) give yourself a couple hours before leaving the house, you need to be near the toilet.

Lana · 1 year ago

This will be my second time doing the MC and it is my second day on it. I have the books at home, but I did a google search to remind myself of the amounts of everything for the day and to get a little inspiration. I found the directions on this site to be a little different than those in both of the books (Stanley Burroughs and Peter Glickmans). For instance, they both suggest that you do not make all of your lemon juice for the entire day if you can help it. Also, I did not see anything about the laxative tea, and the amounts for the SWF in the books are 2 Teaspoons for 32 ozs (which is just under 1 liter). Here it suggests 1 Tablespoon to a liter which is equivalent to 3 Teaspoons, and therefore is adding an extra Tsp.....not sure why that would be the case? I am just wondering who published this site, and if the method has changed since the last time I did it, or if this is someone elses take on it.

Will be checking back to update on progress.

His Grace · 1 year ago

Hello Tricia,

Thank you for the information. I really appreciate all of the detail. I am not going to start the Master Cleanse until December 1st. I will keep you posted.

Sincerely,
His Grace

Hajin · 1 year ago

It is my D10 but I have decided to ease out slowly from today as I don't want to feel dizzy anymore and also have a dinner to go in two days :) BUT I am really glad that I did this cleanse and thank you all for your stories and comments here. Good luck everyone!!!

Anonymous · 1 year ago

i shit for a solid 6 hours well not solid if ya know what i mean it was like i was peeing outta my ass oh but maybe that was because with the SWF i used 2 tablespoons rather than 2 teaspoons however i did loose like 4 lbs right away

Val · 1 year ago

I just started the Master Cleanse today. I didn't know about the ease in process, so I started it immediately. It got really tough around lunch with the hunger pains and shaky feelings, but eased some around dinner time. I think the hard part is watching people eat around you. The SWF is tough...I almost threw up after I did it tonight! My husband is doing this too, and he's on day five. He swears he feels better than he has in a long time, and skin looks better. I think 5 days may be more realistic for me, 7 at the most. I'm hoping for his results, as well as jump starting my weight loss.

Bamber · 1 year ago

Grace
Sorry for the delayed response.
Have not been online.

I am female, 24, 5'8, started at 190, did 10 days faithfully and lost around 12 pounds.
unfortunately the weekend broke me down and I went off it big time. (wanted to complete 14 and then ease back)
And seriously I feel like crap.
I am starting again today and will be doing it at least for another 7 days.
There is allot of good behind the ease back into normal foods.
Rushing in just reeks havoc. lol I know I haven’t slept in two days due to jumping back into normal food right away.
But the ten days I was on it worked great.
So I am doing another 7.

And other people on here are correct.
The SWF is a key thing when doing the cleanse.
Without it the whole process takes much longer.

Hope all goes well with yours
Keep up updated
Feel free to ask more questions.

His Grace · 1 year ago

Hi Bamber,

Thank you for responding. Wow! I am shocked to hear that you are going to do it again for 7 days...

I plan to start on December 1st. I am waiting until after Thanksgiving (I know I will eat LOTS).

Thank you for the information.

Todd · 1 year ago

I was wondering if anyone had any stories/suggestions for the ease out period. Do you really need to just drink OJ all day? Can I start eating like pro-biotic yogurt or anything like that?

Lana · 1 year ago

You will definitely want to do some sort of ease out period. Sticking to liquids is the most important I think. You don't want to shock your system by adding too much work too soon. Yogurt is an interesting idea, but I don't know if I would even go that far. I found that even adding juice on the first day off was an adjustment. Your digestive system needs to slowly get used to the idea of working again. If you absolutely must have something other than orange juice, try chicken broth.

ckc · 1 year ago

I really want to do this starting DEC 1 but what if I quit before the 10 days? Will that ruin the whole thing? Will I get sick? Doesnt your body go into starvation mode and eat up muscle?
I have so many questions.
Also how many hours do you need to be by toilet for SWF?

Salad Shooter · 1 year ago

I am on day 6 but have had no luck with the swf. Just got very bloated. I followed the tablespoon per liter instructions on this site but have just read that the book suggests just 2 teaspoons per 32 oz of water. Would less salt help me to flush better? Plus my period started today, does that make any difference? I also eased in with a week of just fresh fruits and veges, does that also alter the flush effect. Help, I really want to cleanse, not just fast.

Lana · 1 year ago

Hey Salad Shooter....I have been having problems with the SWF for the first time as well. I am on day 4 and it just has not been working, and I am getting the same bloated thing. Like you, I am also on my period, so I wonder if there is a connection there. I have been sticking to the 2 Teaspoons per 32 oz, however this morning I did try to add a little extra....with no success. I wonder if anyone else has any advise about this??

Have you been using the herbal tea in the evening? That might help in your situation...

His Grace · 1 year ago

HI Salad Shooter,

I am sorrty to hear that you are not getting any results from the SWF. Have you tried the laxative tea? I remember in an earlier post you said that you don't have any problems having a BM. Your cycle should aid in the cleansing and elimination process. I hope you have a BM soon.

MSPURPLE · 1 year ago

HELLO EVERYONE, THIS IS MY 1ST TIME TRYING THIS. IVE BEEN DIETING SINCE MARCH IM TAKING DIET PILLS THAT HAVE REALLY HELP, IVE LOST 70LBS AND HAVE ABOUT 20 -25 LEFT IM 5'10 BETEWEEN 180-185LB. IM AT A PLATEAU SO I WANT TO JUMP START THE LAST 20LBS. I PLAIN ON DOING THE 10 DAYS BUT IF ITS WORKING I'LL KEEP GOING. I DIDNT KNOW ABOUT THE EASE IN, BUT I WILL DO THE EASE OUT, NOR DID I KNOW ABOUT TH SWF UNTIL I FOUND THIS SITE,SO I START THAT TOMORROW. IT SOUNDS LIKE IT WORKs REALLY GOOD SO I HOPE I HAVE SUCCESS WITH IT. RIGHT NOW IM HUNGRY.LOL

jill · 1 year ago

are you supposed to put water into the mixture?

Bill · 1 year ago

Im finishing day 21 today and starting my ease out process tommorow. Ive never read anything on this site other than the comments section, I read the instructions and now i see why so many people are confused.

The directions on this site are not the same ones in the original master cleanse.

I think the admin of this site needs to make a note to people that these are not the original ways of doing things.

I bought Peter Glickman's book which i believe to be the same as Stanley Burroughs who created this whole thing in the first place. Those are the directions ive followed and had great success with.

Wei · 1 year ago

At day 20, smooth sailing. Went 19 days using herbal laxative tea at night with swf in the morning. Had moderate blood pressure when waking in the morning, which lowered after first cup of lemonade. Researched senna leaf and found that constant usage depletes potassium, stopped the tea at night and just swf in morning, blood pressure continuously low.

Salad Shooter · 1 year ago

Hey it is me. I am completing day 8 I think. My goal is 10 days. The SWF worked for the first time this morning but it wasn't all that amazing. At least something happened. I am highly encouraged to finally begin cleansing. I followed the instructions in the book, 2 teas. salt to 1 quart of water and in the morning. My body must just like the consistency of morning pooping! I feel fine. I don't really feel hungry and I am amazed how long I can go without eating. I am learning that food is more of a boredom issue for me than I had thought. I am so bored not eating. But I feel great feeling thinner. I don't have a scale so I don't know how much I have lost, but I know it is significant because of how my clothes fit. Wondering if I should keep going until true hunger comes back. Just a little concerned that I not get into anorexic type thinking. I want to be thin, but I also want to be healthy in every way.

Wei · 1 year ago

At day 23. Few things that I notice over the course of this cleanse:

Before I started, I was beginning to notice the effects of an enlarged prostate, frequent unrination, getting out of bed several times in the night--that is now gone, sleep the whole night through, don't have to unrinate often, when I do it is a large amount.

I had throat surgery in my 20's to remove a thyroid cyst, which left scar tissue so that I could feel a lump everytime I swollowed--that is now gone.

Had solar keratosis on the top of my head from sun exposure, I rub the excess lemon pulp into my scalp/head/face every morning and leave it all day--that is clearing up, bleeding has stopped. A persistant skin condition on my hand is gone as well.

Always having moderate to high blood pressure, it is now around 106/67, pulse rate 69. Amazing for half a century old.

Always worked around chemicals my whole life, have much to detox from. Hope to transition to a raw food diet after this cleanse.

Juliana · 1 year ago

hey guys,
My husband have been very sick for the last 2 years is one thing after other a friend of mine told me about the master cleanse and give me the book to read it after I finish and after talking to him so much about it I got convince that this probably will help my hubby to get better also I have been felling sick too and it seem that my tyrod gland is giving me hard time(my whole family have that problem so it will not sorprise me that I have it too)then I gaing almost 10 pound and Im very pettit so may be peopple don't see it but I FEEL IT!! so I told my husband that I wanted to try to clean my body to see if that will help me with all what I have been feeling also I knew that if I do it he will do it too so that will force him to get in to it and may be get better so him and I just started yesterday so far for me have been great I haven't feel hungry just a little bit sleepy, actually last night was his class reunion and we diside to go we didn't drink but we could smell everything from everybody is like your senses become more sensitive to everything, body smells,licor...I feel happy to see that I did't have the need of drinking I just dance then went home and fall sleep like a baby I guess that because I am doing this for the rigth reasons I feel that is not that hard or I just try to convince my mind that is not hard today we are doing the swf I hope that work for me cause I have problems with my BM in the regular basics and on top of that I head Te so I havent drink the senna te that is recomended, tomorrow I have to work will see how it goes since I have to be around a lot of food and licor I hope I can be strong enough to keep going the good thing is that a lot of the peopple that work with me are the ones that have done this too including my friend that introduce me to the diet so they are good support for me Im more worried about my hubby since where he work no one can really support him and this haven't been to easy since he loves food but Im very proud of him cause he is trying really hard.
Oh by the way for does that going to read this please excuse me if you find a lot of wrong spelling o things that don't make sense but my native lenguage is spanish and I still lerning english. Buena suerte a todos!!!xoxox

sal · 1 year ago

hello ,
i will be starting the master cleanser next week. one question, can i workout while im on this diet?

Julie · 1 year ago

I just started the master for the 3rd time. The last time I went on was about 2 years ago and was successful for 30 days. I lost a total of 37pds and was able to puchase the grade c syrup, which I believe makes a big difference. Since then I have attempted to to it again without success. But so far Ive made 2 days. Every time I do the cleanse I feel so powerful. It tickles me that I cant control my eating habits but when Im on the cleanse I do what I need to do. It truly is a mind thing, and I believe or should I say I know it works.

Wei · 1 year ago

To sal:

I would try it at half-speed and if it interfers with you cleanse, stop exercising for a little while that is what I did. The detox is far more important.

Kai · 1 year ago

Hey I have a question I want to start the diet but I am a little confusedby the instructions...am i making three different litter chug-able botles with the same mix...? therefore I will only be drinking 3 drinks a day?im confused...please help understand...

Kai · 1 year ago

oh and am I pouring the to solutions into the water or am i drinking it all at once?

Wei · 1 year ago

To Kai:

Here is how I do it. Get all this stuff at Walmart in one trip, costs around $9:

Cheap one gallon plastic water jug, fill it with a half-gallon of water and mark the water level with a sharpie marker (easier to fill for the next time).

Get a 2 cup or larger measuring cup and a one liter plastic cup.

Two, half-gallon water carriers (they look like a smaller version of the five gallon water carboys with a handle)

Citrus hand-juicer (fill with one cup of water and make another mark with the sharpie marker for easy measuring as well).

Fill the one gallon plastic jug with purified/distilled/filter water to the half-gallon line and add 1 to 1.5 teaspoon of ground cayenne pepper (as you get used to it, more is better, cuts hunger).

Squeeze lemons/limes (lemons are better) in the hand-juicer to the one cup line. Pour into the two cup measuring cup. Top this up to the two cup mark with maple syrup (grade b or c is best, organic or at least formaldehyde free processing) not sure, buy bulk from here (one gallon enough for 16 days): http://store.nexternal.com/shared/StoreFront/de...

Shake up the jug and pour into one of your half-gallon water carriers. You are good to go for the whole day. Fill the other half-gallon jug up with purified/distilled/filter water to take with you.

When you drink a glass of the lemonade, drink a glass of the water with it.

The one liter plastic cup is for mixing the 2 teaspoons non-iodized sea salt with luke warm purified/distilled/filter water and chugging first thing in the morning—salt water flush.

Piece of cake. I am at day 26.

Wei · 1 year ago

Kai:

Sorry for the long response, throwback to my engineering inculcations.

Just drink a small glass of lemonade with a small glass of water when you feel hungry/tired, periodiclly throughout the day.

Jodi · 1 year ago

Hi All,
Anybody out there starting the cleanse today or tomorrow we could post how we are going?
I have just started day one, its mid afternoon and I can feel a headache coming on and I would kill for a coffee LOL
Good luck to all who are doing the Lemon detox
Jodi

Irev · 1 year ago

I'm starting the cleanse today. Good luck to you if you are too!

Ellen · 1 year ago

I am going to start the master cleanse on Sunday, starting with the ease in. I am quite small, 5'3" and 115 lbs and don't want to do it for too long as I don't want to lose weight, just detoxify my body.

I found a buddy to do it with but she is flying out of town on Thursday.


Would it make sense for my first time to do it from Sun-Thurs and then I could ease out?

Also, would Whole Foods have the syrup that is recommended?

chips · 1 year ago

i am confused about the chuggable liter bottles?

the 14 tbsp's each of syrup and lemons, and the tsp
of cayenne will not fill a liter bottle on it's own.
do you fill the rest with water or are those the only
3 things that go in the liter bottle?

Crystal · 1 year ago

I'm starting tomorrow! Doing fruits and veggies for a day, then juices, then the MC for as long as I can stand it, up to 5 days. Just going to listen to my body. I'm really looking forward to a thorough pooping!

Liz · 1 year ago

The only place I was able to find Grade B syrup was Whole Foods -- their 365 brand, and not too expensive for good syrup. I'm starting today!

Tammy · 1 year ago

I just started the MC today although I hear the salt water is only because some people get constipated so truthfuly you don't need that part. This was told to me by a worker at the health store. I am doing an herbal tea (smooth move) instead of the salt water.

Ellen · 1 year ago

Thanks for the clarifications.

I started the pre-cleanse today, just fruits and veggies, so far so good.

I got the smooth move tea from GNC as well for if/when I need it.

Will go to Whole Foods to p/u the maple syrup.

Irev, hope you are doing well on the cleanse, are you starting the pre-cleanse or going right into the master cleanse?

TXLX · 1 year ago

I'm starting the cleanse on Monday. Will try the ease in first then the mc. This sounds a little more tolerable. I didn't do it this way the first time. I hope I have more success. BOL!

JB · 1 year ago

I'm starting tomorrow and bought bottles of organic lemon juice from whole foods. the only ingredient is organic lemon juice. can i use this? or do i really need to squeeze lemons.

staci · 1 year ago

I have a question about my ph balance during the cleanse. This will be my second cleanse. I love the MC. My only complication and fear is my ph being off and causing a yeast infection (which is what happened on day 10 of my last cleanse). Do you have any suggestions?

burnsad · 1 year ago

started my cleanse today with my roommate. doing okay, although i made cupcakes for a friend and almost accidentally cheated. the worst part is the salt water. i feel so messed up right now! good luck!

Kate · 1 year ago

Hey! I am about to start the master cleanse. I bought the organic lemons at whole foods. The strip at whole foods was 33 dollars for 32 ox when I only paid 13 at trader Kora. Save you 20 dollars! I'm nervous to start. It will be worth it though!

Ellen · 1 year ago

Last day of pre-cleanse, thought I would be very hungry, but I am not. Picked up the lemons and cayenne tonight, have everything else. Planning on doing MC for three days starting tomorrow, hope everyone is feeling good!

Wei · 1 year ago

To JB:

I would squeeze the lemon/limes. Lemon juice degrades very quickly. I am on day 31.

For all the people starting, hang in there, first three days are a bitch.

Matilda · 1 year ago

i am starting my cleanse on friday :) will try to keep up for 10 days

cali · 1 year ago

hi! im on day 2 of my detox and im a chain smoker.. will it be bad if i smoke even just a cigarette stick a day?

Mercedes · 1 year ago

I'm on day two. So far I'm not feeling hungry at all but food does sound good. I'm going to do the Master Cleanse for at least seven days maybe try for ten. We'll see. Good luck everyone :)

Karl · 1 year ago

I'm on day 3, and I am feeling perfectly fine. Not once have I had any problems staying with it so I am wondering if I am doing something wrong? The worst part BY FAR is drinking the lemonade, I think I'd be better off not drinking anything at all sometimes, lol. That cayenne pepper is just killing me, but I am not hungry or craving food at all so I think the pepper is doing its job.

The only thing I am wondering about is the saltwater flush. I started off with a liter of water and a tablespoon of salt. Didn't do anything. Then the next day I did two tablespoons of salt. And it worked this time, but it took FOUR HOURS! I did it at 9pm and woke up at 1am and all the salt water just came flowing out. But there didn't appear to be too much if any solid waste or plastered on waste from my intestines or whatever like it said there would be. Then the next day I did it the same way again and the same thing happened four hours later. I am only 21 is this because I might not have any plastered on waste?

Leanne · 1 year ago

My boyfriend and I are one day 2 of the clense. I chose to take cayenne pills because I cannot tolerate hot stuff very well, hopefully that will work the same. We hope to continue on the clense for at least 10 days, maybe 14, we want the full affect if we're gunna give up food! Lol. Day 1 was rough for me, got a terrible miserable migraine but took some excedrin and a nap and was ok. Gunna try the salt water tonight, not very excited about it from what I hear, I've gargled it before and that was rough, so we'll see if I can do it. We all need to hang in there! We are doing a great thing for our bodies who work so hard for us every day trying to keep up with cleaning out the garbage we shove into our mouths and breathe in etc.! You owe it to yourself!

Ellen · 1 year ago

I am towards the end of day 2 of the cleanse and did day's 1 & 3 of the pre-cleanse as well. I am not hungry, which is a big surprise to me as I thought I would be famished.

My legs were cramping horribly yesterday though, which has never happened before, today they feel fine.

I used the laxative tea last night without result and will use again this evening.

I am doing the cleanse for three days, so tomorrow will be my last.

Hoping to get rid of lots of toxins, we will see.

CMM · 1 year ago

I read that Cayenne pepper capsules can be taken if the drink is too spicy. Is this correct? If so, how many capsules per day?

ashley perri · 1 year ago

hello my name is ashley and the cleansing kit sounds very interesting and i really want to try it because i want to loose weight so i can finially look and feel great about myself for a change. I have a question: can the cleansing harm you in anyway like back you up inside, get you dehydrated or even mess up your insides. please write back thanks ashley

Leanne · 1 year ago

On day 3. Doing great. Have more energy than I expected. Get hunger cravings now and then which can be turned off by ignoring them and drinking more lemonade. Just have to remind myself that this is a good thing I'm doing and it's worth it and only temporary. However, salt water flush = torture! Lol, no it's not that bad but it's definitely not pleasant in any way. Tastes like salty chicken broth without the chicken flavor (as described by someone on-line). Having to drink a quart is the hardest part. If it was like a shot or some reasonable amount, would be much more tolerable. Made me nauseous and sucked for about an hour and a half, then it all came out . . . like a faucet lol. Few more trips to the BR then you feel better and good to know that stuff is not in your body anymore! By the way, the book says to make the salt water flush using a quart (32oz.) of warm water and 2 teaspoons of sea salt. You can add more salt if it doesn't produce the "results" you were hoping for or less if it almost killed ya! lol jk. People I work with are amazed that I haven't eaten in 3 days and am just fine and dandy (except the occassional cramp or craving). I am not a small person, a little over-weight so it's kind of empowering to "prove" to yourself and others that you can do it while they say they never could so GO ME! Good luck to every one!

Leanne · 1 year ago

Also, to respond to the recent comments:
-I use 1 capsule of cayenne pepper for every 10 oz. of the lemonade (Got my pills at Sunflower Market. Brand is Solaray. I use 40,000 Heat Unit which is 515mg per capsule, best to get the most mg's you can)
-This cleanse is not intended as a weight-loss "diet" though you will likely lose weight because of the stuff your flushing out and the limited caloric intake from the syrup and nothing else. But you will gain all or most of it back once you start eating solid foods again and thats how its supposed to be so don't count on this cleanse to help you lose weight. But its a good start to get healthier then you can eat healthier and feel better after :)
-I have IBS and occassional acid reflux and I haven't had any problems as far as "messing me up inside" but good question, though the cayenne pills can burn a little for a while then your fine, just drink your lemonade or water

Kate · 1 year ago

Hi
! I'm about to start day 3..(up for my nightly "release" 2am) I have a slight cold and my throat hurts. This is kinda neat! Everything is happening exactly the way its suppose to. I don't do the salt water flush, I use the chocolate smooth move tea. Yum it is fun going to work and proving to co workers that I can do it when they say I can't! They think I am crazy. I am doing this to eliminate toxins from my system. I just recently quit smoking and didn't have the best eating habits. I'm definatly liking the 10 lbs ive lost so far. Question... If I change my eating habits and start exercising on the reg. Can't I keep most of the weight off? I hope so..... Well back to sleep now!

Angel · 1 year ago

What if you're sensative to citrus?

ebonybrn · 1 year ago

Hi, this is day 2 for me and I thought i would be going out of my mind wanting food by now...but im doing fine..I must admit I have occasional cravings that last a few minutes, I simply ignore it and before I know it its gone..I am 5'9" and 199lbs and i want to get healthy im hoping this cleanse will purge my cravings for sweets and I can get a fresh start on eating healthy...losing weight is also a motivator...

Julie · 1 year ago

I'm going to start the diet tomorrow, I've done this diet before and I got amazing results! not only did my body get cleansed my body looked fabulous compared to the way it was before. Now I'm ready to do this again and I know it will be hard but I have to pull through and make it!

Julie · 1 year ago

Question, I have done this diet before but never heard of doing the sea salt drink? I want to try it this time around. I just need to know how to make it, How much salt and water in one cup? and how many times a day and at what time of the day to do it?

Thanks.

Wei · 1 year ago

to Julie:

two teaspoons non-iodized seasalt to one liter of lukewarm water, drink quickly all at once, first thing in the morning, only once per day.

Good luck to everybody starting!

day 36 for me.

here is another great support forum: http://curezone.com/forums/f.asp?f=478

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

I'm going to go on the Master Cleanse on January 1, 2009. (Personally, I don't think it's a good idea for me to start during the holidays. The food would be too tempting.) I've been doing a lot of reading online and purchased a Master Cleanse CD (I think it's narrorated by Peter Glickman) the original Master Cleanse booklet, and the book "12 Master Cleanse Secrets". I've even been checking out YouTube videos to see others who are going through the cleanse. I'm trying my best to get emotionally and mentally ready for this.

My plan is to complete the Master Cleanse and then begin Bob Greene's Best Life Diet. (Or another well balanced weight-loss program) So far, Bob Greene's diet is looking pretty good!

Molly · 1 year ago

Namaste, all!!! My husband and I just embarked on this incredibly empowering experience and we're wondering if we're doing the salt flush right. Both of us experience light headedness and nausea after drinking the mix. We're doing 12oz. of warm water with 1tblspn of Sea Salt. Any suggestions?

Danny · 1 year ago

I leanred that after drinking the salt water flush to lay on the right side. That should support you better in releasing the toxins

Leanne · 1 year ago

For the salt water flush, I make 32 oz. warm water and 2 tsp. sea salt like the book says. But do I HAVE TO drink all the warm salt water at once? (PLEASE say no!) I personally HATE this part but my boyfriend is able to just chug it down in 2 gulps. But it makes me nauseous and gives me a headache and I'd reather not do it at all but I know it's necessary. Also, where do you get chocolate mint tea?!?! Can't find it! Thanks :)

Eloisa · 1 year ago

I am personally planning to start after the new year as well......sort of excited about it...I think If I can complete this at least for 10 days...I can continue with a good diet. Wish me luck...Happy Holidays....I'll update when the time comes...Good luck Lucky Girl!!

jb · 1 year ago

A tablespoon is too much salt. You should only use 1 tsp per pint. I usually pour 2 pints in a pot, with 2 tsp and warm it on the stove and pretend (while chuggging at least one cup at a time) that it's some sort of broth. I think it's okay to do it a bit at a time as long as all of it is consumed within 5 minutes. This is increasingly harder as your stomach shrinks but it is a very important step!

DONTCHANGEIT · 1 year ago

Most of us have not been following a good lifestyle or eating habits , thus why we are having to Fast. PLEASE FOLLOW THE DIRECTION TO THE LETTER. TO GET THE RIGHT BENIFIT YOU MUST FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTION EXACTLY.

Anonymous · 1 year ago

yah and for the best benefit you should buy the book since the directions on this site are not exact to the Master Cleanse directions

Bill · 1 year ago

yah and for the best benefit you should buy the book since the directions on this site are not exact to the Master Cleanse directions

Anonymous · 1 year ago

Thanks! and good luck to everyone!! It will be hard but so well worth it in the end.

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

Eloisa, thanks for the good words. So, we're both are going to get the ball rolling on New Years' Day. Are you ready? Are you really ready for this? This isn't going to be easy but sooo many people have had great results. I've never heard a negative testimony about the Master Cleanse. Even as I key this message, I'm emotionally and mentally preparing for this detox.

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

Is anyone planning on doing the Ease in and Ease out along with the Master Cleanse? Is anyone doing it already?

Leanne · 1 year ago

We eased in 1 day of only juice, soup and veggies/fruit then into the clense. Easing out is very important so we are going to follow the 3-day ease out as instructed by the book after we complete at least 10 days, maybe more if needed. We are on day 7! You can do it!

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

Congratulations Leanne! Wow, 7 days!! How do you feel? How's your energy level? Are you still having cravings at this point?

Michael · 1 year ago

Great overview of what to expect and how to get through it. I've done it before for short periods of time, I have a friend that does it every few months for 10 days, and my mom once did it for over 3 weeks! Just stick it out, the first couple of days are the worst. Plus you have to overcome the fact that eating is such a mental desire. Good luck to everyone.

Michael Roy Gardner II · 1 year ago

My Fiance is about to start the fast now, I'm tempted to, but I'm going to a party soon and I know drinking will be involved. Does anyone know if I'll be sick as a dog if I drink right after I finish the fast? Thanks. - Michael Roy Gardner II -

Leanne · 1 year ago

To LuckyGirl:

The cravings are there occassionally, usually cureable by chugging some lemonade, water or tea. I do "miss" some of my favorite foods right now but for some reason, I can't see myself cheating on the clense. Partially because I don't want to have wasted my time and money (kind of expensive for me for all the stuff you need) and also because I know my body couldn't tolerate it right now and it would be a shock for my system. As far as energy goes, people can't believe (and I can't either) how much energy I have. I'm usually a coffe person and have to have it every morning or ill be yawning and tired all day, but as long as I keep the lemonade comin' I'm just fine believe it or not. Some would even say hyper, which is not abnormal for me usually lol. I feel good, having lost about 11 lbs helps but I don't feel physically "taxed" like I thought I would. Mentally, I'm proud of myself, this being my first attempt at the clense. I'm also proud that people can't believe that I'm still goin strong! I am looking forward to "real" food though, only 3 days to go :) GOOD LUCK EVERYONE!!!

Leanne · 1 year ago

I forgot to tell you all about a weird dream I had.
I was with my mom and we went to a buffet, they had all my favorites there and I was so excited and basically drooling to fill my plate with all the goodies. I went around the whole buffet piling my plate with yummy stuff. I couldn't wait to go sit down and dig in. But when I sat down and took the first heaping bite, I didn't want anymore. I felt guilty and couldn't eat another bite. Then I woke up. Weird huh!

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

Leanne, I hope I have dreams like the one you had. That's further motivation to keep at it! I haven't even started the cleanse and like you, I can't see myself cheating. Besides, you've come too far and the benefits are pouring in!

Tiger Tim · 1 year ago

On day one. So far so good!

Julie · 1 year ago

I was wondering... the last time I did this I did it for 10 days, but a lot of people are doing it for only 3 days does it still work as far as weight gain cause now I'm thinking of doing it for 3 rather than 10.

Julie · 1 year ago

At the end of day one! and I must say it wasn't that bad compared to the last time I did this. I just got veryyyyy sleepy. Good luck to everyone!

starlla4u · 1 year ago

I'm rounding out day 6. Cant wait to eat again. 1 week from today I'll be eating fruits and veggies!! I can't wait!! I haven't lost much weight which is disappointing to me but I am sooo proud of myself. I am wanting to eat bad though!! Geesh, cant wait!!

fanatikal · 1 year ago

Today is day 4 for me. Going strong but I obsessed about food yesterday. I have yet done the sea salt flush cuz it was so awful for me to take down the mix the last time I did the cleanse.I am drinking the tea though. is it too late to start now? I'm only doing the fast for 7 days as I am already thin and vegetarian. But I can't help but feel guilty that I'm craving the taste of food so much and want to quit. This has been very mentally challenging.anyone going through this as well???

starlla4u · 1 year ago

Rounding out day 7!! Wooohooooo . . . almost done!! I can't wait!! I'm dreaming of veggie soup!!! and brown rice . . . . and egg whites . . . mmmmmmmmmmmmmmm!! Tonight was very hard for me but once I made my drink I felt better. Now it's off to the shower, tea, and on to Day 8!! Day 10 here I come . . . although then I have to get through 2 more days of liquids only before my veggie soup but . . . one week from yesterday I'll be back on solids!!

Reggie · 1 year ago

Can anyone tell me what the difference between Grade A and Grade B maple syrup?
Thanks,
Reggie

wei · 1 year ago

Day 40 for me!

Good luck to everybody starting--it's well worth it!

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

You've hung in there for 40 days?! Wow, you've got to have the cleansest colon in town!! I truly respect what you're doing. I'm dreaming of making it to day 40, but I'll be satisfied if make it to 17 (Ten days on the cleanse plus an extra week for good measure). I'm most DEFINITELY going to make it to day 10.

LuckyGirl · 1 year ago

Reggie, from what I understand, Grade B is darker and it has more minerals and nutrients.

Eloisa · 1 year ago

thanks on the encouragement Lucky Girl....I have talked to my sister and she plans to do it with me...she wanted to do it before X-mas, but I know that would not be good for my body...I'm of Mexican decent and Tamales and Posole(mexican dishes) would really not be good after cleansing my body...lol!!! I'm excited for the New Year...I really think I can do it!!!!!!!!

jen · 1 year ago

should i expect to loose weight

wei · 1 year ago

10 days it great, but try to take it longer. This post is from the www.curezone.com

"It takes 3 to 4 +/- days just to empty the system. 7 to 8 +/- to adapt to fasting and the body to start doing "some" cleansing. 2 weeks +/- before the causative agents have been flushed from the system and after this is when the real actual cleansing at the cellular level is "just starting". While anytime one gives the digestive system a rest is a good thing, 10 days is just the minimum and barely scratches the surface."

The curezone is antother great support forum for the Master Cleanse. Check it out: http://curezone.com/forums/f.asp?f=478

healthfreak · 1 year ago

Thanks so much for this post! It was helpful to hear a testimony for the Master Cleanse, just so I know what to expect.

Leanne · 1 year ago

Ok, so we are on the first day of easing off after 10 days of the clense. I am finding it harder now then it was while on the clense to ignore the cravings for food, like my body (persuaded by my mind of course) knows food will be coming soon. So we drank orange juice and water all day, but tonight we had a few nuts and dried fruit we bought at the organics store. I hope we don't get sick but I just could not resist. We only ate a small handful each, but wonder the consequences to come. Does anyone know the medical reasons for having to ease off for 3-4 days before resuming regular eating? Besides the shock to your system and rebuilding the lining?

Molly · 1 year ago

This is for everyone who is going to starting the cleanse and anyone who is having a hard time with the salt flush!!!
My husband and I started the cleanse 9 days ago. I got the recipe from a friend of mine and off of the websites. The salt water flush was reeeeeeally intense and made me sick unless I drank it super slow. My husband stopped the cleanse before his goal date because he couldn't take anymore of the salt water taste. We were doing 1tablespoon to 12 fluid oz warm water. It was so incredibly nasty tasting! I dreaded it when I woke up and I always had to have a chaser so I didn't throw it up.
When I told my mother-in-love about the cleanse, she got really excited and bought the book. We found out the day after my husband stopped the cleanse that the salt water recipe and even the lemonade recipe we had were not the same as the one in the book!
Please make sure you use 2 teaspoons of sea salt per 32 fluid oz of water. It tastes like miso soup and it's so much easier on the body. You still get the same result; you still flush fully, it just doesn't taste as bad. I heard that more than 2 teaspoons can be harmful to the body. Also note that you are to take all of the flush drink before you drink your lemonade. It will deplete all the nutrients from the lemonade if you do the flush after the cleanse mix (lemonade).
Best thing I can suggest is to BUY THE BOOK!!! It is sooooo helpful and will tell you why and how you are doing everything you are doing.
One more thing... Please tell your body you love her/him and that this is a temporary thing. Tell your body you are doing this because you love her/him, not to deprive her/him. Make sure you hug yourself and congradulate yourself for your comittment to your health and wellness. This is an amazing journey people!!! Way to glow!!!

starlla4u · 1 year ago

woohoo!! I'm on day 10!! I just made my very last bottle of lemonade. I can't wait to eat . . . 2 more days of liquids unfortunatley!! I snuck a tiny piece of cheese off my sons plate today . . . like the other person wrote, the closer you are to being able to eat the harder it is. That was my very first cheat . . . I'm mad at myself but oh well!! I was very disapointed with the weight loss though, I only lost 4.5 lbs and I haven't eaten for almost 2 weeks!! That sucks but oh well. I also did not get any burst of energy. I decided half way through that this was more of a mind control thing for me than anything. Oh well . . . OJ here I come in 12 hours or so!!! Woooooooooohooooooooooooo!!

wei · 1 year ago

To Molly,

So true, make sure it is non-iodized sea salt as well. Here is the Master Cleanse book in pdf that you can download for free.

Here is the Master Cleanser Book in pdf to download: http://healthandlight.com/TheMasterCleanse.pdf

Here is a great Master Cleanse Support Forum: http://www.curezone.com/forums/f.asp?f=478

Good luck to everybody starting. I am on day 43 and will break this fast soon.

starlla4u · 1 year ago

Im on day 1 of my ease out. Drinking watered down orange juice today. I must admit it tastes awesome!! Broth tomorrow . . . ah sweet nectar! Then it's Veggie soup on tuesday. Can't waittttt!! I lost 7 1/2 lbs total so far. I wish it was more just for the mere fact that I felt starving for 13 days but oh well! I feel good

Saint O · 1 year ago

One must understand the psychology of this diet. The body/mind is connected like a delicate eco-system. One must realize that they are called to this cleansing (NOT DIET!) by the nature of good health and wellness. Having the mentality that you are going to lose weight, worrying that you didn't lose any weight or just generally obsessing about your weight upsets the balance of what "whole being" health is all about. I would consider assessing your physical, mental/emotional, spiritual, and all other aspects of health before you begin. Understand that eating right and exercising is the basis of any good health regimen. This cleanse helps you to zone in on what you have been putting into your body, the portions in which you do, and what you do to help along homeostasis. Do you have a good stress management outlet? Do you get physical activity? Do you think "good" thoughts or "toxic thoughts? This is a very meditative experience; the cleanse is not only cleansing your body but your mind, hence its connection. Blessings from Saint O

Leanne · 1 year ago

All done! Did 10 days of clense and completed the easing off period. Back to normal foods again! Though I am now somewhat gravitating toward more healthy choices, mixed in with naughty snacks too . . . but hey I did good! I want to keep the weight off, but realize that it's up to me to keep up the healthy eating. As long as I encorporate healthier things and replace some bad foods with good ones I am doing a good thing for myself. Know whats weird? I have been wanting some fresh squeezed lemonade :) Push through it people! Use that will power! Everyone will be so amazed, and you'll be so proud of yourself. GOOD LUCK!!!

wei · 1 year ago

I am at day 46 and I just broke my fast this morning with a glass of freshly squeezed orange juice--so good, like mead/ambrosia. I will take two weeks to slowly taper back to eating solid foods, mostly juicing and probiotics (to rebuild my intestinal flora).

After I an eating solid foods, I will start seven days of oxy-powder to cleanse the colon and then follow that with three back-to-back liver flushes at two-week intervals. This was my first attempt at fasting and I now feel rather empowered to take charge of my health.

Physically, I have had some remarkable results to longterm chronic aliments. More incredible, has been the mental aspect; I have gained major insights into my dysfunctional relationship with food and eating in general, and insights into almost all other aspects of my life as well. Because of this new found clarity, I really don't want to stop this fast. I hope that I can make fasting a ritual for me. I suspect that I may of existed in a cloud of toxic-befuddlement before this as well.

So much of our society deals in lies, especially when it comes to health issues. Before and during this fast, I helped my father through a long absurd allotropic medical death that I wouldn't of done to a dog, but that wasn't my call. I watched the staff in the hospice grinding up 13+ medications, three times a day, mixed in pudding to feed him like clock-work--billing and exploiting to the very end. I will take charge of my health. I am thankful that I stumbled across/discovered this health freedom forum and had the courage to apply my skepticisms to established orthodoxy. I am grateful for that insight. But, I harbor a tiny resentment that some of those before mentioned lies, are seemingly designed to harm/exploit.

The Master Cleanse was just the clean up stage and the easy part where everything was worked out for me. Now comes the real crucial part, the reaping of the real benefits in the rebuilding process, and what I will be putting back into the system.

Thank you all, and good luck as we embark upon our own health freedom...

Rial · 1 year ago

I am on day 6 of the cleanse and am super tired and starving. The first 4 days were a breeze! I have yet to lose any weight so I am wondering if I am doing it right. Any suggestions? Should I do cardio to help drop off pounds?

Anonymous · 1 year ago

To Rial: The Master Cleanse book by Woloshyn says "Drink 6-12 glasses of lemonade every day. Drink the lemonade whenever you are hungry, and try not to let yourself get overly hungry. Remember that while the Master cleanse is a simple process, many people create a little difficulty with it...when all else fails, follow the instructions...WAEFFTI."

Also, Wolocyzn said to cut back (1 tbs.) of maple syrup per glass if you're not losing weight, or want to lose weight. Add an extra tbs. if you're trying to gain.

Britta · 1 year ago

I'm just wondering if any health cautions should be taken as a teenager planning to embark on this fast. I'm fifteen and relatively thin (I'm 5'4" and weigh 105lbs) and I came across this fast while researching body detox programs. I'm hoping that by cleansing my system I can clear up my acne (which I've stuggled with for the last year). I already eat relatively healthy (lots of fruits, veggies, water, minimum sugar, refined and processed foods and no dairy) but I think a total cleanse would be very beneicial. I have pretty good self-discipline and I want to start this in January (because doing this over Christmas would be a total joke), but I don't want to damage my health or metabolism. If anyone has any words of caution or examples of where this fast has improved skin quality please let me know by responding to this post. Thanks so much!

Kristin · 1 year ago

DON'T FORGET TO MAKE SURE YOUR CHUG-ABLES ARE BPA FREE!!!!

Jason · 1 year ago

I don't like the idea of not eating food and do not care about the weight loss I just want to get rid of the lining of fecal matter. Can you continue to eat and still get rid of the crap by taking the lemonade or salt water.

Lynda · 1 year ago

Hi,
I've been on the cleanse for 5 days now, and I'm wondering if 2 more days will make a major difference. I was told that the minimum I should aim for is 7 days, but I'm contemplating stopping now, and beginning the ease-out. Any suggestions? Thanks. And good luck to everyone who is starting or is already on the diet. Starting the cleanse was not as hard as I thought it'd be.

Mark · 1 year ago

I am on the evening of day 8. This is my 1st time on the MC, but have tried other cleanses. This is by far more satisfying. I am 53 years old and was carrying an extra 25 lbs. Just got off the scales and have lost 13 lbs.
I was going to go for 10 days, but I am still getting a fair amount of fecal matter. Was wondering if I should go ahead and do 15 days. I feel a lot more in tune with things in my life, and hope to start eating better when I am done.
Good Luck to all those fasting

Britt · 12 months ago

I am blessed enough to begin this master cleanse five days before the new year I am going on a spiritual journey and I am beginning withthe lose of 28lbs a new man a new life and a trip by myself. this is a challenge and I know if I can do it anyone can

LtB · 12 months ago

Are there any flavored waters that can be used during the cleanse? Aquafina Alive has some tasty peach mango, but it has added fiber and I wasn't sure if that would hurt or help.

Lala · 12 months ago

i was wondering where a good place to get organic sea salt is? and is cayenne pepper at most grocery stores?

Linda · 11 months ago

this is a pretty harsh cleansing if you work 8 - 5 and unable to follow the program to a "T". I know everyone needs to do a colon cleansing periodically, but I need to have something that is compatible to a working schedule. Any other suggestions?

LuckyGirl · 11 months ago

Linda,

I was thinking about how I can do this when I have a 8 to 5 (or rather a 7 to 3) job. I'm going to take the saltwater flush (SWF) as soon as I come home from work and drink the tea an hour or so before bed. Mike says that the SWF is pretty fast acting (30-60 minutes after ingesting). That should pretty much cover my bases. I have the fierce determination of a wildcat to complete this cleanse. On the off chance that my scheduling plan doesn't work, I'll find another plan that will, but I'm definately going to challenge myself and complete this cleanse!
Take care;
LuckyGirl

LuckyGirl · 11 months ago

Lala, make a call to your nearest health food store to see if they stock the sea salt. The cayenne pepper is usually available at the grocery store.

LuckyGirl · 11 months ago

Correction...I just took a look at the "Ingredients" section. Everything must be organic, including the cayenne pepper.

BMitts · 11 months ago

I am wondering about getting the protein your body needs. Any advice?

Jazzii · 11 months ago

I'm on Day 3 cleansing my body for the new year. I've been on the Master cleanse once before but only lasted 7 days this time I plan to make it the full 10 days or more depending on how I feel when I reach day 10. I'm glad I found this forum it is inspiring to read other peoples questions. I work 7:30 - 4:30 and find no trouble doing the SWF in the morning I wake up 1 hour early and everything is flushed before I'm off to work. The first two days were really bad my mind craved food "what an addiction" we don't need the food I know because I feel great without it but we convince ourselves that we do. I just keep telling myself food isn't going to disappear off the face of the earth in 10 days. Day two also brought along a headache like no other....Why I started well I'm doing it for the health benefits, the clarity of my mind and to jump start myself into eating better and hopefully boosting my metabolism. Over the past months I've gained 26 pounds primarily from eating garbage but I'm a mother of four so this is serious I need to teach them better eating habits then I have developed over time and this is one heck of a way to start the new year......see you back here in a couple days to report how I'm feeling this journey will be exciting..


And eliminate all the Naysayers they will just bring you down. ;-)

Happy New Year MC'ers

genki_ru · 11 months ago

I am on day 3 of the pre-diet and going to start the full cleanse tomorrow. I drank the SWF yesterday morning and it didn't work. So, last night I increased the salt and did it again- needless to say, it worked. I also drank smooth move tea with worked this morning. However, this morning I woke up with swollen fingers. Has anyone ever experienced this with the SWF? Should I decrease the salt, drink more water, etc? Any advice appreciated!! Thanks.

Jamie · 11 months ago

My mom, sister and I all did this a few weeks back. It was great! My sis and I did the 4 day ramp-up and of course cool-down but my mom did 3 and 3 and she turned out okay. Mom and I stayed on the actual cleanse part for 3 days but my sis is a trooper and did 8. We all look and feel great! It's cool to notice which foods aren't good for your body as you start to eat again. We all had our sinuses clear up and we all agree- we feel better on the cleanse than off of it! Good luck, all. A hint I have is warm the salt water slightly and pretend you're drinking chicken broth....mmmmmm yummy... And purified water is the ONLY way to go.

redwood · 11 months ago

i've been on the cleanse since the 29th December 2008. Day Four. Yay!
It's been pretty good so far. I didn't get the salt water flush to work day one and almost gagged throughout the process so i just chose to do the smooth move senna tea morning and night. it's working well. i have many bowel movements a day.
i'm loving how this works your mind and your body - it's wonderful how i get to reframe my thinking and see cravings for what they are...pema chodron talks of "working the 3 difficulties", notice your neurosis for what it is - neurosis (i.e., i need food, i have to eat), take a different action than your normal action (fast v. eating) and make it your practice.
i can see using the Master Cleanse to 'reboot' my behavior when it gets out of whack.
i'm grateful for having a friend who shared it with me.
Happy 2009!

Debbie · 11 months ago

Hi, I am about to start my second master cleanse. I did this about 3 years ago and it worked great. I did it for 14 days. I jumped right in and eased out at the end. The first two days were hard. I felt horrible. But after that I began to feel pretty good. I found I had lots of energy through the whole process. In all honesty I never felt better. I lost close to 14 lbs as well which was a bonus. I did all this to help with my allergies. It helped alot. I worked from 7"30 in the morning until 3 each day and it was fine. Now I work a split shift and i know I can still make it work. The bottom line is that no matter the inconvience of it all... It will make me feel a whole lot better and make my body function the way it should. This time I am going for 30 days... not sure if I can do it but will give it my best shot.

Becky · 11 months ago

I have been reserching this cleanse for about a week now. I so badly want to do it. I am starting the ease in today. I'll keep looking back in and post if i get the chance. This sight is awsome and i have enjoyed all the storys. It is inspiring for me in my journey to a healthier self.

Redqueen · 11 months ago

Okay, I am on day two, doing this with a friend. I bought both Burroughs original book as well as Glickman's book and read both front to back before i started this. I have been reading this site all morning and am becoming increasingly frustrated! This "diet" has been around since the 70's and from what I can tell from all my reading has been extremely successful. The reason for this is probably that you need to do it as it is written! If you read Glickman's book a lot of your questions will be answered:

1. Must I use Grade B Maple Syrup? Yes! If you can't find it you can use Grade A, but you won't be getting the same nutritional elements from the Grade A. Unless you are diabetic then you should be following the instructions verbatim. (if you are diabetic read Burroughs or Glickman for the alternative, here is Burroughs http://www.blackdoctor.org/TheMasterCleanse.pdf)

2. Can I use Cayenne capsules? No! The capsules are made of a gelatin which your body then has to process before it can use the cayenne, therefore you are defeating the purpose of the cayenne! Burroughs says if you absolutely can't take the cayenne, use just a sprinkle per glass and work you way up. And definitely don't premix the cayenne in the drink it makes it more spicy!

3. Can I SWF at night? According to Burroughs and Glickman no! If you SWF at night then you lose the value of the lemonade you have been drinking all day. Plus since you stomach isn't empty you are more likely to be nauseated.

4. Can I use bottled lemon juice? No! The lemon juice loses all it's good properties. If you read the books you will see that premixing too far ahead of time also decreases the value of the lemonade.

5. Can I take my medications? Read the books. Both Burroughs and Glickman state that you should discuss this with your physician before starting if you are on any medication. According to Glickman's book, women can continue taking birth control. As someone who has myself taken anti-depressant medications, I wouldn't recommend that you stop them cold turkey. Most anti-depressants have side effects if you stop cold turkey. You should speak to your doctor about weaning off the medication if it is not absolutely necessary but definitely don't stop cold turkey it will mess you up! Ultimately, do not stop taking any medication your doctor has prescribed without first talking to your doctor about it.

6. Can I eat or drink anything other than the lemonade, SWF and herbal laxative? Burroughs and Glickman both state you can drink decaffeinated, organic mint tea but other than that no! I, myself, have been drinking some mint tea as a chaser to the lemonade when I start to get sick of it. Mostly because it seems to calm the spiciness of the cayenne. You can use limes as an alternative or an additive. Some people do lime juice instead of lemon, or you can add it for a little difference in taste.

I cannot stress enough that you need to READ THE BOOK! I have no connection to either author and do not benefit financially in any way from you buying either or both books but I can tell you that with little exception every question I had was answered in one of those books. Some of the answers provided by well-meaning people on this site deviate from the original MC and therefore might decrease the efficacy of the MC. As I stated earlier, the MC has been around since the 70's in it's original form so it must work! Do it exactly as it is written and you will see results!

I hope that helps someone! Good luck to all!

Becky · 11 months ago

So i was thinking...I have a jack lalane power juicer. Is this going to produce the lemon juice like i need for this cleanse or does it need to be juice with out all the pulp in it?

mychel · 11 months ago

I just bought the same juicer, Jack Lalane. I did not know that you can't separate the pulp????

Redqueen · 11 months ago

Becky,

both books say a little pulp is fine. How does the power juicer work? Does it process then entire fruit? If so, then probably not what you need. You don't want the seeds, rind etc for your standard juice. Maybe you could try straining what you get from yours? Just a suggestion!

Juanita · 11 months ago

I', currently on day 1 of the ease out. This was my first try at the master cleanse, and I was able to endure for 13 days. The feeling was great, but the salt water flush did me in. I couldnt stand the taste any longer. I had problems with my digestive system, and a friend recommended the cleanse to me. I'm so glad he did, I would definatly do it again. To anyone just starting, hang in, it might get a lil rough, but you're in for an amazing journey.

Cindy · 11 months ago

Can a breastfeeding mom do this cleanse?

Rachel · 11 months ago

Hi. I am on my third day of the cleanse and until today hadn't really felt bad at all. However, today I had a terrible headache and was nauseous most of the day. In fact I vomited. Is vomiting normal?

chuck · 11 months ago

So me and a few friends are starting TMC in a few days and i was wondering about the grade B Maple Syrup is the graded i USA or Cannadian grading because there B is Our A.

Robin · 11 months ago

Chuck... the maple syrup is graded A or B in the U.S... In canada its labeled 1 or 2... if your in Canada you want the grade 2 or Amber... good luck

Stephen · 11 months ago

One very important question. This cleanse is extremly high in sugar. If you are conserned about a candida overgrowth, and may be suffering from one already, should you avoid this cleanse? On the flip side, is there a substitute for maple syrup?

Julia · 11 months ago

I have just begun the cleanse and I think I'm about to get my period. Is it okay for my body to be doing the cleanse and menstrating?

Aisha · 11 months ago

Thanks Redqueen for all of the info. I had only read the Burroughs book, but I will check out the one from Glickman. This is my second time doing the cleanse and I feel pretty good. I'm on Day 4 of 10. Thanks everyone for all the info and support.

Redqueen · 11 months ago

Aisha,

No problem! I am a chronic reader when I start anything so I have definitely read a lot about it, but am certainly no expert.

I am just finishing my third day, glad I am doing with with a friend for support or I would have caved already! Ready to drink me evening tea and start another day tomorrow!

Good luck to all and hang in there!

Ms. Nooty · 11 months ago

G'luck everybody! I'm scared to start. I don't care about the prizes. Will catch up with you all tomorrow, when I really start the lemonade phase.
Made my drink today, I actually like it!

Chris · 11 months ago

I just stumbled across this site while researching the SWF. This is my first fast and I'm at the end of my day two. I'm glad I started it on a weekend. I haven't read any books, but there seems to be an abundance of the same information on the net so wish me luck! I'll join the group next year. Great website. Thanks!

kristin · 11 months ago

I have done the master cleanse and been successful I made it to day 10 and I felt amazing! I found the first 2 days were fine but by day 4 I was ansy but by day 5-6 I felt amazing. When I eased back into my normal routine I realized how the foods I thought had such great flavour...actually tasted like cardboard or like chemicals! Was a huge wake up call how our bodies crave. It can be tough to get through it but just take it one day at a time.

Louise · 11 months ago

Ok, i am now ready to start the cleanse and have made up my days supply of lemonade, I only lasted 3 days last time but am going for the 10, I need to get my energy back and feel better. I won't be doing SWF but will rely on the teas instead, I'm looking forward to the end results and to jump start my new years healthier eating plan. I find writing down all the reasons this is good for me helps spur me on, but in general would love to have contact to encourage and be encouraged to stick to it and see this through,

Good luck and wish me some too

Regards from Greece

Becky · 11 months ago

So I have that Jack Lalane juicer. I pealed the lemons before juicing them and the juice came out clear. So i think as long as you peal the fruit it will be fine. I didn't expect this to be so spicey. oh well...i think it will be worth it. Not only to get out the toxins but also I just got my wedding dress yesterday!

Mychel · 11 months ago

I also have the Jack Lalane juicer. I been juicing with the peel on... it is very thick..
I was wondering about that!!! I will peel first!!

Thanks

admin · 11 months ago

Mychel,

About the juicer. There is way to much pulp in a centrifugal juicer like the Jack Lalane juicer. You should use a hand held juicer where you grind the lemon against a rigged cone. The make electrical one as well.

LuckyGirl · 11 months ago

Question: I know that if we're doing the SWF, we can also have a cup of senna tea (I have some Smooth Move) but how many cups of mint tea can we have?

angh2o · 11 months ago

This is my first time on the MC, I'm on day three. So far so good. I've had slight headaches and haven't had much cravings. This site is wonderfully helpful and I appreciate the support. It's nice to have a place where in which others identify with my experiences. Good luck to all, stay strong!
Angh2o

Suzette · 11 months ago

Regarding Lucky Girl's question about the tea, is this a sufficient way to eliminate waste if we're not taking in salt water? The last time I used the tea, it took me a few days to eliminate.

JanaB3 · 11 months ago

The measurements for the SWF are incorrect. Add 2 tsp of sea salt to 32 oz of water.

kim · 11 months ago

I am starting day 5 and can't believe how wonderful I feel! Seriously, does it get worse?? Because I'm finding this to be quite easy! Well, except when the roommate eats take out on the couch sitting next to me.... oh the smells!!!
But I really love hearing everyone's stories about what they're going through and how much support there is on this site! Good luck to everyone on this journey... the end result will be worth it all!!!

kim · 11 months ago

I'm starting day 5 and can't believe how great I feel. I thougth this was going to be alot worse... but it's actually been pretty easy. Well except for my roommate eating chinese takeout on the couch sitting next to me - oh the smell!! I do miss food. But when I'm finished with this cleanse, it's a clean slate to a healthier way of life! I can't wait! This is the perfect way to start the new year off! Good luck to everyone on the cleanse!!

KPiper · 11 months ago

I am on Day 1 and did not ease in. I'm a litre and a half in and starting to get pretty light headed. Is eating a cup of boilded edamame bad or should I just chill out? I'm assuming this is common...not hungry, just light headed. If anything, I'm really full and struggling to finish my last dose, plus Smooth Move (luckily that is only one cup! - right?)

admin · 11 months ago

JanaB3,

About the SWF instructions. The original book says 1 teaspoon, but I have used 1 tablespoon almost every time and it works for me the same. The last time I did the cleanse I tried it each way (once with 1 teaspoon and then again with 1 tablespoon), and each time I had success.

Jane888 · 11 months ago

This is my second time on the cleanse. I am currently on Day 4. This time around it is a lot easier since I know what to expect. For those doing it for the first time, stick with it! After the 6th day, I loved counting down how few days I had left. You will feel such a sense of accomplishment when you are done.

Ruth · 11 months ago

My husband and I are starting the Master Cleanse this Friday and he's concerned about getting too far off his weight lifting routine while on the cleanse. Can anyone comment about weight lifting, cardio, especially running while on the Master Cleanse?

Thanks!

admin · 11 months ago

Ruth,

I have exercised each time while doing the cleanse, including running and weight lifting. I always take it just a little bit easier with duration, frequency and intensity.

Courtney · 11 months ago

I have a question: Do I drink a quart of salt water every morning?

Betsy · 11 months ago

today is my day one, of the mc this is my first time trying it, and im really excited about the results that i may have, im doing this for weight loss, i however am not going to do the SW i cant bear the taste however i will be taking the tea morning and before bed time, i heard that works. i will keep you guys posted on my 10 days

Sarah · 11 months ago

Your directions kind of bother me, i am sorry to say. It is just that after reading both of the books, they seem very lax. For one thing, it is really important for each serving to be an exact ratio of ingredients: 2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice, 2 tablespoons ORGANIC GRADE B maple syrup, 1/10 teaspoon of cayenne or more and 10oz non-flouridated non-tap water (you can't even have Britta water cause it doesn't take the flouride out. ) Also, you need to drink the senna tea at night and do the salt-water flush in the MORNING. The only other variation is to do the tea at night and in the morning. It is important to do the flush when your stomach is empty, even of the juice! And why would you change the salt measurement?? Did you read the book or not??? And why would you say that is is "important" to lick the spoon?? I think there is actually a section in the book advising against that, as the ratios are very important to the detox process and having maple syrup alone will just spike your blood sugar. An why add maple syrup to orange juice, which has tons of sugar to begin with??? I don't mean to come off as angry and of course I appreciate what you are trying to do, but i don't understand why you would base an entire site off of you own loose interpretation of a very serious cleanse. I am on my fourth cleanse at the moment and am sure glad i read the book the first time around instead of reading sites like this.

admin · 11 months ago

Sarah,

I appreciate your feedback and your opinion.

This site is about my experience with The Master Cleanse. I provided the technique that I use, and it only varies very slight from the books, and where it does I make note of it.

Perhaps you enjoy the security of being very strict with the application of your lifestyle and the processes you engage, and that is fare enough. But I like flexibility, and I rely on my ability to recognize where flexibility is tolerable, even required.

For example, when I get a recipe for chicken noodle soup, I allow for some room to diverge from the directions of another to tailor the out come to my tastes. On the other hand, when I take sky-diving lessons, I tend to adhere to the instructions very closely - although in some cases, the instructor employs slight, to exaggerated scare tactics to get the student to understand the core principals. This is often helpful in learning new techniques, especially in ones were there are some elements of danger, real or otherwise.

Unfortunately, when there is very little contrary documentation, people can become so fearful of imprecise execution that many will never try, or spend countless hours in fear of the process - even if they do it correctly. What's more, people can become blinded by that fear and feel they are proceeding incorrectly even when they have followed the procedure perfectly.

In the case of the SWF, the objective is to create a suspended solution of the same consistency as your blood, so that your body does not take up (absorb), the liquid, but rather expels it directly. When I first started doing the master cleanse I did it on the instructions of a friend, and not from the book. And believe it or not, It worked, I felt fine, and all was good. Later I would read that the book prescribes 1 teaspoon rather than 1 tablespoon - as noted in the directions on this page.

Again, since this site is dedicated to the EXPERIENCE, of the users, I thought it was important to let people know that I have had success with either amount. This is important for people to understand because many people use far less, and far more salt - under the directions of whom I am not sure - and are wondering if it will work, and what if it doesn't. While I am not an expert about what happens if it doesn't work, I do have experience with two precise measurements(1 teaspoon and 1 tablespoon), and I KNOW it works, FOR ME.

---

I am afraid my humor was lost on you regarding the use of the word IMPORTANT, with regards to licking the spoon clean of the maple syrup after you make your juice. Since I allow myself some freedom to employ my own common sense, I realized that licking the spoon of the maple syrup that I am about to drink in water with lemon juice has absolutely no negative implications, but feels good to taste the pure maple syrup.

I believe you might be referring to the advice not to take food into your mouth while cleansing and fasting because you can initiate a digestive process - which would start releasing acid in the stomach - and since you have no food in there you might cause injury. Clearly licking the spoon is different that chewing a bit of cheeseburger and spitting it out.

As it relates to the blood sugar, we are not taking a mouthful, or even a tablespoon. You are licking the same amount as you might get from a sip of the juice. This will no more cause a spike in blood sugar than drinking the juice normally.

WIth regards to the cayenne - most directions do suggest the flexibility to take as much as you can tolerate. I have done the cleanse with very little cayenne as well as much more than directed to in the book.

Perhaps the most important thing to understand about this process is that all if it is up for debate. Many people believe that the book is full of BS. That the detox CAN NOT work, and the it is dangerous on every principal - whether you lick the spoon or not.

What's more, many people fast without taking any cayenne, or even not maple syrup, or even no lemon. Some people fast on just bread, or just water, or just grapefruit juice, or any kind of juice, or, well... you get the point. By adding more maple syrup you will just get more calories. If your are an advanced diabetic you need to be concerned about your choices in sugars, and probably shouldn't be doing this cleanse. This cleanse isn't right for everyone, but it is right for those who take responsibility to do a little research of opposing views, make a judgment as best they can and be accountable for their lives.

This is what I try to do, and also why I try to provide my OPINION, and EXPERIENCE on this particular process. Please, take it for what its worth, which is only one man's experience.

The experience of others, you may find, who use this site to express themselves, shows that people add and subtract, and devise options and variations on the master cleanse and other cleanses. We all discuss if we think they are good or bad or other, and we express ourselves and our opinions. Which is why, I will once again thank you for yours and wish all the best with your master cleanse experience.

hturnes · 11 months ago

Sarah- I actually just re-read the book today. Where exactly did you see the part about licking the spoon and advice against that? I thought I knew that book by heart!
There are some MC groups that actually advise to take a tsp of Maple if you feel the need to break a cleanse. This hopefully will keep one on track and ensure that they do not deviate from the original ingredients.
I believe that Admin is doing a pretty GREAT job seeing that he has put all of this together and is monitoring all of our posts and is giving away prizes for the top folks. Why would we try to get down on him for putting in his " two cents"?
That book is OLD...Is there anyone out there who does not deviate as far as time of day or exact recipe? Is the most important thing not the fact that part of the world is CLEANSING?
Wow....I would never come down on someone who was just trying to make a part of our society a bit healthier! Was there ever a time when admin said we HAD to follow his directions? If there was I missed that.
If you are a strict follower of the original book (not the updated versions that deviate quite a bit) you would want to stick to a site that worries more about process and less about progress.
Those of us here worry about each other and making it through to the end. Not licking a frickin spoon! Lighten Up Sister!

Holly

Rhonda · 11 months ago

Admin...you were very gracious towards Sarah's rigidness and ridicule towards your suggestions. I want to thank you for all the time you have spent in putting forth this site and bringing us all together for a time of accomplishment and personal fulfillment in our cleansings. I guess there's always one out there...

harbour · 11 months ago

I second that, Rhonda. Hear hear!

ruth · 11 months ago

hey all.. i did the 10 days from oct 3-12th - it was great, my skin cleared up, i started at 162.4 lbs and got down to 148 lbs, but have since gained back all the weight i lost after resuming all my old eating habits. i want to feel good again and me and my b/f are going to start on monday jan.12th..

i was hoping that after the cleanse my hip pain would be gone so that i could run again and keep the weight off, but then i started prolotherapy treatment and wasn't able to run..

i have since went for a few runs on the treadmill and haven't had any pain, so i am hopeful that in addition to the cleanse, i can do some light jogging and build up to where i used to be, therefore, keeping most of the weight off this time round! :)

anyhoo, i have followed the Woloshyn book, and have looked forward to licking the spoon after i mix my drinks! yum!!!

i didn't use organic lemons or bottled water lat time but want to try that this time round too..

from my last experience, day 1 was the hardest, and had a few days of bad stomach cramps which made me want to throw in the towel at times, but i will try the smooth move tea this time which is supposed to help that..

i have read that doing too many cleanses too close together (within 3 months) can cause hair loss.. i will be a little past the 3 month mark so hopefully this won't be a problem!


good luck everyone!!:)

KPiper · 11 months ago

What if you put in too much maple syrup? like twice the amount b/c you obviously can't read!!!!

admin · 11 months ago

KPiper,

Make another batch, or only drink half.

ruth · 11 months ago

what is with the add or delete Karma? thats new.. and can't find anything on it..

admin · 11 months ago

Ruth,

I added that feature to try to put a system to vote for your favorite comments. I haven't got it working perfect yet, but when you see it, feel free to use it.

sarah · 11 months ago

i want to do this but i'm afraid to drink this while at work. what will it be like during the day? will I be in the bathroom constantly?

admin · 11 months ago

No, you will only go to the bathroom for an hour or so after you do the SWF (Salt Water Flush)

EASY E · 11 months ago

I just started my master cleanse today Jan 8,2009. I thought I would be hungry by now but the drink really curves the urge to eat. Hopefully this next 9 days will fly by.

I plan on eating really healthy after getting off of the cleanse.

My gripe has always been the fact you can get a huge grocery cart ($80.00 worth) of food for the week at Target for two people vs. hardly any food at whole foods for $80.00.
But I realized if you eat half the food smartly you will be taking in less food but on a healthier level.

I'm looking forward to shopping at Whole Foods going forward even if it does cost an extra $20.00 a week. Our bodies are a temple and the better you take care of it now the less medical bills you will have in the future.

I'm excited to see the results. Right now I'm at 203 hoping to drop 10-15 pounds and keep it off with good eating habits and exercise.

Jill · 11 months ago

k. I'm STILL running to the bathroom, and I took that bloody SWF 6 hrs ago!!! WHAT"S UP WITH THAT???

rick · 11 months ago

wife dont want to do MC so i am gonna do Sacred Heart diet (7 days)with her and follow with MC and then ease out. opinions?

Brent · 11 months ago

Ruth,

I've done the cleanse twice in the past for 11 days and 14 days, and both times I ran for about 30 minutes each day. I used a little extra (like 1 tbsp more) maple syrup or black strap molasses in my lemonade before the workout.

I normally do weight training, but I never do it while fasting. You're not getting the necessary protein to nourish the broken-down muscles from a weight training routine.

This time I'm going to try 90 minutes of bikram yoga, which is the yoga you do in a 105 F degree room. If I can handle it while fasting, it should be excellent for detox.

Robin · 11 months ago

Brent,
your my hero... I have been doing bikram yoga for 6 years and there's no way im confident enough to go through that class without feeling nauseous on this cleanse... You are motivating me to go for a run... thanks :o)

Elizabeth · 11 months ago

I am starting tomorrow morning. Good luck everyone!

Sean · 11 months ago

I'm on Day 8 of 20 feeling great and my mind just seems to focus so much better this Diet is way empowering this site gives me daily motivation.

SluggerUS · 11 months ago

Would you consider updating your text in step 1 for the 'new' comers. Below your 'bullets' that show quantities, you list 14, 14 and 1/2 (pepper). You then make two 'one litre' bottles that require 7 + 7 + ?????? your text suggests the complete 1/2 teaspoon of pepper PER litre. I'm thinking either each 1 litre bottle requires 1/4 OR the initial quantity listed in the bullet section should show a COMPLETE amount of 1 teaspoon. Make sense ? Email me if im simply confused. Also, when you suggest adding the 1/2 teaspoon of pepper to EACH, you don't actually mention the word 'pepper'. On an extremely positive note, i did this cleanse following your directions (used 1/2 pepper per litre) last November and dropped 14 lbs in 10 days during the true cleanse period. Now im going again for 21 days (day one is today). Thank you ! Your site rocks and your documented process really works !

sabrina · 11 months ago

im on day seven........I'm hungry!

Ms. Nooty · 11 months ago

post

admin · 11 months ago

Thanks Slugger,

I appreciate the editing, I sure could use your eyes on the rest of the site. I tend to write stream-of-consciousness, and as my business partner can attest, I rarely check my work!

I will implement your suggestions and make the post more clear.

KJ · 11 months ago

Im just finishing up day 1 of ten and i feel great! i started with the ease in so this whole process has been a lot easier than i thought! This is the first time i have ever done anything like this before. im debating on when i should do the salt water flush. i hear its better to do in the morning so you dont lose the nutrients from what i drank all day then i hear the night would be better.i guess im just gunna do it when its conveinant for me.

rissx · 11 months ago

hey KJ.
Its nice to know someone else has started with me yesterday. I thought i was on my own since i screwed up the group cleanse on Jan 4. Please come back and let me know how your doing if you just started. This is my 3rd cleanse, the first time i went 12 days and eased out properly and the second time i cheated after 6. It is hard no matter how many times you do it. But we can support each other.

Feel free to email me rissx1@gmail.com
or add me on Facebook Ross X. Salituro

newbiendscared · 11 months ago

I have a few questions: are you supposed to eliminate consumption of all prescription meds and any supplements you might be taking? What do you do about the headaches that will come from not drinking caffeine?

jo · 11 months ago

I was curious, while doing this is it ok to workout? I lift weights on average of two hours a day. Is it healthy to be physically active during this process?

gw · 11 months ago

hi everyone!
i'm heading into day 7th of the cleanse (i had a cheat a few days ago and had broth made from cooked celery and carrot) - just curious if anyone else had an outbreak of a coldsore? i got a nasty one - the worst i've had in nearly a decade.
wondering if it's from the body releasing toxins?
thanks!

Sarah · 11 months ago

Hi, this is Sarah, the girl who made everyone upset on pg [90]!
I only just saw all the of the response, so i wanted to comment back.

Admin - I am sorry if I came off as rude. For real. I am not a strict or rigid person in my normal life AT ALL. In fact, I hate rules and don't even like to reference recipes when I cook. I suppose that I see the Master Cleanse more like sky-diving than cooking. I see it as a really big deal, a very hard-core thing to do to your body that has more to do with chemistry and formulas than personal taste. I realize that there are a lot of cleanses out there that work, but this particular one was written a particular way for a reason.

I think my strict attitude for it comes from the fact that the first time I did it, i went to get a facial on the second day. At that point, I had no idea what i was doing. I was talking about the cleanse with the esthetician, who had suggested i try it, and I was telling her about all of the liberties I was taking with it. At the end of my facial, after she left the room, she came back in and said "Please go off of this cleanse right away and do not try it again until you read the book. You have to buy the book and follow the directions exactly or you can hurt yourself very badly." So I bought the books (burroughs and glickman both) right away and started it 'right' the next day. In the books themselves, there is always a strong emphasis on the fact that you should do it exactly as written. It is repeated over and over. When you read a chicken soup recipe, messages like this are not included b/c cooking is a totally different thing than cleansing.

So that is my backstory, that is why I have developed the attitude that upset quite a few of you. I think it is GREAT to experiment with and add to preexisting formulas, but why not try it the right way first and see what results you get before altering it?

I guess i was disappointed that the admin did not list the way it was written before describing the liberties he took. That's all. I was just imagining people going around telling others that one of the rules of the master cleanse was that you have to lick the spoon. I realize it is not a huge deal, i just can't help but think "the stricter the better" when it comes to detoxing. (p.s, Holly, the maple syrup spoon licking thing is on pg 101-2 in the glickman book.)

I am not a mean person and I really apologize for bringing negativity to the board!! I think the Master Cleanse is amazing and I am glad the admin has brought you all together to do this. I am now on day 15 of the cleanse and am going to go to at least 16. If there is anyone out there who is having a hard time, just keep in mind that once you get past day 8 you will feel like you can go forever. I feel like I could. I even go out to eat with friends and have fun looking at/smelling food without any desire to eat it. So hang in there and keep drinking the juice!

My Apologies Once Again,
Sarah

Sarah · 11 months ago

Jo -
It is great to work out on the cleanse. I try to work out every day while on it. It is just up to you to pace yourself and stop if you feel weak or dizzy. Personally, I have better workouts and more energy than ever on the cleanse.

Sean · 11 months ago

I'm on day 16 of 20 and doing really well I know it's not about losing weight but I have to say I've lost 22lbs. the other strange thing that's awesome is that I had a little discoloration on my left big toe and that is now gone talk about cleansing from the inside out.

CBR · 11 months ago

Hi All!
I am on day 2 of my MC and I can't believe what I am experiencing - mentally and physically. If anything, this cleanse has helped me realize how unnecessarily I depend on or incorporate food into my life. Initially I was having some anxiety about not eating; I didn't believe that my body could survive without consuming food. I've wanted to quit several times (not going to lie), but part of the reason I am doing this is to prove that I can overcome the mental hurdles. I really want to run the Chicago Marathon in the fall and half of running it is keeping the mental drive to not quit. It also really hit home when Admin mentioned ridding your body of material that could have been there for decades. That is so gross. I'm doing the cleanse for 7 days because my family is coming to town next week and I have to be able to eat dinner with them :), but I'm very encouraged to try a 2 week cleanse next time. Thank you, Admin, for this board - it has really helped me out. Thank you to everyone for your honest opinions and tribulations - every single word helps! Keep going!!

CBR

Ashley · 11 months ago

This is my first day. Not eating really didn't bother me at all. I'm acutally surprised because it is rare I ever go a day without eating 3 meals. BUT the hardest freaking thing about the day was the SWF. Not the taste, it reminds me of broth. But my stomach won't willingly hold a qt of water!!!! Am I the only one with this problem? How quickly do I need to get the water down. I had to stop with 4oz left. Will it still work? We'll see!

matt · 11 months ago

It's my first time on the Master Cleanse. I'm on day 10 and I've already lost 31 pounds (!?).
I'm going off tomorrow, as that's to much weight loss to fast, even if a good portion is water and stool.
It worked great though ... I can now probably pass Elvis through my colon.

Thanks for all the info - great site.

matt.

bamber · 11 months ago

Well Here I am again.
3rd time on the cleanse.
Day 2 of 14.
Love this site.
Always helps keep me going.
One question.
Does any one else get bad headaches while on it?

Thanks
good luck all

Ashley · 11 months ago

So... The SWC didn't work last night. I bumped it up about 3/4 tsp. I'm concerned though if it doesn't work, what drinking all the salt water will do? How long should I keep drinking if it doesn't work?

firefly · 11 months ago

hey all
the part of the world where i come from ( Bangladesh) doesnt have sea salt and i could find it at any one of the super markets:( so what should i do? substitute it with regular salt?

firefly · 11 months ago

and also, can i add a teaspoon of honey with the maple syrup?

bamber · 11 months ago

Back again 3/14
Female Canadian 24 calgary
and one else doing it near me.
am i getting headaches possibly from not drinking wnough water during the day?

good luck all

rissx · 11 months ago

trust me, we all get headaches when we're doing this.
its from the lack of carbohydrates providing glucose to your brain. your brain will start taking that out of the fat cells in your body. which is where the weight loss comes from. the headaches disappear after day 4 or 5...

firefly · 11 months ago

hey y'all
i really need help and FAST! i want to start the master cleanse very soon and im having problems finding sea salt......so is there any alternatives?

kelly sullivan · 11 months ago

when can i start drinking after i did a 10 day cleanse?

Bananas · 11 months ago

SALT- Whomever wrote this says she uses up to 1 tablespoon of salt
- she also says NO iodized salt...
SEA SALT- You're going to have to go to a gourmet shop or a specialty shop. Surely Bangladesh has something like that?

There are other websites regarding this cleanse.. I've read honey is NOT a good replacement and someone was said to have gained weight by using it. Besides, all of the ingredients are required b/c they serve nutritional purposes. You need them when not eating.

You might also be getting headaches b/c if you are used to drinking coffee, tea, sodas all the time, you're likely to be addicted to caffeine. When you don't get that caffeine, it results in headaches- but YES, make sure you drink a lot of water regardless..

kleenexdust · 11 months ago

Bamber!

Yes, I am in Calgary as well. 19. Female. Starting in about 3 days though, i'm doing the pre-cleanse bit as well.

paul · 11 months ago

Hey Ashley,
the directions say 1 quart. it does not account for body weight or size.
in my opinion this cleanse is to be treated like a yoga class, jog, working in the sun.... the instructions are strong suggestions that one should try to follow but ultimately you are in charge of your body, there are no tests or extra credit. if 28oz. is your limit. try that and see if you get your results. if you do not, you might want to try to drink more but I don't think you will need it.

Courtney · 11 months ago

I am on my last day of the 'ease-in' process (3 days), and tomorrow will be my first full day on the Master Cleanse. I plan to go the full 10 days on the MC, then do the ease-out for another 3 days.
I have to say that the ease- in process has really helped me prepare for the MC mentally and I'm happy that this site suggests it as an option.
I tried the MC once in the past but it was a thoughtless attempt at losing a few pounds.....and not surprisingly, I failed after a day or two.
I'm very enthusiastic about completing this hurdle and I'm happy that there is this sight here for support!!
Here goes :)

Courtney · 11 months ago

Oh, I just read the other post about honey......DON'T do it!

Honey must not be used at any time internally during the MC.
"honey is only a little less empty and more dangerous than sugar. Just as with alcohol, honey, being predigested (by bees), enters the blood directly, raising the sugar content very rapidly above normal.....Artificial, synthetic, and refined sugars have no place in a natural diet."

The maple syrup has a large variety of minerals and vitamins-- according to the area where the trees grow that your maple is from.

Hope this changes your mind :)

Brian · 11 months ago

Today is day 8 of my Master Cleanse! I plan on going 10 days. It's been a great experience. I have lost over 20 pounds already. The sea salt water flush is not fun, but it will definitely clean you out! I am doing the cleanse for the health benefits and to work into a healthier way of eating afterward with very little meat and lots of fruits/vegetables.

I've heard that even after doing the master cleanse it is wise to include fresh lemon juice as a part of your daily diet? Any thoughts/experiences on including lemon juice with your daily fruits/vegetables/meat ?

Sandra · 11 months ago

I did the Master Cleanse about 10 years ago for the simple reason of wanting to know that I could. I didn't need to loose weight and at that point didn't really know about how healthy it was for your digestive system. I'm now attempting it again. But this time for health and weight. Am hoping that it works as well this time as last time. One suggestion...if you take the pepper capsules instead of putting the pepper in your drink make sure you drink plenty of liquid after taking them. And don't lie down for at least thirty minutes after taking them,otherwise they will disolve before fully reaching your stomach and you will feel like there is a fire in your chest and may land you in the ER thinking you are having a heart attack. Take it from someone whos experienced it!!

Brian · 11 months ago

For those with the questions about the sea salt flush.

What has worked for me is "REALSALT" brand sea salt: http://www.realsalt.com I've been using this on my food as an alternative to regular table salt for the past 3 years. You can taste the difference. When I read that it is all-natural un-iodized sea salt I realized I could use it for the daily Flush.

2 tsp. worked great for me, so I reduced it to just over 1 tsp. and it still works.

Just make sure you drink plenty of lemon juice and water throughout the day so you don't dehydrate.

Geralldd · 11 months ago

Hello all. I am a 27 year old male. I'm not sure why I'm doing this other than its supposed to be good for the body. I weighed in at 212.5 lbs before i started the ease in and am interested to see where I end up. I am planning to stop this coming Friday (for Super Bowl purposes) which would put me at 8 days.
This is currently my 3rd day on the Lemonade diet. I have to say its not nearly as bad as I envisioned after reading this site.

Main question I have that maybe someone can answer,
for each 1 litre chugable, can I drink the syrup/lemonjuice/cayenee mixture without adding water to the mixture?

As in drink the 7 TSP of syrup & lemonjuice and 1/4 tsp of cayenee pepper as is?
Chase it with some water and just drink water the rest of the day until I'm ready for the second chugable?

The Duke · 11 months ago

Hi All,
I've been on the cleanse for 2 days and going pretty strong. The only thing I'm noticing is that I'm experiencing a slight burning sensation in my eyes. Has anybody else had this? I can only guess it's from the cayenne pepper. Thanks!

Courtney · 10 months ago

So I'm on my 3rd day of the MC and the hunger pains were not an issue yesterday or today! I'm pretty excited about that :)
I did do the ease in so this is my 5th day without solids....maybe that has something to do with it?
I've even been cooking dinner for my boyfriend which is very tempting but it makes me feel that much stronger after I resist the urge to "taste".
The salt water flush is not working for me. After I drink almost ALL the 32oz I get nauseated and it goes up...not down. I'll end up throwing it up?? Has this happened to anyone else? Is there something I'm doing wrong?
Anyways, I'm very excited to go through with the next 7 days of the cleanse...
good luck all!

Meredith · 10 months ago

I start on Friday! I am mentally preparig myself now though. good luck everyone!!

Rebecca · 10 months ago

I've been on the juice diet for the past 3 days...tomorrow is the first day of MC and Im so excited! I want to lose as much weight as possible so I can feel great about myself again! Good luck everyone! xx

Freddy · 10 months ago

Today is day three of my MC and I am feeling good thus far. Day 2 was a little tough, not hungy but a headache and slightly light headed. However, I got a good nigths rest and woke up feeling good this morning. I weighed in this morning and lost 5 lbs since yesterday... I think my scale is broken! Inany event I am in it for the long haul. This weekend will be tough with the superbowl and all my friends chowing down and drinking, but I will perservere. Good luck to all and have a fantastic day!

Summer · 10 months ago

I am on my 3rd day, hunger is not the issue the lemonade is. I try to force myself to drink it fast. I did have to go yesterday and get some tea to chase it with. What are the drw- backs from drink other things that just the lemonade and water during the day. I have not eaten any solid foods and according to the scale this morning I am still losing? I am really suffering with my coffee in the morning, but I am dealing with it.

Does anyone know if this weight that I am losing is just "water weight" or is it something that I can maintain and it will not come back?

Katherine · 10 months ago

Hi everyone! Today is DAY 1 for me of the MC. I decided not to do the 3 day "ease in" period just b/c I was anxious to get it done & over with! Lol... Also, I have been dieting for the past 27 days now anyway so my body is already used to a significantly less amount of food. I AM doing the 3 day "ease out" period though as I agree it is extremely important.

My hopes in doing this is of course to drop some pounds but my main focus is cleansing my body. I also must admit I am a bit obsessed with wanting to make it through the 10 days just to do it! I want to feel the satisfaction of knowing I can discipline myself in such a hard core way! I'm a bit scared as this is Superbowl Weekend coming up! But as long as I keep my eyes on the prize I should be all good!!!! Wish me luck! And I wish you all good luck as well!!! I really appreciate this site & I am inspired by all of your stories... I'll keep posting on my progress. I feel like by doing so I am held accountable so I am less likely to mess up. :)

Oh by the way, why the heck is pure maple syrup so dang expensive!?!?!?! Lol...

Courtney · 10 months ago

Haha....I have been mentally preparing myself for this weekends superbowl! I will be around food and drinks galore....oh dear. While those around me take shots of alcohol...I will be taking shots of lemonade! yay!

Brian Mecham · 10 months ago

@Courtney, regarding the Saltwater Flush. I had to drink an extra amount of water to make sure the salty taste wasn't so strong that I gagged.

Another alternative for flushing out your system, that I actually do along with the salt water flush, is psyllium capsules and bentonite.

Today is day 10 of my Master Cleanse! The last day. It was EASY after I got past day 3. In fact, I'm rather bored of it now, I can't wait to eat the homemade vegetable stew I am going to make. I would definitely recommend that others give the lemon cleanse a try.

Jessica · 10 months ago

I am seriously considering doing the Master Cleanse, but the "ease-out" part scares me a bit. I am worried about getting constipated, does it happen often? What can you do to make sure it doesn't happen? Also, if you do the "ease-out" correctly how likely are you to gain all the weight you lost back immediately?

Rhonda · 10 months ago

Today is day 3 of the MC.. I did no preperation for it... I just dove right in.. I feel great.. ahve worked out for an hour each day and have dropped 6 pounds as of 10am this morning... ( so just shy of 2.5 days) Does anyone else feel colder than usual? I feel like my hands are like ice since i stopped eating! My BF is doing it also.. he has been moddy and irritable the past 2 days... but is better today.. after i made him switch up the way he was drinking the Lemonade mixture.. ( he was sipping on it all day long and forgot water!) I have devised a scheduke that works for me.. SWF 8am , water water water 10am Lemonade... water water water 12pm Lemonade... water water... Every 2 hours while at work I drink a lemoande drink... that makes 4 total... then I head to the gym and come home to have 2 more... and even then i have to force it down cuz i am not hungry... and still have to drink the poopoo tea ( i mean senna) I feel great... way more energy and sleep soooo much better!

good luck everyone..

Oh we are gonna do 10 days only...

Gas Queen · 10 months ago

OMG My husband and I were going to do this while on unemployment he got a jo that starts Monday-I guess starting today could be safe?? Any comments or suggestions for the first 3 days??? Help!

Bill Lloyd · 10 months ago

I am on day 8 of my annual 9 day January cleanse, here in Indoensia.... 5th year running.

Every January is always alcohol-free, as well, to celebrate my stupidity through the silly season.

This year has been a cakewalk, with no head aches, pimples, or other side effects from previous.

I highly recommend the challenge to anyone that wants to clean out, loose weight, counteract other lifestyle choices, and feel fantastic afterwards!

This year I've lost 15 lbs.... 1 day to go!

Cheers,
Bill

Suzie · 10 months ago

Hi all, I'm currently doing the ease-in, tomorrow is my oj day, and I start the MC the day after.
I'm wondering if it is okay to use toothpaste on the cleanse, maybe an all-natural type? What do you guys do?
I read to just use water to brush, but I can't imagine just rinsing out my mouth with just water will do the trick to clean my mouth/teeth!

Alicia · 10 months ago

I want to start by saying "way to go!!" to all of you that made the decision to do this and stuck to it! Woohoo!! I'm motivated by all of you. I am a 29 year old girl that has always been fit and never really had to try very hard to have a nice body. BUT...let me tell you that in the past year, my body and metabolism has changed drastically! It's crazy to me. I'm not sure if this whole "cortisol belly fat" stuff is real, but if it is then that could really explain a lot. Not to tell you all a sob story, but I have suffered severe stress in the past year and a half. The imaginable has become my life! So, that may be the reason that I went from 120 to 135 in 9 months! I've been a vegetarian since I was 12 and have no sweet tooth whatsoever. So where is the weight coming from?? Perhaps I'm drinking too much wine or champagne?? Is this just what happens when you reach 30?? Do we have to work twice as hard to stay fit?? I have no idea. What I do know is that am serious about changing it! I really want to lose 15 lbs. So...I will keep you all updated on my journey!!

adri · 10 months ago

i recently had a tonsilectomy so i wasnt really able to eat pretty much at all and was reallyyy happy with the results. so i really have no problem just going in to the lemonade part. but im scared that once thats done with ill eat again and get fat..

Katherine · 10 months ago

Day 2 of MC & may I just share how absolutely wonderful it feels to wake up knowing I made it through day 1? Lol... The day itself was actually not that bad but around 1pm I started to get irritable & antsy & just didn't want to be at work! Then in the evening I was STARVING!!!!!! So freakin' hungry, I had to change the channels whenever a food commercial came on. Lol.. Then as I was settling into bed at night the hunger diminished & I woke up feeling so proud of myself knowing I did not give in!

In response to Rhonda's post, yes, I too have been extremely colder than usual. My hands are ice cold too! I was wondering if I was the only one but I guess not. Hopefully it's a normal side effect?

Barbara · 10 months ago

Hi after thinking a looking at this MC i think I will start. My oproblem is I do not like Maple syrup. Wiould Honey do?

Freddy · 10 months ago

Day 4- I feel good, no hunger, no headache, and full of energy. I have lost 9lbs in the first 4 days. I intermix the smooth move with the salt water smoothee and it seems to be "moving" fine. I am concerned about the ease out process... Is there anyway to make the ease out process more than 3 days? good luck to all!

Freddy · 10 months ago

Day 5- I am feel and have even more energy. The only weird thing in I am colder than usual. I had to turn the heat up in my apartment higer than normal over the last few days. I lost 1.2 lbs since yesterday for a total of 10.2 lbs in 5 days. It would be nice to lose 20lbs in unwanted waste in my system... I am still thinking about the ease out process... Has anyone done a 2nd cleanse shortly after the first and if so how soon thereafter? Have a great day!

Amanda · 10 months ago

Hello everyone! I am starting the cleanse tonight after work. I am nervous, but very excited. I have read many pages of the comments already, and they are all very informative, helpful and encouraging. I am planning on doing 10 days. I know my will power is very weak, so we will see how it goes. My initial reason for this was to lose weight. Now, after doing much research and reading the comments on this site, my main reason is to cleanse my body, with the perk of losing a few pounds. I will be in touch after the weekend to let yall know how I faired. :)

Amanda

Courtney · 10 months ago

Thanks Brian for the info on the salt water cleanse!

My will power has been tested (my grandmother passed away on Monday-bless her soul) but the feeling of accomplishment each and every day is incredible.

Today is my 6th day on MC and I feel amazing. Weird, but my posture has improved, as before I felt it painful and left a bit 'hunched over' while at my desk. My skin also looks like it has a glow to it!
Since yesterday was my halfway mark I weighed myself in....from 142 down to 135! I couldn't believe it.

I also have felt colder than usual....thank god I have a fire place :)

Knowing that I'm more than halfway through my journey makes me feel like I could go for 14 days....

AND thanks again for all posting on this site.....it helps me through more than you know

Good luck all

Radi · 10 months ago

Today is my day 8. I feel great. Day 2 and 3 where the worst. I had headaches almost all day. Now I feel very good, the only issue is the cold feeling in my body. My hands and fingers are ice coled. I can't worm up and it is specially difficult to type at work. So far I last 10 pounds. I feel like a new person, think very positive about my transition to new eating lifestyle and would like to eat mostly vegetables if I can do it, NO MEAT.
Good luck to you all, it is not easy to do.

Tiffany · 10 months ago

I have been on the MC for 6 days and I've only lost 3 lbs. Has anyone else experienced this? I am going to continue on until the 10th day. Hearding the stories of others losing so much weight makes me droll.

kleenexdust · 10 months ago

Today is my 2nd lead in day just having liquids, soup, and i decided to have a lemonade today too, just because I like the taste haha. Tomorrow just OJ then MC on Sunday!

I'm pretty stoked to start, and I bought the book by Tom Woolshyn that goes into alot of detail about why the cleanse works and how your body works. Twas a nice read.

Anyways, I am having some trouble getting past my roomates and boyfriends concerns about losing weight though. I am 5'2 and 83 lbs. Does anyone know if you lose more weight if you weigh more? Any feedback would help! Thanks!

Courtney · 10 months ago

To Kleenexdust:

It is typical that people who are more overweight than others, will shed more pounds than someone who has less body fat.

What you should do, since it wouldn't be desirable to lose more weight off your tiny frame, is add more maple syrup to your lemonade mixture. This will ensure you are getting enough calories so weight loss wont be drastic.

For instance, in your 10 oz glass of 2 tablespoons lemon juice, water and cayenne, add a little more maple syrup than the 2 tablespoons. Go for 3 to start. If you are losing tons of weight after the first few days than I would add one more.

Of course, after your cleanse is over you can always put some lost pounds back on depending on your diet.

Good luck and be careful!

:)

kleenexdust · 10 months ago

Courtenay:

Thank you so much, I am ending day 1 right now and down 3 lbs to 80. Tomorrow I will add more maple syrup to my mixtures.

Also, for anyone who knows, I could not find the answer in my book or on the internet, but since I am quite small, should I be drinking less of the SWF? I dont want to damage my body, but I do want to get the same results.

End of day 1 and feeling a little sluggish from this caffeine withdrawal headache, but otherwise my stomach is feeling fine! A little hungry, but having some herbal tea so hopefully that will help. Going strong!

Rhonda · 10 months ago

Day 6 is coming to an end for me...I feel great... kinda strange to think i really dont need all that food i normally stuff my facewith... I am down 13 pounds so far... wondering if I can do another 13 in the next 4 days... lol

Can someone tell me if I am doing it wrong when i only have 4 8oz glasses of Lemonade? I know it says 6-12... but sometimes with all the water i am drinking i really dont want any more ... the most I have had so far is 6...

My friend is doing it with me.. he drinks about 8-10 a day... and ha lost 9 pounds... maybe that is why i a losing more weight? I also go to the gym daly... and the past cople days I have gone twice a day.... thanks to all the energy!

Jessica · 10 months ago

Tomorrow I am starting Day 1 of the ease-in process. Got my maple syrup and salt on the way in the mail. Yikes, I had no idea it was so expensive! But oh well, I think the fact that I spent so much to get all the ingredients will help motivate me to stick with it. I'm super excited to start and I think I will keep a little journal as I go to track my progress.

Good job to everyone so far! :)

mommy of 3 · 10 months ago

Hey guys I am going to start the MC tomorrow but I have a few questions. Do you use just regular maple syrup like the stuff you use on pancakes? I read somwhere that you have to use a certain grade but when I went to the store I never saw anything different from just regular syrup. Also I was wondering if I could mix it by the gallon and refridgerate it? I would appreciate any advice. Thanks and wish me luck!

Jessica · 10 months ago

You can't just use the kind you find at the store in the syrup section, it's gotta be Grade B which is quite a bit more expensive and harder to find. I ordered mine online for half the price of buying it in the store. I would definitely suggest that. As for making more than a days worth of stuff at a time, I don't really know the answer but I would assume the fresher the better really.

amandaorleans · 10 months ago

I am about to start the MC tomorrow, but I can't find anywhere if it is ok to take medication (antidepressants, pain medication, etc.) while on the master cleanse. anyone know? Thanks!

kleenexdust · 10 months ago

Soooo i'm at the end of day 2 and I made it! Though it didn't come as easily for me as it seems to have for others. In the mornings I feel great! I'm not very hungry at all and I feel rather awake for the lack of caffeine. As the day goes on though I get really bad headaches and I feel ultra fatigued. I am assuming this is just part of the detox process and it will get better as the days go by.

Also, my stomach is really swollen. Is this happening to anyone else? I've searched for answers in my book and online and the only answer I could find was that it may be because I am quite tiny.

My weight has dropped to 79 lbs. It doesnt really look like it so I'm guessing its probably water weight. Any thoughts?

Katherine · 10 months ago

Hey all! Just wanted to give an update on Day 5. It is just about done & I STILL feeling so great! I have lost 9 pounds so far & still not lethargic, weak, tired etc... This has been a great experience so far. I am even considering going for 14 days then if I can conquer that I may go to 21 days. I am stopping for sure at 21 days if I make it that far though. Still just taking it one day at a time though.

Just a little note, I have been GREAT everyday except for yesterday but it wass own fault. I decided to use less maple syrup & that was a bad idea!!!! I highly suggest following the instructions to a "T" b/c when I lessened the syrup measurement, I started getting a headache & feeling a little weak. So I just added more maple syrup to my next drink & I was better within a few hours.

Well, Day 6 six, here we come! It's amazing how fast time is going too. I am so proud to almost be at Day 6!!!

Courtney · 10 months ago

Hey Katherine-

I second you on the maple syrup bit...I tried to use less and noticed I was a little more wiped out than usual. I definitely need those calories otherwise I feel like I'm really depriving my body :)

To kleenexdust-

during the day I really feel and slightly look bloated- its just the water weight. In the morning when you wake up does your stomach feel 'swollen' then?
I would still do the SWF to get the benefits but make sure you're having the 6-12 10 oz drinks of lemonade a day so you don't lose too much :)

And good luck all!

I've just completed my 8th day and it has been the hardest for me yesterday and today...not sure why. All I can think about is food but I'm so close to my goal. I jut have to stay on track and I know how proud of myself I'll be when complete. I wonder since I did the 'ease in' I haven't had solid food for over 10 days now....is that why?? I don't know but its worth it!

Courtney · 10 months ago

to mommy of 3:

ya, make sure you don't use the regular maple syrup.....if you have a 'Whole Food's" market in your area they will carry the grade B syrup you need. About $15 there. Or try a local health foods store if you don't want to order on-line (although that may be cheaper)

good luck

Jennifer · 10 months ago

wow, you guys all seem so strong willed. my friend did this with her mother last year and it was a huge success for them. i've been looking into and my mother, sister and i are all going to start it and do it together. i'm looking forward just hope i can make it through. we are not so much trying to loose the weight, more to just maintain healthy. i would like to loose about 6 pounds though. i'm 5'4 126 pound 120 would be ideal for me. any suggestions on how to do the detox but not loose extreme amount of weight?

also.. what is this salt thing that people are talking about is that a must do step? or..?

thanks everyone, reading these comments as inspired me. and good luck. you all seem to be doing great! keep it up!!

Rhonda2 · 10 months ago

Day 8 almost done... 13 pounds lighter.. skinlooks radiant... i feel soo good! 2 more days thogh and I am done... will be doing the Sacred Heart diet for 7 days... hen ease back into this one... on the 23rd ( i waann be able to eat at the CA Nascar Race!!!!)

Good luck everyone! your all doign great!

Clyde · 10 months ago

I just started today....but I could not find Grade B syrup....is Grade A okay ...it was 100% pure organic maple syrup

Heather · 10 months ago

Has anyone tried to remain on the cleanse one or two days a week, with or without swf or senna tea once they resume daily eating? I'm curious if it will help the body keep from craving the foods that are not great for us, or if it will actually make the body resistant to future cleansing.

Katherine · 10 months ago

Day 7:
Okay, not gonna lie but today is hard! Probably the hardest day to date but that's probably b/c I haven't had a hard day yet til now. I just miss food! I just want to chew again! Lol... But I will persevere to day 10. Then at that point I will re-evaluate if I can go longer. I hope tomorrow is a better day for me!

Anyway, on a side note, I've been reading some of the recently posted blogs & there are A LOT of questions that are already answered if u just read through the whole site. I really hope everyone has/does read everything BEFORE they begin the cleanse. It is so important b/c this thing is no joke. U can really damage yourself if you're not careful. I made sure not to start anything until AFTER I was fully knowledgeable, which I accomplished through research.

Good luck to everyone starting and/or finishing up!!!! What a great ride so far. :)

Courtney · 10 months ago

To Clyde-

You should ONLY use grade B maple syrup. (The Grade A has less mineral content which you WILL need with your lemonade concoction). If your health foods store doesn't have it then order it online and do the ease in while it is delivered.

To Jennifer-

Congratulations! You should do this..it will make you so proud of yourself :)
The SWF is crucial to getting desired benefits of the cleanse. Every morning (or evening). This is what clears your body of the toxins the lemonade is cleansing.....s o do it! And use a little more maple syrup to not lose a ton of extra weight. It will give you some calories....just test it out day by day depending on how much weight you start to lose!

Good luck everyone. This is day 10 (!!!!!) for me....3 hours to go till ease out!
So excited for fruits and veggies :-)

Laura · 10 months ago

I plan to start the ease in process today, just have a quick question. Are you not supposed to mix the water with the lemon mixture or does it matter?

Katherine · 10 months ago

DAY 8!!!!! YAY!!!! I feel much better today. I don't know what was up with Day 7 but that was the worst but ONLY bad day I had while on this thing. I really think it is due to the tea. I have only drank it 3 times while on this cleanse & each time it messed me up but in different ways. The first 2 nights I had cramps galore!!!! Then this time it made me feel a little sick & weak all day long. So I decided not to drink it last night & I feel much better!!!! I'm really not sure if it was b/c of the tea but all I know is I am better today! I think I'm going to skip the tea b/c I do the SWF & that works GREAT! Lol...

I've decided I AM going to extend the cleanse to 17 days. I really want to keep going but end on a Friday, so that's brings me to next Fri 2/13. I want to end on a Friday b/c I have a feeling day 1 of the "ease out" is going to be bad. With drinking only orange juice, I have a feeling I will feel weak & light headed. So I'd rather feel this in the comfort of my own home. Hopefully that won't happen but I'm preparing myself just in case.

Clyde & Courtney,
You CAN use grade A syrup. Even grade C too. But that one is harder to find. Grade B is what is recommended though but it is okay to use grade A. It states so in all the directions I have read up on & even on this website. If u have a Whole Foods in your area, I suggest there. I first went to Sunflower Market & paid $14 for 12oz... then I went to Whole Foods & paid $17 for 32oz!!!!!

RhondaR · 10 months ago

I am just starting my last day.. ( day 10) I feel good... yesterday was not that great though.. I felt HUNGRY all day..no matter how much water/tea/lemonade I drank... I just couldnt kick it..

I am sooo looking forward to having another taste in my mouth tomorrow.... not a fan of OJ but man it does sound yummy.
I jumped on the scale and I have lost a total of 15 pounds.. I will do 1 more weigh in tomorrow to see if it changed in one day... Good Luck to all you that are currently on it... thinking about it... and those trying to maintain the healthy lifestyle of eating...

RhondaR · 10 months ago

Day 10 is finally here... I weighed in and have lost a total of 15 pounds.... started at 221 and now am at 206. 36 more pounds to go till i meet my goal...
Yesterday I was sooooo close to giving up and eating.... i was the hungriest i have been during the entire cleanse ....

Liz · 10 months ago

Hi everyone. I am brand new to the cleanse. Day 2! I have done many cleanses but this is my first time with a no-food-cleanse. I did not feel hungry but I was completely miserable tired and nasty on day one! The senna tea from the night before had me up at 4 am! Today is much better! I have one question though: all the websites call for grade B maple syrup...I live in Toronto and have gone to many natural health stores....all I can find is "medium grade". Is that the same thing? I have medium grade amber maple syrup....any thoughts?

Thanks!

gina · 10 months ago

I am new to this... day 3 and I have a few questions that I am hoping someone can help me with. 1st the lemonade, is that primarily for caloric intake? Or is it the lemon that has the cleansing power? 2nd the SWF, HELP. I did that only on day one and could not bear the taste again.....I am reading and reading and finding that this step is crutial???!!! any tips??

This site is saying that it is ok to mix the lemon in in the morning, i read somewhere that the lemon should be "freshed squeezed" just before drinking...which is more acceptable?

Can yo CHEW GUM while on the master cleanse?

Thank you for listening and I look forward to your responses

JR · 10 months ago

Yes, you can Chew Gum. This is the 3rd year in a row I have done the master Cleanse. What about Chewing tobacco, does that effect the cleanse in anyway, and smoking hippie lettuce

gabriella · 10 months ago

I am on the evening of day 3 I have not pooped once today, I pooped day 1 & 2 but it seened like normal. Today is the first day I did the salt cleanse, I have been drinking the smooth move tea and psyllium husk. I think I will stop that and do tea and salt. Any ideas why I am constipated on a toxin cleanse? Help!!!

Freddy · 10 months ago

DAY11- Ease off
What a great experience! I lost 17 lbs, countless inches, and I feel great. I am going to extend the ease off to 6 days 2 for OJ, 2 for veggies and fruit, and then 2 for soup/ broth. This experience totally changed my feeling about food, lifestyle, etc

Good luck to all!

Melissa · 10 months ago

Okay, day 1, your website and all your posts have inspired me to try this cleanse out. I am living in Mexico and is impossible to find lemons so will be using Limes instead. wish me luck.

Summer · 10 months ago

Ok so with the economy the way it is, I bought Blackstrapp Molasses (way cheaper) instead of the maple syrup. Does anyone know if this will work the same way even if I am not diabetic?

Liz · 10 months ago

I am on day three....and I am having the same issue as gabriella. i have been taking senna tea at night and the swf in the morning...and nothing! is there anything else i can take to help "move things along"???

chelsea · 10 months ago

Okay day 1. I do this every 6 months but this time I am going to try and make it over day 7 I always get stuck there. here we go!

Jessica · 10 months ago

Tomorrow I start my orange juice day! I'm excited and hope I don't get too hungry tomorrow. It will be tough since I'm going out to dinner with friends tomorrow night. Well, it will test my will power! I'm nervous after reading a few of the recent posts about the salt water and the senna tea not doing what they are supposed to. Hmm

Suzie · 10 months ago

Day 8

The last few days have been sooo hard! I've been surrounded by food the last couple days and for the first time on my cleanse I've been feeling hungry! I haven't been able to stop thinking about food all the time...I even dreamt about caving in and breaking my fast!
I just keep saying to myself "2 more days, 2 more days!!" However, I would like to go until my tongue turns pink, does anyone know if it gradually turns pink or will it just be pink one day I wake up? What if I stop before my tongue turns pink? I hear that's not a good idea..

Jim · 10 months ago

Does anyone know what is the longest length of time you can safely do the master cleanse diet?

Jennifer · 10 months ago

Can you have tea or anything else while you're on the lemonade stage?

Jim · 10 months ago

Hello..I am starting day 6 of the diet and feel great!!! One of the most interesting things happened for me. I have had chronic neck pain for 3 years with no help from doctors and is a miracle, no pain what so ever. Also, I have been running 3 miles a day on the diet and have lost 12 lbs so far. My sense of smell makes me feel like a dog, I can smell everything (good and bad). I am so happy I found out about this diet (At Whole Foods) a few weeks ago. I haven't had any problems so far and food really doesnt appeal to me and smells terrible. I have been doing the tea thing morning and night and am going to the bathroom 3 to 4 times a day. And whatever is coming out of me is disgusting. I wont't go into detail but I am glad it is in the toilet instead of my body. Later...Keep it up friends. You won't regret how great you feel.

Penny · 10 months ago

Day #1! finally in desperate need to cleanse my body and drop 30lbs! i've been living such an unhealthy lifestyle... back to my normal healthy self!!! going to do the cleanse for 3 wks! wish me luck =)

Jim · 10 months ago

Thank you greatly for the do not fart advice.

Vicki · 10 months ago

I just got off the phone with my sister in New Zealand. My mother and all three sisters are doing the cleanse. I"m going to too. My oldest sister lost 16 lbs in 6 days. Her 17 year old son lost 18 lbs in 6 days. They love it. They have been following the cleanse to the "T" and are feeling great. Her neighbor has lost major amounts of weight.

Liz · 10 months ago

This is Day 1 for me on the cleanse. I plan on doing it for 8 days. I'm reading all the posts and feel motivated already. Wish me luck. And goodluck to everyone.

dug · 10 months ago

Starting day 1 tommorrow. my thoughts are a monday start = only 1 weekend for a ten day stretch. also gives me a couple days extra to stretch the cleanse and have a nice OJ reward on saturday.

did 18 days my first time in July 2008. follow my cleanse on twitter @ http://twitter.com/dougpowell

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 1 has not been that bad. i feel hungry and want to eat but not bad!

Jessica · 10 months ago

Started Day 1 today, the hunger is not bad at all and I don't find myself craving food yet. The only problem I am seeing is that the cayenne pepper tastes HORRIBLE! I have to choke down the lemonade every time I take a sip. It makes me worry that I won't be able to finish it all by the time the day is done. I will definitely be getting cayenne pepper pills for tomorrow instead.

Good luck and good job to everyone. :)

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

the cayene pepper is good for congestion & mucous!

Jessica · 10 months ago

Omg lol, no wonder the taste was unbearable with all that cayenne pepper. I put in a 1/2 Tablespoon instead of 1/2 Teaspoon! Wow, I can't wait to try it with the correct amount of cayenne tomorrow. Hehe

Penny · 10 months ago

have successfully completed day #2 of 21 and so far so good! =) good luck everyone

nicole · 10 months ago

Starting day 1 today! Wish me luck!

HC · 10 months ago

Started day 1 today. Off to a bad start since I felt miserable/nauseous waking up this morning. Very motivated though! 10 days does seem far in the distance since I am already craving the peppermints sitting by my desk. 300ml of evil juice down, 1700 to go!

Erica · 10 months ago

I'm doing two gel cayenne pills is that ok

Jessica · 10 months ago

I dunno if 2 pills is enough, I am doing 3 a day since I tried emptying out 3 pills and it is about a 1/2 teaspoon of cayenne. I would like to know what exactly the purpose of the cayenne pepper is. I have no problem taking it in pill form and now the lemonade actually tastes good. I don't have to choke it down.

Day 2 halfway done and it's going great so far. Hope everyone else is doing good as well! :)

nicole · 10 months ago

Where do you get the cayenne pepper capsules? I would die for that right now! I finished my juice for the day, just have the swf to look forward to;).

Jim · 10 months ago

Day 8

Hello all cleansers. I have been feeling great through out the diet but am just getting bored with drinking the lemon aide. Would it be the end of the world if I quit after eight days? I have lost 12.5lbs and don't know how much more benefit I would get doing two more days. Can anyone shed some insight for me so I can figure if I will starting orange juice tomorrow or wait until Thursday.

Thanks:)

Jessica · 10 months ago

Jim, I think 8 days is great! But if you aren't feeling absolutely desperate for food again why not stick it out those two more tiny days? ;) But either way good job!

To nicole: You can get the cayenne pepper pills at pretty much any grocery store in the vitamin section. I found mine at Fred Meyers in their health food vitamin section. They were a bit spendy, but no more than any other vitamins and WOW they really make it easier to drink the lemonade!

STARR GREEN · 10 months ago

DOES THIS REALLY WORK WHEN USING THEM BOTH TOGETHER???AM LOOKING TO LOSE AT LEAST 10POUNDS FOR NOW AND I REALLY DO THINK I CAN GO 10DAYS WITH OUT EATING SOLID FOODS.I KEEP PICTURING IN MY HEAD IF I DO THIS I'LL HAVE THIS GREAT BODY THE FOLLOWING WEEK.HAS ANYONE OUT HERE SEEN ANY FAST RESULTS JUST FROM DOING THE MASTER CLEANSE???I AM NOW USING ACAIA BERRY AND I LOST WEIGHT BUT THE PRODUCT IS COSTLY AND IAM LOOKING TO LOSE WEIGHT USING SOMETHING A BIT CHEAPER.

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 2

was pretty Good the tea is also working great. No real bad desire to eat

frankee · 10 months ago

i'm having a hard time drinking water as i find it makes me really nauseas, kinda feels like when you have a big glass of water on an empty stomach first thing in the morning. however, i've found club soda to have the opposite effect, in fact it makes me feel full. is it okay for me to drink club soda instead of water throughout my cleanse? also can i chew sugar free gum?

Liz · 10 months ago

I am now on day 8. I feel incredible! I have tons of energy, chronic upper back pain has almost totally disappeared! The senna tea does not really work for me at all. I think it is because I completed a Colonix cleanse before Christmas, so I was pretty cleaned out to begin with, so to speak! Unfortunately I am soooo completely tired of tasting this lemonade! I do not even own a scale so I have no idea how much weight I have lost but I can now take my jeans off without undoing them! I am striving for 10 days in total but if I feel like I can keep going I will! Valentines Day will be tough though! Good luck everyone! Trust me it gets easier and easier each day!

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 3

i feel great lots of energy. I need to weight myself.

gina · 10 months ago

If the SWF is not working you need to add more salt until you find the amount that works for you. Are you "chugging" it? are you drinking enough water with it?

gina · 10 months ago

The cayenne keeps your metabolism going...helping you to burn the calories to lose weight

Marc M. · 10 months ago

Day 13

Hi Everyone,

So I was a little unsure of what to expect and I have to admit that this process exceeded all expectations. Besides the obvious physical benefit of giving the body a chance to heal, I found the cleanse gives you a great opportunity to step back and look at your relationship with eating.

To the disbelievers - yes it is possible to function at a high-level on just the juice. I have a love/hate relationship with the SWR - have done it every morning so far, and I have one more day to reach 14.

There were a couple rough spots, but having done bodybuilding shows in the past, I am familiar with the physical sensations and all of the back doors the rationalizing mind can sneak in through. Being an avid coffee drinker, the withdrawal headaches on days 1-3 were probably the most challenging part. I can honestly say that I now wake up refreshed and at the end of the work cay my mind is still clear. I am officially free from caffeine.

If you are reading these posts and thinking about taking part in this process, I urge you to do it and stick with it. I promise you will not be disappointed!

Good luck and say hello to your new friend the lemon ;-)

--Marc

frankee · 10 months ago

can i drink club soda instead of regular water along with my lemonade?

Jessica · 10 months ago

Starting Day 3, and I really can't believe how easy it is. Like little to no effort! The only hard part is the disgusting SWF, but I just try to clear my mind and chug that stuff as fast as I can. And yes, it definitely works as long as you make it strong enough. 1 Tablespoon to 1 Quart of water seems to work perfect for me. I just wish I had a scale so I could be checking my weight everyday.

Take care all. :)

Katherine · 10 months ago

DAY 14.... I was going to go for 17 days (so that I can end on a Friday) but I am stopping tomorrow b/c I want to eat this weekend!!!!!!!! Lol... I think I have gone long enough though. My weight loss has come to a halt so I really don't see any further benefits of continuing. My mind, body & spirit already feel SOOOOOOOOOO much better than when I began this cleanse.

In total I lost 15lbs which I am happy with. :) I plan to do the ease out process then on Sunday I am going to splurge & enjoy some guilty pleasure foods, then I am going to begin incorporating raw foods into my diet. I am really intrigued by some of the recipes I found & I'm going to see how that goes. I'm NOT going to become a vegan or even vegetarian but I do plan to watch very carefully everything I eat. And if I can accustom myself to these healthy & fresh raw foods, I will be happy!

I look forward to this new found life long habit of good eating. Good luck to everyone! Please stick to it & just follow the directions exactly & u will be good to go. I am still amazed I lasted this long but I feel great!!!! What an empowering accomplishment! U'll be glad u did it!!!

Dara · 10 months ago

Hey all!
Just finishing up with day 3, feeling good!
I'm having troubles with the SWF. I get it down alright but nothing happens afterwards. I even guzzled a bunch if senna tea but I still am getting nothing!! Any ideas? I'm scared I'm not doing something right!

Chris · 10 months ago

I just started the cleanse today. I did the ease in for the first 3 days. I plan to do my SWF at night since it just seems to be a better time. I still have a very small amount of the Lemonade left. Is it ok to have after I have done my SWF. Lets say later in the evening? I am hoping to shed about 15lbs. I think since this is my first time I am going to do about 5 days of the cleanse and then follow up with the ease out.

Jim · 10 months ago

Katherine,

Great job. I am on day 9 and have felt great each and every day. THis is the first time for me but I plan on doing it twice a year or so. I am happy to tell you I went from 235 to 221.5 this morning. Planning on going out to dinner Saturday night so i am going to start the oj tomorrow. I know everyone says go ten days but I dont think I am going to lose anything buy quitting one day early. Oh well, just wanted to say hello and great job. Jim:)

andrea · 10 months ago

Good for you Katherine on making it to day 9! I"m sure alot of people don't even make it that far! I think that since "day 11" on the 10 day cleanse you still aren't eating- it would be cool to do the OJ thing on the 10th day. But, I'm sticking to the plan...

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 3

Lord what i will give for sum fried Chicken n dressing!!! im not really hungry but i wanna eat!!!

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

Oh yea ... the swf had me going at least 6 times today and it worked within 2 hrs! but i feel great tho

nique · 10 months ago

Ok end of day 2 here-

tried SWF this am and puked it all up- I didn't use enough water - so word to the wise use enough water! I will try again tmrw. Cravings not soo bad though I'd like a sandwhich, but I already saw 4lbs off so thats good!

Here we go day 3 in the am and maybe will try the SWF again in am or afternoon!

Janene · 10 months ago

Aright Day 1 begins.. mixture is made. I am reading all these posts of people who have made it, and I am hoping it helps keep me on track!

momma_J · 10 months ago

I want to start doing this but have a few concerns I hope some of you can help me with.

I just had a new baby (3 weeks ago) and have 2 other young children - needless to say I don't sleep much more than a few hours a night right now and drink quite a bit of caffeine during the day. How will the cleanse diet affect my energy? I have read your comments that say your energy is up, but is that with getting a good nights sleep?

Also, with cutting out caffeine I will get more fequent headaches, and with the kids I cannot go lay down until they are gone - I need to medicate them. I take motrin for my headaches - is this ok on the cleanse diet?

I have read in the comments something about cayenne pepper pills. Can you take these instead of adding it to the lemonade? Do you take just a few in the day or some with each time you drink the lemonade?

Can you do the SWF every other day rather than every day? An hour in the bathroom for me is close to impossible to do - I get about 15 minutes each day to myself for my shower.

And my last ocncern, and most important really, has anyone here maintained the weight loss after ending the cleanse? I have a total of about 50 lbs to lose (baby weight from my pregnancies that I never lost) but want to do the cleanse to make me feel healthy and I need that little jump start to make me mentally ready to work at losing weight.

Your comments have inspired me to try this - I hope I can get my husband on board too because that will help keep me on track. I prepare my family meals every day and it will be very hard to be cooking food and watching everyone eat if I can't eat.

frankee · 10 months ago

IS IT OKAY TO DRINK CLUB SODA WHILST ON THIS CLEANSE???? AFTER ALL IT IS JUST CARBONATED WATER. PLEASE SOMEONE GIVE ME SOME INSIGHT ON THIS. MAYBE ADMIN CAN HELP ME OUT.

ruth · 10 months ago

hi all.. i didn't start my clease yet..i started a low carb diet and have been on it now for almost 5 weeks.. i feel good, not bloated or full and have went from 163 to 157 so far.. i am going to start this cleanse again soon tho, cuz i want to see it my sore back and hip will go away. I did this back in October and my skin sure cleared up.. had a breakout or 2 since, and thats another reason i want to do it again.

frankee, if you could, read tom wolosyn's book. it explains why its important not to have anything but the drink, water and the occasional herbal tea..

i'm hoping that all of u who finish this cleanse will come back periodically to give us updates on u're progression. For me, I went back to eating the same way i did precleanse, and gained back all the weight i lost.. :( i am hopeful that doing the cleanse again will rid me of my various maladies! ;)

good luck all! :)

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 4


i felt extremely good today a lot of energy. The swf cleaned me out i must have bp like 20 times..wow!!!

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

i am losing a lot of weight!!

Jennifer · 10 months ago

I am taking Methadone 140 mls and can't stop taking it for the cleanse but want to try it while on the Methadone. Does anyone know how that effects cleansing or the effects on the methadone? Will it even work because methadone slows down your system? Or could cleansing put me into withdrawal? If anyone knows anything about this, Please reply A.S.A.P. Thanks

Melissa · 10 months ago

you can buy empty capsules and make your own cayenne pills just FYI.

cyndi · 10 months ago

Day 1
Well, I started the cleanse today. I am not looking forward to the SWF tonight but will let you know how it goes. I enjoy these posts, they helped me decide to just go for it. I hope i will feel better after because I just dont have any energy right now. Wish me luck!

Jay · 10 months ago

Hello Jennifer,

I understand your enthusiasm to get on the cleanse while you are on methadone treatment. However, methadone is enough as it is. Get your methadone treatment finished first. Walk before you run.


Good luck.

jeff Phillips · 10 months ago

day 5


welllllllllll... i kinda messed up today and ate some Jack n the box!!!

Janice · 10 months ago

Day 3 pray for me! I hate the salt water flush. Everything else is a piece of cake! Not tempted to eat at all.

Chris · 10 months ago

Has anyone finished the cleanse and not done the ease out and just started to eat normally? If so what was the results of that?

giggity · 10 months ago

Just wanted to share an observation of my journey on the "Master Cleanse." I am a medicinal Marijuana user and am on day two of my cleanse. I found that using marijuana helped move my mind off of the cleanse. The "cocktail" and lots of water work great at making the stomach physically full and the cannabis helps me move on from the cravings. I also had a friend describe that throughout the 10 days you would have a certain"lightheadedness" about you. Well, I already have that! A big thanks to everyone sharing their personal experiences here really helped me do this.

hungry · 10 months ago

on day 5 and today was the first time i managed to drink 6 glasses of lemonade. the first four days i just couldn't manage six. is it bad to drink less than six glasses? also i feel really bloated and don't think i've lost any weight? does anyone know what i'm doing wrong?

hungry · 10 months ago

this is day 5 for me and i have been doing the swf in the evenings and it definitely goes right through me, but i have not had any solid eliminations, it's just brown water (sorry i know thats gross) should i be expelling more. have read that there should be lots of very gross stuff coming outta me, so why isn't there. also the eliminations that i have are rather minor. i was expecting more stuff to be eliminated

Jim · 10 months ago

Chris,

I just got off after 10 days. I did the oj for one day and the next I had some veg broth I bought at Whole Foods. I dont think you could even eat a normal meal if you tried after not eating for 10 days. Just eating the broth I felt like I consumed a Thanksgiving meal. So, take it easy and your body and mind will let you know when it is time to start eating normal. I have been off for 4 days now and my meals have been small and healthy so far and only gained 2 lbs of the 17 I lost..

lizzy · 10 months ago

Hi I am very interested in this cleanse. I am on prescription adderall for school and am worried about that, its not like I can just come off it because of school but id really really like to do the cleanse! Will it be ok if I do it anyway?

sorry · 10 months ago

Sorry to be so blunt, but I really am excited about doing this cleanse, and when I get excited about something I get impatient. I had decided I would start the cleanse the 18th, therefore at 10 days it would be march 1st. Just a convenient time frame to look forward to. One small downfall. I start my period around the 18th...is this a problem? will I not see results? will it hurt me? would love to hear back before the 18th! ;)

Katie · 10 months ago

I'm going to begin the cleanse again soon for the third time. The last two times were great...I did the cleanse (sans SWF, I hated that) and I lost ~16 lb each time. I won't lie, the main reason I did it was to lose weight, but more as "motivation" to keep exercising and eating well. When I felt thinner, I was more driven to hop on the elliptical every day. I've since gained the weight back, but only because I stopped exercising regularly :(...dumb school work. My advice is that if you keep up your healthy routine, you won't gain it all back! I'll take my own advice this time :)

pinky · 10 months ago

hi "sorry" RE: doing the cleanse on your period: i was 1 day into my period when i started the fast. (my first time cleansing.) my period stopped the next day. it was strange! i did the fast for a week and everything went fine. i lost 8 lbs. i'm assuming my period will come as usual next month because i'm feeling totally back to normal now, 1 week after easing out of the cleanse.

MattA · 10 months ago

started today with the third day of the ease in, surprisingly delicious and filling

Danananda · 10 months ago

Finishing up one day of OJ to "ease-into" the MC starting tomorrow. I've already begun bargaining with myself: " a cup of weak coffee wouldn't hurt now would it. I may not be able to make it through all 10 days without a little pleasure to take the edge off..." My own mind may be my worst enemy.
A few more hours until bed. Wouldn't be so hard if my housemates weren't cookin' up a storm!

SexiHexy · 10 months ago

UgH! My first day today and I have a headache and I am hungry.... hope it gets better... I'll drink my tea tonight :)

Lauren · 10 months ago

Starting the first day of the cleanse tomorow (and super excited!!!) anyone starting aswell, good luck to you and hopefully we can make it through this together!

SexiHexy · 10 months ago

I drank my tea tonight around 9pm and it's almost 1am and nothing's happened. I started to feel dizzy and sick... is it normal?

Good luck Lauren.... hope it works out for you :)

I'll report tomorrow and update you all on how I feel!

Good night!

NenaJaye · 10 months ago

I am starting the MC today but I am using the agave nectar (I can't take the maple syrup smell of taste). Lauren, I see that your starting today also - GOOD LUCK! Who else is starting today (Monday Morning)

jdsb · 10 months ago

I did the cleanse all throughout high school. I am now 33 and hoping to clean up all the toxic things that I have sone to myslef in the last 15 years. Yesterday was the first day. When I did it last I used the gelitin capsules to take my cayenne. I have since found out that they so not sell them individually anymore because many people use them for drugs (ie heroin and such. Trie the lemonade for the first time witht he cayenne pepper and it was sweet and spicy! I must say that I actually enjoyed it more than just with the lemon juice and the maple syrup (I guess my pallette craves more flavor nowadays)
All I had to say was yesterday I was hungry. My mind played tricks on me all day and I had to tell myself that we can all do something for 10 days- it will be over before you know it!

Mluna · 10 months ago

started my cleanse today

all is well so far

the lemonade is actually tasty

well i hope i can make it through the first 3 days
i hear they are the hardest

good luck everyone

and comment to the one that wants coffee

this is a detox
and caffine is a toxin

so you can have the coffee
but your defeating the purpose of the cleanse

you get out of it what you put in
so do your best and youl feel great

cheat and you might not feel the relief and
calm that most people experiance at the end of it


good luck

Novice · 10 months ago

Day 1:

The lemonade mix is going down fairly well. The only thing I am not looking forward to is the Salt Water Flush. Has anyone tryied the cleanse before and opted to use the tea instead of the SWF?

All comments are appreciated!

lyd · 10 months ago

I just started the transition after doing the master cleanse for 14 days. It was a very interesting process. The cayenne pepper irritated my throat, and by day 10 i was tired of the lemonade. However I kept hydrated and just did water. I recommend keeping active to take your mind off the food. Also you can have a laxative tea during the day and that makes the variety that some people need. I did my cleanse for spiritual reasons rather than for weight and God blessed me to lose about 20 lbs. Please be mindful that I work in various schools and take the train everywhere which requires me doing steps a lot. I believe that this contributed to my weight lost (that and the Holy Spirit). If you have faith tap into your source to help you through this process. You will definately need the support.

God Bless.

Sonja · 10 months ago

starting tomorrow as well..im reading some comments and i see some of you are drinking tea i didnt read that in the directions can someone tell me what this will do and if it is a requirment also i kno we shouldnt be puttin bad stuff in our body if thats wat we r tryin to take out but is it ok to have a couple of mixed drinks like maybe 3? ;)

Heide · 10 months ago

My daughter is starting the Cleanse tomorrow! She has done it a couple of times before, surely not to lose weight - she is a Yoga Instructor, has been exercising regularely for 20 yrs and has an awesome Body!

I myself will start the Cleanse next week on Ash Wednesday which for me ties many things together ... will also finally do "The Purpose Driven Life" at the same time.

I have actually done this once as well, about 18 mos before and for a whopping 21 days! It was a challenge of willpower for me and mainly to prove to my husband that, yes, I can accomplish things when I put my mind to it, lol! No SaltWater and no detox tea but lost a wonderful 16 lbs. Will again not use the Saltwater because it would cause me to chuck the whole thing but definitely will plan to include the detox tea. Failed to to do the 'Ease In' but didn't seem to make any difference. The 'Ease Out' was very beneficial to me to slowly get that poor tummy back to normal again.

Unfortunately have gained all the weight and a bit more back but not so much due to bad eating habits but suffering a fall that resulted in a broken hip and subsequent hip replacement :-(! 2 incredible painful dislocations followed and any exercise went down the drain. Now, 8 mos later, I know the Cleanse will do tons of good and also motivate physical activity!

GOOD LUCK everyone trying and ... DON'T GIVE UP! If I, at 66 yrs of age, can do it - SO CAN YOU!!!

lizzy · 10 months ago

Is it ok if you work out on the cleanse? or is this dangerous? and what about decaf cofee? also not good im assuming.

Ally · 10 months ago

I am starting tomorrow! I am excited so I hope that I last for 10 days. I did a cleanse 3 years ago where they delivered a days worth of liquid concoction's! It was fun and well worth it! I did of for health reasons. Now I want to lose at least 10 pounds. I am normally pretty active but fell off after the holidays!

Madeleine · 10 months ago

I'm starting tomorrow! I'm going to be doing the SWF using 2 tsp to 1 litre of water (I found this on a recipe site). While I'm sure that using 1 tbsp is very effective, I know that I will be too sensitive to the salt to drink that much without throwing it up. I'm pretty excited about the ease out because my room mate is vegan and she will help me prepare really yummy food that will still be okay for my body.

Louise · 10 months ago

Hi Novice!!!!

I'm starting today 17-2-o9 so would love to keep in some sort of contact to encourage you not to give up and likewise..... Last time I did the MC I did the SWF a couple of times but found the tea worked a little better and was easier. Put it this way I didn't get the Flush feeling and the process was just not pleasant. I have a busy life with 2 young children and the only difficulty I have is having to cook for everyone else
Good luck, keep going

Ms. J · 10 months ago

Day 2:

I started yesterday 2/16/09, and did the SWF, can I just say OMG, the stuff that comes out of you is really gross. I tired the MC in September 2008, I last 10 days and really felt good about myself, however coming off the MC is where I really messed up, I ate a whole big bowl of shrimp, broccoli and rice; needless to say after consuming that which my body was not ready for, I fated... twice. My significant other was really upset, and upset with me now that I am doing it again, trying to explain to him the reason why I fainted is because I didn't ease out. He is really not trying to hear it, but I am going to with my MC, and now have added my SWF to my cleanse (first time around I didn't SWF, I lost 20 lbs, gain it all back due to an injury to my knee and couldn’t excuse). I am excited and will stay dedicated to the MC.

Cindy Smith · 10 months ago

I have been reading these comments and put on my calendar to start today. I work out of my home, so I made a pitcher of mix and keep it in the fridge. It isn't too bad cold. And like someone else said, I like the cayenne. I don't think I could do ten days of just lemon and syrup. Hardest part will be making breakfast and dinner for my four children. Good Luck to all!!!

brianne · 10 months ago

Well, here I go! Today is day one for me. This is my first time and I am planning on going for 7 days. I'm doing the cleanse to mainly drop a few pounds, but also clean my system out. Good luck to everyone else!

ruth · 10 months ago

day 1 of my precleanse! i can't seem to find any of the smooth move tea here in bc.. maybe its not available here? the laxative tea i used last time gave me cramps every so often.. that was the worst! does anyone know what the ingredient is that i should watch for?

sure hope my aches and pains go away!!! :)

lookin' forward to the lemonade mix.. i liked it really.. :)


lizzy, no, no coffe or decaf even.. just herbal tea, only occasionally.. and i've heard its fine to exercise.. just listen to your body of course!

Julie · 10 months ago

JUST STARTING... AS I SIT HERE TYPING...OOOH IT'S SPICY! I LIKE IT! I'M REALLY LOOKING FORWARD TO THE BENEFITS!

Jessica · 10 months ago

I started the cleanse today after a gentle ease in. I also had trouble finding a smooth move tea. The one I purchased did not work. I awoke at 6:30 in the morning with stomach cramps and that was it!! Nothing, it's noon and still no movement. The juice is delicious, but I want to know and am having a hard time finding this..what is the function of the Cayenne? Is it to make the juice less tasty so you don't want to chug it? Because I really enjoy this lemonade!!!

Kiamesha · 10 months ago

Istarted on 2/16/09 around my waist is 40inches. I'm doing great the SWF tastes terrible and I didn't finish it.I work from 9 to 5 every hour I drink about 8 oz of the lemonade and 8oz of water. If I get very hungry I start praying and drink more water my day end at 7pm I will be pretending I'm at Ft Laud beach a drink the salty water. I'm trying this diet so I can reenlist back into the army. But I would like to know the name of the detox tea. Someone please responsed! I will yall updated on my progress. Good luck all!
.

ruth · 10 months ago

hi jessica, cayenne, amongst other things, (including lemon), breaks up and loosens mucus in teh mody.. , its high in vitamins A & C, and some B.. and has potassium and clacium. (taken from tom Woloshyn's book)..

what i do i try to drink the bulk of it when u first add the cayenne, so most of it is floating on top.. then quickly drink a glass of plain water to wash it down..

or, u could use a straw, but it'll be stronger at the bottom - just add abit of water to the last little bit so u get all the mix..

so excited! :D

ruth · 10 months ago

oops, 2nd sentence should read, 'in the body'

ruth · 10 months ago

brianne, good luck! let me know how u're first day goes! the first day for me as the toughest.. but others say its not..

hannah · 10 months ago

hey, just wondering, im about to do the cleanse myself, and have read up everything there is to read about it. some people say they dont get hungry, they simply just miss the chewing, and substance. Has anyone tried ice in the drink, and if so, how did it work for you?

india · 10 months ago

can you work out during this cleansing period?
what if you are taking birth control pills?
will this cleanse make them less effective?
please help!!!!!

lizzy · 10 months ago

HELP!!! I am hoping to start the cleanse tomorrow and am desperately concerned....I got the maple syrup and it is EXPENSIVE! im young and support myself completely, the syrup is like 15 bucks for 12 oz!!! Im going to spend a fortune in maple syrup in 2 weeks if Im using 12 tablespoons a day!!!! Does anyone know an easier solution or website or store to sell it cheaper?! I dont know if i have the money to be buying a bottle every 2 days! :(

ruth · 10 months ago

lizzy, u can cut it down to 1 tbsp instead of 2.. and yes, it is expensive, but realize u won't be spending any money eating out or on groceries other than these ingredients while on this cleanse.. i would also shop around..i found an organic health food store selling the exact same bottle for almost double the amount! i found it cheaper at Price Smart (formerly Save-On)

good luck! :)

Madeleine · 10 months ago

I just started today and have just chugged my salt water (this time just works best for me). We have a great natural foods market in town an they had everything I needed and even gave me a deal on the maple syrup. Speaking of which, licking the spoon is already my favourite part of this, and I'm only on day one! I'm also using a pitcher because it's more convenient for me. I do have a question though. My water bottle is stainless steel. Will it get damaged by the acidity of the lemon juice?

Wish me luck, and good luck to all of you!

ruth · 10 months ago

hi madeline, nope.. mine didn't! and good luck to u too! :)

Madeleine · 10 months ago

One of my friends who just finished the cleanse said to change it up a bit she made ice cubes out of the lemonade and then crushed them, making a sort of smoothie. I don't know if this would affect the effectiveness, but she found that it helped feed her desire to consume something more solid

Sonja · 10 months ago

is it ok to do the swf in the night time i work early morning and i am not able to keep running up to go to the bathroom also when should i drink the tea and what kind of tea am i supposed to drink?

lizzy · 10 months ago

thanks so much ruth! but just to be clear....I stay pretty busy so I was just making 2 1 liter chugables and putting 6 tablespoons of maple syrup into each liter...how many tablespoons are you recommending i put into each for the day? 3? that would save alot of money and syrup!! Thanks so much guys!!!!

admin · 10 months ago

@lizzy

Think of it this way. It is WAY less expensive that buying veggies, milk, bread and other household food - and WAY WAY cheaper than eating out, even at cheap fast food.

I only spend $30 on maple syrup for the entire 10 day cleanse.

Tatiana · 10 months ago

Question. Nothing happened after the SWF. Is that possible. Does that mean I didn't make the solution correctly

Tatiana · 10 months ago

Yesterday was my first day. Does anyone have suggestions?

Madeleine · 10 months ago

Day 2! The lemonade tastes so good! My last glass of the pitcher has so much kick in it because it has been soaking in the cayenne :P I too am a bit concerned about the price of the maple syrup, because I'm a student and I'm in a small town where the prices are marked up. However, I just found out that a friend of mine works at a sugar shack where they make organic maple syrup, so she's going to pick up a whole bunch for me on discount!

Keep at it everyone, and thanks for your support!!!

brianne · 10 months ago

Ok- this is the morning of day 2 for me. I took cayenne pills instead of adding it to the drink yesterday. Big mistake. I took one in the morning and one in the afternoon- and both times it felt like my guts were on fire. Horrible. I ended up falling asleep at 6pm and skipped the salt water flush (I had previously planned on doing it in the evening). I wasn't starving yesterday- but I did miss food! I woke up at around 11pm and talked to my sister on the phone for a bit. She had pizza for dinner and I swear I was so close to going out to get some! Anyways- made it through the night and did the salt water flush first thing this morning. It wasn't a big of deal as I thought it would be. The results were quite immediate- 2 minutes later I was doing my buisness. When I weighed in yesterday I was at 304. This morning I weighed 299.1. WOW. Alot of this must be water weight lost or what!? Regardless... it was pretty exciting to see my weight under 300. I have lost about 10lbs through dieting and exercise since the begining of the year before this fast... I'm hoping this cleanse will keep me on the path to healthiness. I'm on my way to the gym as soon as I am sure the salt water is through "flushing". I actually feel like I have plenty of energy. Thanks for the support ruth! Here goes day 2.

nenajaye · 10 months ago

Day #2

I am doing a modified version hoping for the same results. I am doing agave nectar instead of maple syrup and its soooo much better than the maple. I am also doing the cayenne pills instead of the powder. I made the mistake of taking all three pills last night and thought I would die my stomach burned but I took one pill this morning and will take the other two through out the day - that works so much better.

I am doing the tea at night and had great results this morning lol. I am exited and not hungry at all. Is anyone else doing it with Agave nectar? I picked it up at Trader Joes for $2.99 (or $3.99) a bottle (they are small so I bought 5).

ruth · 10 months ago

Hi all.. start of Day 1 for me! Had my lax tea last night, and swf this am and a glass of mix so far.. of course had a few bm's.. had to rid my purse of all my gum (which will likely be the hardest thing to get rid of).. checked my blood pressure and weighed in at 157.8

so far i'm not missing eating, mind u, i don't always eat right away anyhow..

lizzy, the book says to put in 2 tbsp per 8 oz water - there are 32 oz in a litre, so if u were to go by that, u would need 8 tbsp in your 1 L jug.. BUT, u could lessen the syrup to half that if u can handle it..

if u're active, its recommended that u increase the syrup, to lose weight u lessen the amount, and to maintain u stick with 2 tbsp

make sense? ;)

i prepare my mix in the am too..

lizzy · 10 months ago

ok awesome! Thanks ruth and admin! But admin where in the world do you get they syrup so cheap?! Or how do you make it last! Ive decided I probably will go down to about 4 or 5 tablespoons of syrup in my jugs. Ive got an idea...whoever gets this stuff cheap sell it to ME through paypal or something :) Like maybe the girl whos friend works at sugar shack or something :) Anyways Im in atlanta georgia and apparantly people here like to be fat and ugly. Its very hard to come by ;)

I know im persistant but its just my personality so one last thing :) what is the ratio of salt to water that works the best? I know that I have a pretty good and healthy digestive system so I did the one table spoon of organic salt to my one liter of water. I found it fine (I told you im weird :) I eat or drink anything and I like weird things I love these drink mixes and I actually LOAD them with the cayanne) :) so anyways I drank it down great but only got super full and gassy! haha what should I do?!

Sonja · 10 months ago

HELP!!! so i am easing in with a salad therefore today would be #1 but i am soo confused am i supposed to drink the lemonaide today or on day 4 do i start?????? please someone help thank you :)

ruth · 10 months ago

sonja.. u start the drink after u're ease in period.. so if u're following the steps above, it'll be on Day 4

Sonja · 10 months ago

do i drink the lemonade while easing in? also not sure if i should starts with the tea and the swf right now or when i start the lemonade?? please help!!

Sonja · 10 months ago

thank you very much ruth!! should I start the tea or swf now or when i start the lemonade? also is it ok to do both the tea and swf at night i work super early i dont want to be driving and having to do the buisness ;)

ruth · 10 months ago

i do the tea the night before u actually start the drink, then u do the swf every morning for the next 10 days

so no, u don't drink the lemonade or tea while u are doing the ease in..

Sonja · 10 months ago

once again ruth thank you! if i was to slip up and have oh lets say maybe a couple mixed drinks how bad would that affect this cleanse if it onle happens once? my friends b day is this sat and i am going to try my hardest to say no but just in case...

Sonja · 10 months ago

it says ease in is day 1 so technically i would only be doing the lemonade for 7 days...i am going to check my weight on and off and on the 10th day if i dont like my results i will keep it up

ruth · 10 months ago

sonja, i would say that u should read the book and try again when u're committed.. why put crap into u when u're trying to rid u're body of it all?

lizzy · 10 months ago

still looking for a good solution of the sea salt drink mix......less water more salt? more water? less salt? help please? It didnt work last night....which direction should I take?

ruth · 10 months ago

Brianne, yes, its all water weight..which is why most people gain it back so quickly.. me included, of course! ;) But this is like a 'kick start' to healthy eating..

my Day 1 is almost over.. i managed to stay here in my office and smelled people's lunches but just drank my lemon mix and water.. i have had a slight headache all day.. must be due to no coffee and detoxing..

i imagine it'll be hard when i go home and prepare the meal for everyone at home tho.. wish me strength! :D

lizzy, i don't know what u're doing, but the book says 1 qt of lukewarm water and 2 teaspoons of organic sea salt.. mix well and drink up as quick as u can, but not too quick to make u wanna throw up.. it works for me! i supposed if it doesn't, maybe add more salt?

lizzy · 10 months ago

oh goodness. thanks ruth. im guessing maybe ill keep adding salt until it works hahaha! my day 1 is just about through. wow. im not starving or anything but goodness i didnt realize how much one could think about food! I mean i normally eat next to nothing all day long, but knowing you CANT is another thing :) goodness! Im sure it will get easier. Im just ready to get home and I am sorry but I am going to have one of my decaffinated herbal teas. I just gotta ;) I agree with the slight headache RUTH, im sure it will fade in a few days at most. Im also quitting smoking with this thing so im assuming that is where mine is coming from.

Jo · 10 months ago

I am on my 1st day of lemonade, it tasted pretty good. Thinking about food though was killer. I found myself writing a list of all my favorite foods and just sat there looking at it. Ha! Just took the SWF and I'm awaitin'. I too started a slight headache mid-day.

Sandy · 10 months ago

I'm not sure I understand all this. Do you just take shots of just the lemon juice, syruo, and pepper, undaluted ao do yoy mis that with water and mix it or what. Please help.

Sandy · 10 months ago

Boy did that come out bad. Again do you mix the lemon mixture with water, and then drink it, or do you just drink the lemon shots and chase it with water??????

India · 10 months ago

Can anyone tell me if this is going to affect my birth control given that i take them in pill form and ill be flushing stuff out? My doctor doesnt even know what this cleanse is. I take my pill at 7 every night. Just dont wanna flush the pill out before it needs to work its magic. Can someone please help?

Sandy · 10 months ago

What's the laxative tea you talk about, where do you get that at????

brianne · 10 months ago

Good morning... day 3 for me. Down to 288.6. OH MY GOD! I satrted at 304. That's a fifference of 15.4 pounds in 3 days. How could this be possible. Yesterday I failed greatly on drinking the juice mixture. I had just completely lost my appetite for it. I also put the loose cayenne powder into to mix instead of taking the pills. This made everything a little more bearable. I worked out yesterday forming for an hour or so and didn't feel like I pushed myself as hard as I usually do- but was so tired after. I ended up falling asleep for a nap by 4pm. I have a feeling this was because I only drank about 1 cup of the juice total. Today I am going to focus on drinking more of the juice so i don't just hibernate through this whole fast. Otherwise... feeling pretty good. It's a hard thing to describe, but I do feel "cleaner". Probably because I don't have a load of garbage in my stomach. Keep it up everyone!

Sandy · 10 months ago

OMG is right!!!! Congradulations Brianne!!!! That makes me so encouraged for my own success. The lady at the Health Food Store said she mixed the lemon mixture with 6-7 ozs. of water and drinks it. Do you just drink the lemon mixture by itself, and then the 6-7 ozs. of water after. I'm waiting to start this, but don't want to do anything wrong. Thanks.

Sandy · 10 months ago

The SWF is room temperature water, not lukewarm. Warm salt water is like Ippacak ( i know that's not spelled right) it will induce vomiting. I was told that by my Dr. because I have delayed emptying of the stomache, and have had to make my self vomit to clear my stomache. I hope the slight difference in water tempt. makes a big difference in keeping it down.

tina · 10 months ago

Hey everyone. i have done this cleanse every year for the last 5 years. For those of you who are just starting for the first time, don't get discouraged. After about 2-3 days you will not hardly think about food. If you drink caffeine-coffee and/or soda the first few days are harder becuz your body is withdrawing from the caffeine-gives most people a headache. Usually on the 3rd day you feel achy, tired and get a headache becuz the toxins are leaving your body-this is a good thing!! After that it only gets easier. I find the salt flush a little difficult to swallow so what i do is to divide the water in half and add all the salt to one of the waters and drink that first then wash down with the other half of plain water. Hang in there, it will be worth it when it is over, you will feel so good

lizzy · 10 months ago

ah im so excited! my swf FINALLY STARTED WORKING TODAY! :) HAHAHA well i dont see how this makes any sense but I took it down from 1 tablespoon to one teaspoon...I guess ill try maybe 2 teaspoons and see how it does, just kind of work with it and see what works best! thanks for all the help!!! im on day two :) just steadily chuggin my little liter jugs of juice :) I need to go get some more lemons today, or see if kroger or publix has the organic lemon juice for not much, its just so convenient. im waiting on my mail order maple syrup which kinda sucks cuz im almost out and I guess ill have to go buy another small bottle that is super overpriced! oh well. im excited :)

Nadine · 10 months ago

Hi Guys! I'm on Day 2 and let me tell you. That SWF is no joke. I was really on the toilet 40 min. after I swallowed the first gulp. lol It has calmed down now though. I 'm hanging in there and I really don't have the urge for food at all. My stomach growled for the first time last night at 11:45. I'm having trouble finding the laxative tea, but am using a detox tea. Will this be okay for now?

Jo · 10 months ago

2nd day is much better! I did my SWF in the evening yesterday and that was good because that's a commitment. It was not easy drinking all that salt water. Thanks Tina for the suggestion regarding dividing the water. I slept until 10 am though which is good I guess. Today, no headache so far and not thinking about food so much and I feel brighter. I almost wanted to give up last night. Interesting.

ruth · 10 months ago

day 2.. past midday.. i WAS SO CLOSE to giving in.. i went to bed last night with a terrbile headache and was freezing cold.. my b/f was feeling sick so i hope i'm not gonna get whatever he has! i don't think i can handle a cold while on this, plus wouldn't this suppress my immune system?

anyhoo, i said i'd give it up if i woke up with a headache.. well, i did.. but it went away shortly after i went to the washroom.. so, i continued on with my swf and my drinks, but now i have a headache again.. :( and, my lower back is soooo sore! i tell ya, this better make all my aches go away!! ;)

not missing eating really.. but last nights shepherds pie sure smelled deeelicous! now i'm making home made chicken noodle soup for dinner.. why do i do this to myself?? hehe!

Jo · 10 months ago

That is so wierd, my back is sore also, started yesterday. Why is that, I wonder? I have to cook for my husband and kids and the house is full of great food, it's semi-torture. Last night I went to bed thinking I loved food more than my family! It was a sad moment. I'm OK now.

ruth · 10 months ago

hey jo.. i think it might have something to do with our kidneys..they're in that area, and they are cleansing.. a detox symptom i presume.. mind u, i always have a sore lower back but its just more pronounced now.. my headache is tolerable.. just hope it goes away completely with tomorrows eliminations..

i'm gonna enjoy a nice cup of herbal tea soon.. :)

ruth · 10 months ago

re: weight loss - i started at 157.8 and this am i was 153.5.. i am actually adding more syrup to my drink and trying to have more drinks cuz i don't want to lose too much too soon.. i don't mean to scare anyone, but rapid weight loss can cause kidney stones..

last time i was on the cleanse i started at 162ish and got down to 148.. and i gained it all back rather quickly, of course it was xmas time!

then in mid Jan i started a low carb diet.. no carbs except for a weekly 'cheat day' and lost 2 lbs a week.. they say that is healthy..

so far i haven't craved too much.. other than when something really smells good..

Jo · 10 months ago

Yes, it could be our kidneys. Did some stretching today and it felt good. Also felt so cold yesterday, but I'm wearing a wool sweater and wool socks today and it helps. Our bodies are definitely reacting aren't they. My kids are home from school and having their delicious snacks, so I sat there with them and drank my lemonade. They helped me imagine every gulp as a favorite food of mine...it was funny. Oh My God I LOVE FOOD.

James Rhodes · 10 months ago

I'm on day four and my experience so far has been fairly good. I had a headache the first few days, but that has subsided completely. Everyone who had done this that I know told me to set aside 5 days at home to rest, but I feel great. I am starting a new business, and haven't really felt and loss in strength.

I will say though the only time I really get hungry is when I get home from work around dinner time. So I try and hit the sack early, and when I wake up in the morning I am fine. I am proud of myself, because every time I have tried this before I haven't lasted past day two, so I'm doing pretty good at the moment.

I'll kept posting on my progress, good luck everyone !

Ryqo · 10 months ago

sandy you mix the lemon juice w/ syrup and water and pepper in jugs and drink the lemonade throughout the day you should also have a jug of water to wash your mouth out and drink also.

ruth · 10 months ago

well Day 3 for me! my tummy is rumbling, time for a drink i guess.. and no headache today! :D my lower back is still very sore though..

Jo · 10 months ago

you are lucky ruth. my 3rd day too and i have a bad headache. seems like my whole back aches. oh man i think this might be my last day. it's freaking me out, i'm worried i'm harming my body, could it be i'm just releasing lots of toxins?

ruth · 10 months ago

hey jo.. actually, i spoke too soon.. i have a slight low grade headache in the back near my neck.. i've read to try to up the water intake when u have detox symptoms (aches).. i too wanted to give up, but then i thought i'd try to see if they went away with the next days eliminations.. and it seems to be getting better..

the book says day 2 & 3 are hard.. so hopefully tomorrow will be better..

try a heating pad on u're back.. thats what i'm using and it feels good.. :)

hang in there! lemme know how it goes..

Sandy · 10 months ago

Some one PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE tell me if you dilute the lemon mixture with water, or do you take a shot of lemon juice and then chase it with water??????????? The instructions are confuseing: it lists 2 quarts of water at the end of the receipe, but then it doesn't say to add the lemon mixture to it, but chase it with the water. How is any one else doing this.????

ruth · 10 months ago

sorry nadine and sandy, i missed u're questions..
nadine, i'm not sure about birth control.. from what i understand, it's best to be off of EVERYTHING.. maybe u can come off of them, using alternate means of course and start then?

and sandy, regarding the mix, the book says its best not to mix the lemonade juice with water unless u're going to drink it right away.. it kills the live enzymes. What I do is mix the lemon juice and maple syrup (2 tbsp) each into a thermos (the syrup acts as a preservative, so it keeps the enzymes alive) then i get a cup, add 8 oz of water, the lemon juice and syrup and then add the cayenne pepper to the glass, and enjoy! :) Apparently if u add the pepper and it sits for awhile, it gets hotter the longer it sits..

anyhoo, thats according to the book..i've heard people mix it altogether.. maybe u can try both ways to see if it makes a difference?

good luck! :)

my Day 3 is almost over! :) i went home yesterday and made home made chicken noodle soup with no problems whatsoever - mind u, i did make enought to freeze for when i am able to eat again.. in early March! :D

and everytime i saw that bowl of grapes on the counter, i would almost automatically want to reach out for one.. or smelled the pepperoni sticks from the fridge.. mmmmm! ;)

ruth · 10 months ago

sandy, that is what i do when i leave for work.. when i'm at home i try to have the lemons freshly squeezed..

and yes, u mix the lemon juice, syrup, (2 tbsp each), cayenne pepper with 8 oz water, stir and drink..

Julie · 10 months ago

I plan to start this fasting on Monday. I had a hard time finding the Grade B maple syrup. Does it have to be lemons or can we use limes?

Tara · 10 months ago

I have been easing in for the past couple of days only eating fruits and veggies. Today I am just having orange juice and am planning on starting the lemonade tomorrow. The only thing is I woke up this morning with a pretty bad cold. Is it okay to start the cleanse with a cold or should I wait until I am heathly?

Ali · 10 months ago

I am allergic to peppers and spicy things, should I stay away from this?

ruth · 10 months ago

day 4! no headache, still a sore lower back tho.. but i was inspired by Jo who said she had done some stretching.. thanks JO! so, I did some yesterday and it felt great.. plan on doing some again today, maybe even get on the treadmill.. :) felt cold again yesterday.. i thought the syrups calories was to be sufficient to keep the metabolism up?

was kinda hungry yesterday.. drank alot of water as well yesterday..

feel pretty good otherwise.. more happier, in a good mood.. i like it! :)

ruth · 10 months ago

oh yeh.. i visualize the days ahead, like tomorrow will by hump week, my half way mark.. and that friday will be day 10! sunday will be my oj day and veggie soup day..

i've noticed a few zits on my face yesterday.. :( hope thats detox..

tongue is yellowing, but still not fuzzy.. can't remember when i got the fuzzy tongue last time.. should be soon tho..

hows everyone else doing?

aria · 10 months ago

started today early morning. i prepared it last night and left it in the fridge so it would be nice and cold for me to drink. i accidentally put 1 teaspoon instead of the half so it goes down a bit rough at the end. ;(

i am anxious for tonight for the swf. i'm not regular at all so i'm afraid to see how it turns out. hah.

it's so hard to resist food.. especially when i watch the foodnetwork religiously. but i must! however, i think i am just torturing myself when i purposely offer to make tuna salad for someone other than myself.. taunting myself. ah!

aria · 10 months ago

oops* i meant a teaspoon full of cayenne!

Brian · 10 months ago

Hello everyone.I've been interested in doing this for awhile but I see alot of pros and cons to it. I would like to hear from all of you on how you are doing and some do's and don'ts would be great. I've lost 78 pounds but seem to be stuck in a rut and think this might be what I need to get my system jump started again. Any info on how to make it, when to drink it, etc. would be greatly appreciated,Thank you.

brittany · 10 months ago

do you add water to the lemon, maple syrup and cayenne pepper or just add those three ingredients? im confused about that.

lizzy · 10 months ago

Failed yesterday night HORRIBLY. :( Went to a girlfriends house to housesit, it was day 3 and had already been MISERABLE ALL DAY LONG. She had WAY too many goodies and munchies out. No excuses. Im starting back hardcore tomorrow, and as for today im taking it slow and just juicing.....lame I know :(

Nikki · 10 months ago

hi all.
what kind of tea is ok to drink? what type? and is there a name of one that is the best one to drink? and what medication is ok to take while doing this?.. I have a lot of questions sorry..

Brandon · 10 months ago

I started the cleanse today & I'm not sure what to do about the salt water flush. I did it this morning and I can do it tomorrow morning, but Monday I go back to work. Is it alright to do the flush at night? Will that flush out all my lemonade from the day? Any help is appreciated!

Zoe · 10 months ago

I started my MC today. i am feeling slightly hungry, i hope i can go 10 days of this. the cayenne pepper is horrible and burns my throat. its gonna be hard to drink 6-12 glasses a day. anyone have any suggestions for flavor of herbal laxative tea??? and should i do sea salt flush every morning????

cilla · 10 months ago

starting the master cleanse in 2 days, cant wait to see the results in 10 days, its the start to my new healthy life style!! wish me luck

Lisa · 10 months ago

I have the same problem as Julie with finding the Grade B maple syrup. I live in Munich, Germany and found grade A, C, and D at a healthfood store, but no B. Then I began reading about the different grade and it seems that the USA now has no darker than B and C is only used for commercial products. The syrup in germany is from canada. I have a bottle in the house and it is grade A or 1 medium (as it says on the bottle). Ok, well does anyone know if C or D would suffice, if I can't find B??? Thanks in advance!

Elizabeth · 10 months ago

Today was my first no day. I have a splitting headache that started a little after noon. I don't generally drink more than one cup of coffee a day but, it must be withdrawl. I just chugged the salt solution, feel like I might puke, but all in all I'm in for as long as I can stand this within reason....

lizzy · 10 months ago

I actually have the book and he actually makes it seem like grade A maple syrup will suffice, its just the "extra minerals" in grade B that he (burroughs) prefers you to have. Other than that there is really no difference apparently. As for the headaches...pretty normal the first couple days, but they will fade. I have failed horribly but am starting over today or monday. Be forewarned this is pretty difficult and you need to make sure you have mustered up all the discipline and willpower before you start. which I obviously had not. Its going to be a terrible struggle for me. wish me luck.

Zoe · 10 months ago

Do you honestly have to drink 6 or more glasses a day to make this work???. i just drank my 4th glass of the day and i almost puked it up. would it be okay to drink less then 6 glasses a day?? please let me know!!!

ruth · 10 months ago

start of Day 5! tongue is yellower, but still not 'fuzzy', tho it feels like it getting there near the back.. still a few new zits.. back is sore, but not as sore as it was (could be due to the streches), or could be a detox symptom gettng better.. was pretty hungry yesterday, but drank 8 glasses of lemon mix and quite abit of water. I think that is so important.. plenty of water as well folks!

one thing i'm doing different this time around is i'm doing the swf every morning, whereas last time i did the lax tea in the am on day 1, 4 & 6.. but last time i had such bad cramps during the late afternoons, which if i can remember right, were on those days i took the tea..sure hope i don't get them this time!

zoe, according to the book, 6 is recommended daily at least.. is it the cayenne thats making u want to puke? if so, i've noticed that u can take the cayenne in pill form

lizzy, don't beat u'reself up too bad.. thanks for sharing! it is definitely not an easy task.. good luck on u're next try! :)

elizabeth, hang in there.. i was kinda surprised that i had such a headache too, cuz i didn't think i drank THAT much coffee.. but then again, i was drinking it daily.. u don't HAVE to chug the salt water.. just take big sips and try to finish within 10 mins. good luck! :)

lisa, grade b syrup is recommended,but if not available, get the darkest u can get

good luck cilla!! :)

brandon, i think i've read that u can do the flush at night.. actually yes, its in the instructions above that that is when he does it..

nikki, just find a herbal laxative tea.. i heard Smooth Move is good, but its not available in Canada (at least i couldn't find it anywhere).. and as far as meds go, its recommended that u be off of everything..

zoe, yes, u should flush everyday..or,u could take the laxative tea.. but be warned that u may get cramps.. if that happens, u could try some ginger..

good luck everyone!

ruth · 10 months ago

oh, i should add that regarding water intake - u should not drink more water than lemon mix in the day..

Tara · 10 months ago

I started my Master Cleanse yesterday and am feeling pretty good, just a little tired but I think that might be due to the fact I am still sick. I am hoping by tomorrow morning this cold will be gone completely so I can go for a nice long walk or maybe go to yoga. For those living in Canada I was able to find Smooth Moves tea at Walmart, it is in the pharmacy section.

Zoe · 10 months ago

day 2 of the master cleanse-

I woke up feeling sick like sore throat and ache all over, but hopefully these are normal and it is working, i weighed myself this morning and already lost 4 lbs. i cant believe it. suprisingly i dont feel hungry like i did yesterday. i only was able to down 5 glasses of the lemonade yesterday but i did do the swf at night.

Ruth- thanks for your help i am gonna try taking the cayenne in pill form today and see how it goes. and i am gonna do the swf every other day and incorporate the tea every other day. because the swf is terrible tasting. i chased it with water and sucked on a lemon after i drank it, and it really helped!!! but i dont know if i could do it every day.lol! but i definetly feel better inside after doing it.

Bodhi · 10 months ago

I am beginning my 4th day. But, the flushing is not happening. Before beginning the fast i has normal and helthy bowel movements. On the 2nd Day of the fast after a 10oz glass of lukewarm water and 1 tsp, sea salt, I experienced constipation with difficult bowel movement. Today I have had NO bowel movement. I have been rigid in my diet (.g. fresh lemons, organic maple syrup, cayenne pepper, no other inputs) and feel there is something wrong. I have lost 4lbs. but have worries of this unusual toxic buildup.

lizzy · 10 months ago

I know i failed my first time around and im going to start back tomorrow but I do find that making 2 one liter chugables instead of a million different glasses a day makes it easier and it goes down quicker....i just have no will power and discipline against food :) but im going to try harder this time around.

Lisa · 10 months ago

Hi y'all,
thanks for the answer to my other question.Now i have one more: is it beneficial at all to go on a less than 10 day fast? I have a wedding coming up (my own) and want to cleanse and look good, but i don't have 10 days to spare... so would 5 or so suffice? or should I not bother till after. Thanks in advance!
xoxo,
Lisa

kate · 10 months ago

hello everyone:
starting tomorrow morning... about to drink first tea. i've done 10 days in past years... this time around shooting for 21-30.
be well,

k

Deserae · 10 months ago

Day 1 of the MC! Almost over... it hasn't been as rough as I thought it would. I'm really glad I did the ease in, it's not as intense as I imagine it would be if I had eatin a whole bunch yesterday. The lemonade has become more bareable throughout the day, at the begining the pepper really burned my throat but I've become accustomed to it I think. I feel really great physically right now, but it sounds like I shouldn't expect it to last. haha..
Im off to do my SWF now! woo hoo!
Good luck to all of you and thank you all for sharing.

aria · 10 months ago

so i relapsed yesterday.. and restarted today. haha.
seriously this time! and it was difficult at first, but i think once i get past today it will be much better. i am trying to do my swf now, but it's difficult to drink so much when my stomach feels completely full. i haven't even gotten half way down the liter! i wonder, is there a time that i've to finish the swf by?

eddie · 10 months ago

help!!! I am all ready to start the cleanse. I take my health seriously and have been excited for years about doing the MC.....BUT i drink 2-3 cups of black coffee EVERY morning (my only addiction that might not be healthy!), is this allowed or do i really have to cut that out?

ruth · 10 months ago

re: walmart, thanks Tara, i'll have to check for next time.. so far i haven't experienced that terrible cramping..i think doing the SWF everyday is the way to go.. :)

bodhi, i think u're supposed to drink 32 oz water with 2 teaspoons of organic sea salt.. and if that doesn't work trying increasing the salt a tad.. and u have to drink it up as quickly as u can

zoe, ure welcome, hope it helps.. :)

lisa, depends on who u listen to.. if u go by the book by tom woloshyn, he says 10 days is the minimum.. others say it doesn't matter. Sooo, if u do do it for less than 10, please post on how it worked for u! :) Congrats and good luck with u're wedding! :)

aria, u should try to drink it rather quickly.. but u can take it within 10 minutes..

deserae, congrats on finishing u're first day with no problems! :) good luck with the rest of it!

as for me, today's my Day 6.. :) my back is not as sore and i noticed i still had some breakouts on my face.. i think it gets worse before it gets better! :)

i feel pretty good otherwise.. yesterday we spent an hour or so at the racetrack and the smell of french fries was sooo good!! then i went home and made dinner, Jamaican Pork with rice and hummus.. i wiped abit of hummus off the plate and without thinking, went to lick my finger! ack! i immediately realized what i did and spit it out and rinse out my mouth! hehe!!

then last night, i had such vivid dreams about eating, and it seemed so real that i would start spitting it out, only to wake and find out i was only dreaming! which made me laugh out of happiness! hehe!! :D i don't recall having such dreams last time.. how bout anyone else?

i feel really good.. :) i love this feeling.. i remember last time i did the cleanse, and after i started eating my old ways, i sure missed this feeling.. :) in mid January i stopped eating all the white stuff, breads, rice, pasta, chips, etc and was feeling much better.. i will continue with that for sure.. :)

happy healthy cleansing all! :)

lizzy · 10 months ago

Kroger definitely carries the smooth move in their organics section and kroger actually has quite an impressive and affordable organics area in their grocery store.

I have had dreams Im running around a warehouse filled with all kinds of foods but can only pick one tiny thing to have, but I never get anything picked out before I wake up, I just run around and around and around looking at all the yummy tasty treats :) then i wake up relieved i never got to eating anything. hahaha its hilarious. :)

nik · 10 months ago

should i be worried about working in a retail store and having to run to the bathroom all day if i do the SWF at night? also, the directions said to drink 1-4 'shots' of water after drinking a shot of the lemonade, but then i read somewhere else here that one shouldn't drink more water than lemonade. i may be overanalyzing or something. but is 2 liters of the drink and 1 of water fine for a day?

Zoe · 10 months ago

Master cleanse Day 3-

So far so good. I dont feel very hungry today have a little more energy today then the last 2 days. I've been doing the capsules of cayenne and it works it sooooo much easier!!! my swf wasnt very productive last night and i didnt drink my smooth move tea this morning. oh well. i will do the swf tonight, hopefully it will be better this time. i've noticed my tongue is pretty gross today and i am starting to break out, hopefully that is because the elimination of the toxins.. Anyway, good luck to all who are starting and finishing.

Jo · 10 months ago

Hey I'm back to say that I could only do it for 3 days but I'm so glad I did it. Thanks to Ruth...you are so encouraging. This cleanse is amazing. After my ease out diet I have noticed big changes...my attitude toward food is totally different, I seem to only crave the healthy stuff and can't eat the junk. I've lost weight, but that's not what I did it for. And my mind was so fuzzy during the diet but is so clear now even about life situations...wow. Now I understand the whole enlightening effect of fasting. In the summer I plan to go the whole 7 days. This was a great experience for my overall health and I wish you all good luck!! You guys are amazing.

Maggie · 10 months ago

Hey everyone!! im starting the cleanse tommorow and had a few quick questions..im a fulltime college student and have classes all day..is it ok to prepare the mix in the morning and drink throughout the day? And also, im planning on doing the cleanse for 10 days and then easing out as instructed..im going to cancun about a week after that..does everyone think that wil be okay?? thanks so much!

ruth · 10 months ago

jo, thanks! :) glad to hear how u're doing! there are people that change their eating habits completely after doing the cleanse, so i hear..:)

one of the things that happened to me after my last cleanse was that i was able to give up sugar in my tea (which i drink almost every evening).. and for awhile, i couldn't even stand the thought of drinking coffee (which i drank everyday as well).. but, i missed the 'ritual' of it and ended up drinking it again, but i would dilute it by half..

nik, don't worry, once u do the swf, u'll eliminate it all within 1-1.5 hrs after u finish..

re: water vs. mix, u need to drink at least 6 glasses of the lemon mix per day.. and drink plenty of water, but just don't drink more water than lemon mix.. ie. more than 6 glasses of water .. u can always drink up to 12 glasses of the lemon per day.. especially if u're active

zoe, u sound like u're doing well! good for u! :)

my day 6 is almost over! i felt so good today that i jumped on the treadmill for a 25 min jog.. drank 8 glasses of the lemon mix today too.. hopefully food won't haunt my in my dreams tonight! today i put a roast in the slowcooker.. man oh man, does the house ever smell deeelicious!

ruth · 10 months ago

day 7! :) no dreams about food! haha! :)
so far, no backache! wow! it could've been due to me going on the inversion table yesterday too, but it COULD be the cleanse! :)

still a sore neck tho.. :(

eddie, sorry i missed u're post about coffee, yes, u must get off EVERYTHING - and i strongly recommend that u wean u'reself off of it before u begin the cleanse, otherwise the headaches might be enough to make u quit the before u make day 3

what i did last time was start weaning myself about a week before i knew i was going to start the precleanse.. start by diluting it, work u're way down to having no coffee at all.. good luck! keep us posted on how u do! :)

Nicole · 10 months ago

Hey everyone! I need some help asap :/ Hope you could give a hand.
I'm startin my MC after 3 days,but I have a hard time finding the right salt for my SWF. I can't find anywhere uniodized sea salt(or any uniodized salt).I was wondering if there's any solution to the problem? I've heard about the laxative teas but I'm not sure how fast is their effect. Another thing - I read different things: most people say that the SWF should be done first thing in the morning and a herb tea in the evening.Here it says something different.I want to know what's the truth.In principal I like the second one better cuz this I want to do this toilet thing at home and I'm also quite confused about the teas..should I drink them or not?
Please help,I know I asked a lot of questions but I'm really confused :/

Judith · 10 months ago

Hi all!
Just found this site and started the cleanse yesterday...so far so good, but I have to tell you, I HATE the cayenne pepper. I get heartburn! So, I found that Whole Foods sells cayenne pepper in pill form and I've been taking it that way instead. I just can't put it in the drink. And now things seem much easier.
I didn't know about the sea salt...I'll have to try that tonight. When I'm home. By myself. :)
good luck to all!!
Judith

Nolo · 10 months ago

I'm starting the ease in tomorrow, is it bad to do this because you want to lose weight. I know ther will be health benefits but I also want to lose weight how can that make me a bad person.

Leslie · 10 months ago

Hi all:

I am doing this cleanse for the second time. I did it 8 months ago for 10 days and wish i had remained as disciplined about my diet as when i first finished. This go round, i am on my 9th day and looking forward to tomorrow being my last day. Headaches were not nearly as bad this time and I did not throw up like i did during the 2nd day of the initial cleanse. The salt water flush continues to be a serious chore. I have only done it twice and have opted for the laxative tea in the morning and the evening. i will do my final swf tonight before bed.

Loads of luck to all on the cleanse. Eat clean when you are finished.

Zoe · 10 months ago

Day 4 -

Last night near the end of the day i started feeling like a zombie and had such a headache. i was so out of it i could barely drive home last night. but once i got home and did my swf i felt a little better. i have noticed during the mc i sleep in later and get tired earlier. like 6 pm i am ready for bed. lol. again last night my swf didnt do much. i even added more salt. i was a little disapointed. I started bleeding last night and little this morning and i have already had my period this month. should i stop the master cleanse???? is this normal??? please help!!!!

Peggy · 10 months ago

Hello, starting tomorrow AM.
Does anyone know where I can get the best buy on Maple Syrup? I bought it in the health food store today, and it was $36.95 for 32 ounces! Yikes!

BRANDI · 10 months ago

i want to start the master cleanse but am kinda worried... has anyone ever had a really bad experience with this diet and if so how bad was it?

Fletcher · 10 months ago

I'm just about to wrap up the first day of my master cleanse--I'm not use to drinking so much fluids daily and found drinking the 2 liters of lemonade a bit challenging, but I did it. The SWF was quite difficult for me to stomach as well. The hardest part for me has been the amount that I had to intake, I actually enjoyed the taste of the lemonade (though I would have preferred to add a bit more cayenne pepper) and the salt water wasn't half bad. Hopefully this will cure me of my fatigue.

ruth · 10 months ago

hi zoe, i think i've read about that happening to someone else along the way.. but for the life of me, can't remember anything else about it.. try googling it, i'm sure u'll find others with a similar story

as far as the tiredness, that's a detox symptom for sure.. and i bet u're likely feeling better today? i would say stick with it..

i just realized that i'm not posting in the right place.. oops! there is a section up on top that says 'my experiences' or 'blog'..but, since i'm almost done, and i've always posted on here, i'm gonna continue.. ;p

Day 8!!!! all is well, tho my back isn't sore, my neck is still, someone from work told me i was looking really good, that my skin looked good.. hehe! :) i said thanks for noticing and told her about the cleanse, and lent her my book for the night.. we may have another cleanser soon! :)

i felt kinda cranky last night and tired.. tired of not eating even! i have a harder time at work then i would at home.. but oh well, Friday will be my Day 10.. i was even thinking yesterday of going longer.. hehe! that thought went away late in the day! ;)

i really look forward to the days eliminations.. its kinda like, 'now how good am i gonna feel after it'? hehe! they say the murkier the better, cuz thats all the toxins coming out..

anyhoo, hope everyone else is doing well!

ruth · 10 months ago

omg Zoe, u're not gonna believe this, but i just noticed that i'm starting my period too.. and i'm pretty sure i timed doing this cleanse so that i don't have it while i'm doing it! weird!! this never happened to me last time, BUT just at the end of my 2nd day of post-cleanse i got the usual bad backache that tells me i'm about to start and had to take an Advil (which is why i knew i didn't want to be on my period during the cleanse).. and now i'm wondering if the cleanse 'brought it on'? can it be? hmm, i'll have to see what it says in my book when i get it back later. there was a section on that but i just skipped it..

anyhoo, i'm not gonna let a little ol' period stop me from finishing, hehe! :D

Lisa · 10 months ago

Last time I did the cleanse it brought on my period 6 days early.
I am on day 2 this time around and hope that my timing is better this month!

Carol · 10 months ago

I am on day two too. However this is my first time doing this so I am eager to track the changes to my body and emotions. Apart from three spells where my stomach grumbled yesterday and today I have not had any other side affects yet and the whole experience had been quite predictable and pleasant. Even the salt water flushing did not reflux this morning. Once I finished eliminating I did a yoga class and then went to work for the first time in a few days so it's been tough not thinking of food. I've just kept drinking. Doing without the habitual family evening meal tonight will be difficult. Please tell me if I should expect anything surprising on my third day...

Anna · 10 months ago

I'm starting tomarrow for the first time, i have everything ready, I'm really trying to be positive and maintaing disapline, I have a hard time staying on track and staying focused.... any suggestions???
I'm hoping I'm excited enough.
A

Tara · 10 months ago

The book says the cleanse can cause you to get your period at a different time and it can also be heavier. I haven't had a period for years because of my birth control. I stopped taking the birht control 6 months ago but it still did not come back, then on day 3 of the cleanse I finally got my period. I am on day 5 now and I feel really good. I went to the gym last night for a couple of hours and have been sleeping better then ever. The first few days were the hardest so I definitely encourage people to stick with it because it only gets easier.

Zoe · 10 months ago

Thanks Ruth, Well i was so worried about the bleeding and didnt see info about it in my book, i took the opinion of friends and family who all adviced me to stop. Since this is not like a normal period, it is much lighter and lots of blood clots. I called my doctor yesterday and they didnt call me back until this morning, and didnt see your post until this morning as well, but it was too late because i started my ease out yesterday afternoon.if i would have known yesterday what i know today i probably would have gone the full 10 days.lol. oh well. i lost 6 lbs in 4 days. and feel much better overall i am happy about that, especially since this was my first mc. and i will definetly keep a healthier lifestyle from now on until i decide to do another master cleanse =) thanks for all the help everyone!!

Sonja · 10 months ago

i am on day one of the master cleanse i took my tea last night and started my day off with the lemonade. i made it correctly but decided to add more lemon due to it not tasting like lemonade at all!! I will start my swf in the morning and i do not think i will be drinking the tea any more it gave me bad cramps and a horrible tummy ache. i just started my period and i think i am getting sick i must of sneezed 20x in a row :( will my period affect the cleanse is it best if i wait to do the cleanse until my period goes away

lizzy · 10 months ago

when i was on my period and the cleanse it was actually one of the easiest shortest periods I had....so no complaints there! :)

Sonja · 10 months ago

can i do the swf at night and do i have to do the tea?

Megan · 10 months ago

I'm wondering if I can use less water to dilute the lemon drink. Could I use just one liter jug with all the ingrediants but half as much water?

Sonja · 10 months ago

oh my i failed i ate soup and fish i blame it on my cold..restart tomorrow :(

Sonja · 10 months ago

HELP! my lemonade tastes water down

2 liters of water
14tbl. lemon
14tbl. maple syrup grade b
1/2tea. ceyenne

i dont taste the sourness at all and its extremly hot!! i was excited for the sour tatse because i love lemonade...am i able to add more lemon will this work still ??? also is it ok to use lemon juice in a bottle?

Kacy · 10 months ago

I'm starting tomorrow too. This is my first time with the Master cleanse.

MKA · 10 months ago

Starting tomorrow - just made my lemonade - not bad; not great but hopefully doable!

alia · 10 months ago

can you use limes instead of lemonade

YamaToby · 10 months ago

Day 6 (3 of M.C. after 3 day "Ease In")

Energy is good. Had all the typical headaches and back pain other people talked about early on, but they are considerably better now (no headaches and slight back pain). Haven't checked my weight since I started so don't know what I've lost...if any.

Only real problem is the SWF which is a bit of a let down. I paid a considerable amount for organic sea salt from France (I'm in Japan so I had to shop around for the organic maple syrup, sea salt and etceteras). The first night (tow days ago) I did the SWF, I had one very small movement about 80 minutes after doing the chug (in one go). Last night, I had no movements at all. Before going to bed, I did the Smooth Move Tea and had a considerable movement this morning. I'd like for the SWF to work and so I'll give it one more go tonight (3rd times the charm, right?), but if it doesn't, I'll probably bail on it. By the way, I did about 1 tablespoon of salt the first night and then just over a teaspoon last night. I'll probably do just 1 teaspoon tonight and see what happens.

Regarding the lemonade, I have found that the more local and fresher the lemons, the more juice you get from it and the more lemon taste you get out of it. I'm doing the recipe as directed and it's a good combo of sour/sweet/spicy. Good stuff actually!

Madeleine · 10 months ago

Unfortunately I had an allergic reaction to the lemonade, probably to the cayenne specifically. I am instead on an all fresh fruit and veg diet with the SWF in the mornings still and the tea at night.

Madeleine · 10 months ago

Oh, in regards to the back pain, that's probably just from your intestines and kidneys working to push all the build up and fluids out of your system.

CarlaRae · 10 months ago

This is my 3rd go on the cleanse. I did it twice last year and I am currently doing it again. This is such a wonderful way to rid your body of all the crap consumed over the years. I call it the 'spicy lemonade' and its quite good. Although I love lemon, using organic lemons seems to have a stronger taste, which I love! Every recipe is different for the cleanse. Ive been to many sites and each one is a little different. I wish there was a different way to flush out everything, I chug the salt water but hate the feeling and I sometimes gag after from the taste, but usually I have a chaser. Just wanted to say this is a great way to feel better and a great way to get on a healthier eating track. Plus you get the bonus of loosing a few LB's! woohoo!

Anna · 10 months ago

I'm really excited, hearing all the comments is really what is motivating me. I know I'm only on my first day and most people say the novelty of it will wear off, but I'm going on line everyday to read so keep it coming... I'm trying not to focus so much on what I think and listen more to you guys and the story's...keep it coming.......

mrm · 10 months ago

just started this morning! do i really need the swf?

rhi · 9 months ago

I stuck with the cleanse for 21 days...when i started my goal was 7 days but when the seventh day arrived I felt so good I wanted to challenge myself.

At the seventh day my energy was high and my memory had become even better.. It felt good to take care of myself since my career was all about taking care of others.

Each morning I drank the smooth move tea then the lemonade. Dry brushed my skin, head to toe, massaged my belly with warm Castor oil in a clockwise direction to help with the bowel movement and removal of toxins.
I then walked to the beach went for a swim in the warm Hawaiian water and rested on the warm beach.
I took the master cleanse book with me wherever I went and kept my nose in it to remind me why I was doing this cleanse. And of course, I carried the mixture with me. At the end, I felt empowered to say the least..and only lost ten lbs but it was enough to feel pretty great.
I took the salt water once and it was just too intense for me. I found the tea sufficient as I continued to have bowel movements.
One the seventh day during a bowel movement I saw a thin black lining type of thing come out. I think it was a thin layer of old matter passing from within the lining of my colon.
I encourage you to go as far as you can within reason. It was easier for me to go 21 days because i planned for this cleanse by not working during this time. Each day was a day set aside for myself to partake in the master cleanse. I tried it once for two days then broke it...later I succeeded and I think its good to go for a test run first to adapt to the intention for higher health.

ruth · 9 months ago

hi all.. i posted my Day 9 post under 'blog' in case anyone's interested in reading it.. :)

i highly recommend that if u can, read the book by Tom Woloshyn.. its great, informative and clear..

mka, best to have u're drink fresh.. the enzymes in the lemon die off rather quickly after u cut into it.. and shortly after u add water.. what i do (as recommended in the book is add fresh lemon juice and maple syrup for the day ie, for 6 glasses i used 12 TBSP of lemon juice and 12 TBSP of syrup, add that to a thermos and keep it closed and cool.. then during the day, i add 4 TBSP OF the mix to 8 oz. of water and add my pepper and enjoy! :) good luck!

alia, yes, u can use limes instead..

yamatoby, not sure why the swf isn't working. make sure u use 2 TBSP of the grey organic sea salt to 32 oz. of water.. if it still doesn't work, try increasing the salt abit..

mrm, yes! the swf is very crucial, in fact, i really look forward to that part cuz its all the toxins coming out! if u were feeling bad the day before, chances are good that u'll feel better with those toxins being expelled out with the flush! :)

anna, glad to hear u're so excited about it, and u should be! :) keep us posted on how it goes for u.. :)

happy cleansing all! :)

Tiffani · 9 months ago

I just started the MC for the second time...First time I only made in 81/2 days but I felt better all the way around the board..Better sleep, no back pain and my skin glowed not to mention I dropped 11.5 lbs! I have to admit the first three days are the hardest for me..but after that its smooth sailing. The SWF is horrible but totally worth it! I'm going for the full 10 days wish me luck!
Happy Cleansing!

mrm · 9 months ago

thanks ruth...day one is complete and i feel great! that pepper in the lemonade really makes you feel full...gives your stomach heat! just drank my first swf concoction, and it wasn't that bad
so far, so good!

Lisa · 9 months ago

Day 3 for me and I got a crushing headache by noon.
Way worse that the last time.
By 4:30 I was vomiting - weird since I had no food in my stomach, but a lot of
lemonade made it's way out.
Fortunately I had done the SWF early in the AM.
I have been in bed with the lights out ever since - and only drinking water, no more lemonade today.
My experience with the headache last time was that it went away by day 4, but I did not throw up or anything last time.
Has this ever happened to anyone else?
I am hoping for a headache free day 4!

Anna · 9 months ago

Thanks so much for the feedback, I have passed day 1, I have to say It was a bit challenging however I have a really busy day today so hopefully I won't put to much emphasis on drinking and not eating. I just couldn't do the SWF I took the smooth move laxative tea last night and this morning and still in waiting.. I hope that's ok??...on to Day 2......

Sandy · 9 months ago

Has ANYONE ever drank the SWF and NOT passed ANY ( I mean not a drop ) of it???? Is that kinda normal with some people???? I drank it all in 2-3 minutes, layed on my right, and even started to rub my stomache, not even a RUMBLE. It has been about 9 hours now and still NOTHING. If this has happened to anyone else, please tell me. Thanks

LOR · 9 months ago

Day 1 Doing ok, Feeling good. Don't do well with self discipline. But scared of the headaches and achey body. I know its about to start, but trying to be posotive. Did alot of blog reading and research to prepare. Everyone has there own way of doing this and lots good tips. I know it will all be worth it. GOOD LUCK EVERYONE & GOOD NIGHT

mrm · 9 months ago

starting day three and so far so good!!! i feel great! knock on wood...
i've done two swf's and they worked both times..one tablespoon of bob's red mill sea salt and things were moving in 20 minutes...what i can't get over is that i don't feel hungry..a couple of hunger pangs but that's been it! let's hope this continues...good luck to all out there!!!

cjk · 9 months ago

Sandy,
I've had the same problem.

I tried the swf and it just doesn't do it for me. I guess you are supposed to adjust the amount of salt used to find what works for you.
Maybe I need to use more than 1 tablespoon.
Any one else have similar experiences?

becca · 9 months ago

Just started day 1 and I've already got a headache, although I suppose that could be just from reading about everyone else's pain so I was expecting it. I haven't been hungry all day and have only gotten through a little more than half of my first liter, and its almost 6pm. I want to keep going, but all I can think about is what I want to eat, and I'm afraid I won't have the will power to keep it up.

gabriel · 9 months ago

i dont do the salt water thing or tea i just drink the lemonade is this ok

Adam Medina · 9 months ago

Day one for me I did a SWF at 08:00 AM. nothing came out? I'll try again tonight.

roschelle · 9 months ago

Saturday was Day 1 for me. I MADE IT!!! I followed the 3 chug bottle recipe; 2 bottles of lemonade and 1 bottle of water. Plus the SWF Saturday night. The SWF worked exactly as you said it would. Boy were the noises coming from my bathroom embarrassing. I didn't feel hungry yesterday. Although I slept most of the day. Still, I prepared a pork roast in the slow cooker for the rest of the family and wasn't tempted at all to cheat. Let's see what Day 2 brings...

Jana · 9 months ago

Im about to start the cleanse this week and am wondering if I should buy Grade A or Grade B maple syrup...and would organic be better?

mrm · 9 months ago

are headaches part of the cleanse? last night was the end of day 4 for me and i had a massive, and i mean massive, headache...has anyone else experienced this? is my body telling me to stop, or is this part of the process?

Anna · 9 months ago

Day 5, and wow i can't believe how I have in my mind created food as if it was the only thing to do was eat!!! I dreamt it I couldn't stop thinking about it...anyway I'm determined I'm trying really hard... for the guy who had no bowl movement on his first day, I didn't either however I did on the second and so on, I'm using the tea.
I have had no headach's, no back pain, so I guess it's different for all.I need more encouragement though I feel like I'm getting a little ansy with myself...
any suggestions on how to modivate yourself daily...?

Lisa · 9 months ago

Hey mrm

I had a crushing headache on day 3 - so bad that it made me throw up.
But day 4 was totally fine.
I am starting Day 7 today and so far no more headaches or bad things really other that i can smell everything for miles and it ain't always nice!
I even made dinner for my family for the last 2 nights and sat with them while I drank my lemonade. I think the coking really helped me because it's part of the ritual of food that I miss but not the eating part.
Anyway, hang in there and I hope you feel better today!

smalltrez · 9 months ago

I'm on day 5, finding this web site has been so helpful! It is amazing how in control I feel, the control part helps me make it threw to the next day. I started on a Thursday and I was really concerned about making it threw the week end because I have a family of 6 and I just new I would fail while preparing there meals, so, I have been pleasantly surprised by how untempted I have been in preparing there meals. I even baked a cake last night and didn't lick the spoon. I have had headaches as well as the back pain, but none of this was over powering. I have been using the tea for aid to the elimination process, I didn't understand the salt water flush, I believe I'll try that tonight. Again it's great finding this site I look forward with reading more comments.

mrm · 9 months ago

hey lisa,
thanks for the respnonse..
and congrats on day 7!!!
and even more congrats on handling and cooking food!!! how brave!
i thought my head was going to explode last night...i never had pain like that before! but today all is well....this certainly is an exciting journey! it's amazing what our body is capable of if we listen to it.
good luck to you!

Jessica · 9 months ago

I know you shouldn't drink regular tap water, but is it best to use spring or distilled water? Any suggestions would be appreciated. Thanks!

Billie · 9 months ago

On my 3rd day.....so far so good. Quick question though-i know that you're supposed to drink water throughout the day in addition to the lemonade. I have been drinking herbal tea (no sugar, of course), just two tea bags in about 32 ounces of water. Since herbal tea is a great appetite suppressant, I thought this would be a good thing. Am I wrong-should i be drinking just water, not tea?

Shantelle · 9 months ago

Question?

I noticed people are getting headaches on the cleanse, I dont know whether it is due to the cleanse or not. But if thats the case am I able to take Tylenol to rid the headache?

vicki · 9 months ago

hi everyone, day 3 for me. So far so good. yes i feel the same with the headaches, i usually drink alot of diet pepsi so i figured it was a caffeine withdrawl thing and I find myself taking little cat naps to make them go away. just if you can go on break for 10-15min,drink water and sleep in the car. been working for me.
Also I think making dinner helps too, it keeps you in the routine!
I'm looking for info on metabolism, any one knows how it works? Does it slow down too much while on the cleanse? Iv'e read that it helps you clean out everything so your body get's back to a natural state. I'm hoping it helps our metabolism work effeciently ..................any ideas.
there is a book of Tricks that i found that you can download for 27.00. I am skeptical but wondering if any one has tried that?
well good luck to all of you:)

Marina · 9 months ago

Hey Shantelle,

I am on day 13 of the cleanse and my headaches began on day 8 and stayed for 36 hours. I went online and read a few posts that recommended increasing my intake of maple syrup as well as adding 1/2 teaspoon of the maple syrup to my water until my headache stopped. I must be honest, I had not drank as much of the lemonade as I should have on both days because I felt very full - but as soon as I increased my intake of the maple syrup my headache stopped in 10-15 minutes. I could hardly believe it. I have been very conscious about the amout of lemonade that I take i.e. making sure that I meet the minimum required. I would not encourage you to take the Tylenol since the purpose of the cleanse is to remove all the toxins - so it really beats the purpose if you take the Tylenol. I am one of those that reaches for a pill each time I have a headache or any other type of pain - being on the cleanse has helped me get rid of this habit and I am very grateful for that.

Anna · 9 months ago

Day 6, strangely enough I had no bowl movement last night however, I was told you can drink water during this cleanse so I drank a bottle last night, could that be the reason??

Melissa · 9 months ago

Hi everyone. I've been scooping out the web page and reading some of the posts. My friend did this cleanse and had great success. I'm starting tomorrow and was wondering if anyone had any advice?? I really need to jump start some weight loss. Plus I"ve been so sluggish and exhausted with no energy. I'm hoping getting rid of all these toxins help!

Tabetha · 9 months ago

I'd say about 6 months ago I attempted the cleanse, but wasn't really in it. I only lasted 2 days, now Im ready to get started again the full 10+ days, but my question is with this cleanse I would like to work out. How much should I push my body at the gym? Mind you I haven't worked out, or been very cautious with food in about the last 4 months.

Thank you

Brian F · 9 months ago

I just want to say that I am surprised to see the author of this site saying that he questioned the motivation of people going longer than 14 days. The first MC I did was 14 days, which was about 4 months ago, even though I had only planned to do 10. I continued because I felt so good at day 10, I didn't feel the need to stop. This time ( I finished yesterday ie I started eating some fruit yesterday) I did 22 days.
I can say for absolute certain that doing 22 days was so much more purifying. I would even go so far as to say that the really deep detoxing didn't truly start until day 12 or 13. I now know why Mr Burroughs recommended AT LEAST 10 days and potentially 20 or 30 or even 40.
It was not very challenging at leats not more challenging than any other day. I felt the same on day 20 as I did on day 10.
I stopped on day 22 because I had planned to do 21 and even though I was feeling that I could go further, I decided to stop because I have some things planned. I will do 30 days the next time and I am not in the slightest apprehensive about it. In fact I am excited.
I knew the detox was going deeper when this brown sludge started to appear around day 13. Every morning the first movement with the SWF was a cup of brown sludge that stank. I knew it was the next level of detox. the really bad shit.
:)
Viva La Master Cleanser.

Justin Benoit · 9 months ago

Hi everyone, day 12 here. All is well but I've had a headache off and on since day 2, I think due to caffeine withdrawal.. I was scared and nervous because I usually drink a lot of coffee and I'm a smoker, I gave up the coffee obviously but have been smoking nonstop I think due to the stress. I'd say I've lost about 20-23 pounds. My question is should I still be doing the SWF this late in the cleanse or is it okay to stop now? The last four times I tried NOTHING came out at all?
Over all I feel way healthier!
Thanks!

Sardy · 9 months ago

Hi this is my second time around, the first time I only lasted 5 days (with the intention of going 10). I'm doing this cleanse mainly to re-establish my relationship with food. I have had issues with food my whole life having been an emotional eater. I want to see how it feels to cope with stress and everyday worries without resorting to food, and this seems to be a great way to do it. Also it takes your body back to the natural and healthy state it should be in, kind of like starting with a clean slate (and my slate is filled with crap!) I really hope that I make it through the whole 10 days and even more if I can. Of course the weight loss is also a major incentive, having always been slightly overweight it would be nice to drop it all once and for all. I work out regularly (but because of the bad eating habits in the words of Bridget Jones have always been a little bit fat). I am hoping that this will rid me of my excess and then as I continue to work out and hopefully be able to make better choices when it comes to food will be able to maintain a natural, healthy shape. I love to do spinning classes but am guessing that is not a good idea whilst doing the cleanse. Does anyone know if it is ok to continue resistance training i.e weight machines just to keep up my muscle mass (although with the lack of protein not sure it will work but mentally i'll feel like I have done something) 10 days without exercise will be very difficult!

Sardy · 9 months ago

another quick question does anyone know if you can do the tea and the flush in the evening? or can the laxative tea be skipped all together?

Mary · 9 months ago

Question,
I'm staring this cleanse today and made my mixture. It only made about 6 oz. (for one liter). Should I be mixing it with water?

admin · 9 months ago

@Mary

Hi Mary, yes, mix it with water. 2 Liters will mix with the entire amount of Maple Syrup and Lemon Juice.

Good luck.

Claire · 9 months ago

Hi, I am on my 6th day of the MC and have been doing great so far! I decided to wait until half way to weigh myself because I didn't want to be disappointed with the results and quit. Well, yesterday I weighed in and I have lost... 1 POUND. WHAAAT???? How is this even possible? I have eaten nothing for 5 days and lost nothing? I'm wondering if the fact that I have my period has anything to do with it? I have been drinking the minimum 6 drinks/day and put less maple syrup in them too, I don't know what could be wrong, but I am so upset. I am sticking with it since I've already gone this far, and I do feel great.. But I was hoping for the weight loss too.
Let me know what you think! Thanks!

Kitty · 9 months ago

HI there! I am VERY confused on this site! I have done the master cleanse before and you should NEVER mix your solutions as "chuggables". Also, you should only be mixing in the cayenne pepper right before you drink it or it becomes very spicy and tastes horrible. If you mix the solution correctly and add the cayenne right before consumption (only about a pinch to taste to the amount you will drink right then and there) it tastes really good, cold or warm.

And, HOW is it acceptable to do the flush at night?!? You are supposed to do the senna tea before bed and the salt water flush in the am. Otherwise you dont have time to loosen everything up in there. I think it's great that the author wrote this site but am thrown off by the lack of thorough information. You are supposed to do it for a minimum of 10 days not 3. You will barely have any flushing effects until day 2 for most and it was day 3 for me. And you sure wont lose any weight by day three!

If you can hold out and do at least 10 days... it's so worth it!

Jessica · 9 months ago

Today, I have officially started the cleanse. I did do the 2 day "Ease In" phase of the cleanse(lost 3.5 lbs already!). Weightloss is a nice perk, but I'm more concerned with detoxing. I did the SWF last night and drank my tea this morning with no results so far. :( I think the most difficult part of this cleanse will be drinking my daily amount of lemonade. I made my today's batch at 7:00 this morning. 6.5 hours later, I have only managed to drink
16 oz. Anyway, I have really enjoyed reading about everyone's experiences. I have definitely found a great deal of motivation here. Thanks to all!
Wish me luck!

Ellen · 9 months ago

I am on my second day! yeah! I am also curious if it is necessary to do the tea at night. I have done this cleanse before and the tea gave me intense cramps. The SWF works just fine for me in the mornings just curious if the nightly tea is mandatory.

Scott in PA · 9 months ago

Hi all, just starting day one. Did the three day ease-in phase so far and I am happy with the results to this point. I was wondering if anyone knew the answer to a question I read earlier. Can a person work out/exercise while doing the cleanse? Will keep in touch with my results. Thanx!

Octavia · 9 months ago

Hello.

I just discovered this blog site. Its really nice. I really enjoy reading some of the experiences and comments out here. It has really motivated me.

I am on day 4 and I am doing great. I have more energy and I am not as tired as I have been before I started this. I attempted to do this twice before and I did not succeed. But this time its different. I am very focused and I am determined to get rid of all the crap that has brought me down for so long. I want to be renewed and I knew this would do it. One thing I will say that is different this time is I am focused and that makes a major difference. It's only day 4 for me and I feel great already. I can not wait to see how I feel on day 10. I know I am doing the MC right this time around b/c I have a BM all the time and also, I feel better. Another thing is the MC can not just be about loosing weight. If you make it about that, that is when you fail. It has to be that you want to be more healthy. When that becomes priority, everything else is just a plus. I have not stepped on the scale yet and I don't plan to until after day 10. But as of today, I am no longer bloated. That was the best part of my morning today :)

Good luck all!

Desiree · 9 months ago

I have been trying to get up the motivation to do the MC for weeks now and cant.. anyone have any ideas??

Melissa · 9 months ago

This is my second time doing the cleanse. It has been easier and more difficult. Psychologically it is easier; today is day ten and I am almost loath to give it up. But it has been more difficult on my body as I have lost ten pounds but feel a little ravaged. I have drank tea but not the salt water. A friend told me horror stories about it, but I will go get some sea salt today and see what is left to 'cleanse' in my system. I agree that it is empowering. We are slaves to so many things in our society...work, recreation, relationships, image, status...it is soothing for me to not feel a slave to my appetite. I highly recommend the cleanse, and feel all the better for it. Hang in there guys! The first time I lasted 14 days, and that was a little long, but I agree that 10 days should be minimum just to be able to experience the freedom.

Carley · 9 months ago

I am officially on day 3 and need some advice. I am drinking my full share of the lemonade and the 2 to one liter ratio of water... last night I did my SWF without success!!! I have simply retained the solution without even urinating it out! I woke up this morning feeling beyond dehydrated and I can see the failed attempt in my face (its big and puffy) I did the full liter with a tablespoon of organic sea salt. On top of it all, I did read the "Note" portion of this site and feel even worse knowing "it will work on absolutely everyone"... If anyone has any advice, I would greatly appreciate it! If I don't have a movement today.... it will be my last day on the cleanse!

Adriana · 9 months ago

I am on day 7 I didn’t lose any weight. This is normal?

Jen Boone · 9 months ago

I really cracked up on the "dont fart" comment. I have done many cleanse programs before so i am very familiar with the "exploision" process. I am starting my master cleanse tomarrow and really look forward to the effects of this. I just know I am going to feel and look amazing. After this process its all about fresh food and I cant wait to feel so good!

liz · 9 months ago

To: Carley. Had the same issue, was doing SWF each night, and then when the first didnt work, I drank somewhat diluted cups of the tea at night, also to no effect. And then this morning, my 4th day, after having drank a really strong cup of the tea last night, am "on track" for sure. I cant get the salt solution to work for me, have altered amounts of salt each night, but dont want to just ingest massive amounts of salt water every night thats not doing anything to me and makes me fear I am dehydrating myself terribly... So I guess Im going to have to stick to the tea, however an unpleasant wakeup in the morning it is. However am pleased with the results, finally feel like Im on the same program as everybody else now! Also I use this tea from Triple Leaf called Ultra Slim Dieter's Tea. Ive used it in the past, it contains Senna, but also some other ingredients to supposedly ease the process. Pure Senna I used to not be able to handle but I may switch to something stronger like the smooth move tea for the duration of the cleanse so theres no wondering whether or not it will work.

Coley · 9 months ago

Carley, are you using Uniodized sea salt? Not sure why your body is retaining that but that can't be good. I use two teaspoons instead of 1 tablespoon and I have no issues.

Adriana, are you eating anything else? It's almost impossible to follow the exact ingredients and quantities and not lose weight. Have you been doing the flushes? I've done the master cleanse several times and weight loss is a definite component of it...

Scott in PA · 9 months ago

Desiree,
I know for me, giving up food was one of the hardest things I have done. I think it was a mind set of being sick and tired of feeling bad, physically and mentally because of my eating habits. Surrender to the fact that if you want to do this diet, then you will do it. Have faith in yourself. I have tried a few diets and cleansing rituals and this one seems to have the best results for me so far. I am amazed that I have not eaten solid food for three days! I did not think this was possible for me. Good luck and stay positive.

Katie · 9 months ago

Carley & Liz - I am on the 6th day of my cleanse and this is my 3rd time to be on this cleanse in my lifetime. I have found that 1 teaspoon, 2 teaspoons nor 1 tablespoon of sea salt works for me...I just bloat and retain the water with those measurements...BUT..2 Tablespoons of Sea Salt makes it all flow very well right thru my system. This is alot of salt and makes the taste just horrible and hard to get down so i add 3 Tablespoons of the lemon juice to my SWF and it makes it easier to swallow. Try increasing your amount of salt until you find the right amount I promise, if it works on me it will work on anyone!! My bowels are next to dead they are so inactive. It's all about having the tea before bed the night before and then the right amount of salt mixture the following morning.

Ellen · 9 months ago

I asked the other day if the nightly tea was necessary and i have gotten no responses. I do the SWF each morning. I've done the tea (smooth move) in the past but it gave me intense cramps...just no fun. I'm on day four and want to get the most benefits out of this and if the tea is necessary i'll work through it. Help!!

LOR · 9 months ago

ELLEN, Use the tea at night but don't brew it as strong, maybe only 10 min. instead of 15 min.

Ellen · 9 months ago

Thanks LOR!! what are the benefits of using the tea at night?

kristina · 9 months ago

ellen -- the purpose of the tea is to loosen things up so that they can be easily flushed the next morning. if you're just doing the SWF not as much gunk in your system will come out. a lot of people skip out on either the tea or the SWF, but i think both are really important as their effects COMBINE to flush you out properly.

Jessica · 9 months ago

Day 4

I feel absolutely horrible. My body hurts to move. Day 1 was great. Day 2 was okay (I missed food.). Day 3 was challenging (I really missed food. And, my body started to ache.). I was so hoping that I would wake up today feeling re-energized. I read were most people experience a burst of energy on Day 4 and 5. Obviously, that is not the case for me. I just don't know how much more of this aching I can handle. My body just wants to give up. However, my mind is trying to stay strong. Maybe I will feel better this afternoon (trying to stay positive).

Carol · 9 months ago

hi jessica - i'm sorry its going so roughly for you. this is my 1st time doing the cleanse and i'm only on day 6, so i don't have any 'advice' for you. it came to mind reading your post, however, that maybe the aches are a sign that you are actually detoxifying your system - what has your eating/drinking/smoking history been? the other thing that occurred to me was (like, if your computer won't turn on - check and see if its plugged in) check your recipe and the quality of your ingredients again - maybe something is off. who knows?

anyway, keep hanging in there as best you can - i really hope it gets better for you - and don't beat yourself up if you can't (better luck next time).

Jess · 9 months ago

if i'm cayenne capsules instead of adding it directly to the lemonade, how many capsules should i take per day?

Scott in PA · 9 months ago

Jessica,
I'm on day three and struggling myself with various issues. One thing that is helping me is keeping my mind elsewhere by finding things to do. i am getting things done that I didn't know needed done.
Question to anyone, how important is the Cayenne Pepper? It is really making my stomach upset and I have cut it out totally today.

Lisa · 9 months ago

Scott,
(adding the cayenne pepper is necessary as it breaks up mucus and increases warmth by building the blood for an additional lift. It also adds many of the B & C vitamins) This is from the Master Cleanseer book by Stanley Burroughs.
You might want to add less, maybe that would help.
Good Luck Lisa

Lisa · 9 months ago

Jessica, I'm sorry it's going so bad. I'm on day 10 and It's been a great experence and yes I have much more energy. You may want to try a epson salt bath, soak for at least 20min. This is very helpful in pulling out aches and pains, as well you may want to get a massage. I did this yesterday and it was very up lifting.
Good Luck,
Lisa

Sardy · 9 months ago

Hi everyone.

This is my second time attempting to do the master cleanse (only lasted 4 1/2 days last time).

Carol today is day 4 and I am having a horrible day also! Really really hungry and ready to cave. I am holding it together just abouts reminding myself that i will eat again and this is only temporary and the benefits of this are going to be amazing. I am only doing this for 10 days but it just seems so far away!

i have seen a little weight loss (havnt really weighed myself) but feel smaller and have been working out still. I just hope i make it through the day and start tomorrow feeling better!

Kat · 9 months ago

end of day 2 -
well it's the end of day 2 and I've learned a couple things
1st - cayanne pepper gets REALLY hot the longer it sits in your drink! Whew, that takes a holding of breath and big gulps.
2nd - is that when it comes right down to it, I'm not very hungry while drinking throughout the day... but I have the habit of eating. Things I do require nibbles here and there. And frankly it doesn't matter what junk I eat as long as I eat.

This site has been a blessing to me... I look forward to reading all your experiances. Thank you

Nicole · 9 months ago

I posted my problems a view pages ago...no response...
Please,guys,you have to help me,I'm a little bit desperate already,I don't know what to do. I've got all the ingredients WITHOUT the salt..I really really looked everywhere,I cant' find UNIODIZED salt. How can I replace it? I want to do the MC so much =( This is the only thing that's stopping me.
HELP!
And..if I use the tea in the morning too,when am I supposed to have bowel movements? Because I really want it to happen at home...That's why I liked the morning/evening option.
Please,help me people :/ I need to detox...

liz · 9 months ago

Nicole, I found sea salt, its called Baline, its 'french', at VONS. That means Ralphs etc all carry some kind of Sea Salt which will work fine, although not organic, which I found elsewhere. (btw, my other SWF troublers, I have officially mastered the SWF, I looked up on google simply Salt Water Flush and followed the most precise directions I could. Like heating up the water to just almost boiling, adding 2 (!) tablespoons salt, they said if it tasted less salty than sea water there wasnt enough, let the mixture cool for a bit until drinkable, and voila. AND its got to be first thing in the morning, before you drink any lemonade or for me, my green tea). Sea Salt is called for in lots of recipes across the world, including cooking beef and stuff so even places where people are unlikely to be doing the MC you should be able to find some. Try the local supermarket and the bottom shelf. Best of luck!

Todd · 9 months ago

About to start MC wanted to know can you drink water will this effect cleanse I love to eat ice can I do this please need response!!!!!!!!!!!

Scott in PA · 9 months ago

Thanks Lix for the info! It is helpful to me too. I have been doing the flush in the evening and it seems to be working okay. i drink the Senna tea around lunch time and flush around 7pm. I will switch that around b/c what you said makes sense. For Nicole, I found my sea salt at Wal-Mart. It is plain Morton Sea Salt in a small round container.

I'm on day four and my worst day was day two. I also found out last night that after I smoked a couple of cigars, I have a terrible headache. So mayber for people experiencing headaches, nicotine could be the problem. Today is the first time I have exp. headache.

One last thing. I have not heard how important is the Cayenne Pepper.
Stay strong!

Sardy · 9 months ago

day 5 and its really really a struggle. the last 3 days have been tough. any help?

kristen · 9 months ago

To Nicole. I found the unrefined sea salt @ Whole foods in the spice aisle. The brand is Redmond Real Salt "ancient all natural sea salt"

amandaC · 9 months ago

they sell sea salt in Shaw's or any other supermarket. look in the food section that is 'foods from around the world'.. i found sea salt from the Mediterranean sea.

T · 9 months ago

Is the SWF totally necessary? What happens if you don't do it? I just started the MC today and haven't bought sea salt yet because I'm not sure about the bowel movements. I'm a full time student and I am worried about having an "issue" during class. Do the bowel movements ONLY happen with the SWF? I also bought this "detox" tea, is that ok to drink at night?

Amber · 9 months ago

I'm on Day 2 of my cleansing. I have done the Master Cleanse before (over a year ago) but quit because my period started up on day 3. Well My period started towards the end of Day 1 and I'm not letting this be the reason that I convince myself to forgo the cleanse. This time I did more research and read the original book online. I was putting way too much salt in my flush in the morning( my former roommate was not clear about the direction) Now I found this site and the original book. The reason I am doing this cleanse is to detox my body. I was on the Jenny Craig diet prior. I lost about 15 pounds in about 3 months. I plateaued 3 times on the diet and was retaining water. I did quit smoking and started to exercise. The food though was highly processed junk. It was full of chemicals I was always tired. So I returned to Master Cleanse. I want to clean out all the gunk from the chemical in the Jenny Craig diet and from my poor food choices. I then plan to begin a healthy hearty friendly exchange diet. I'm still unsure if I want to become a vegetarian (I was one for quite some time but am anemic and am allergic to nuts). I'm planning to eat more organic and whole food. I have read on this board that people have exerciosed throughout the cleanse I plan to do. I am a bit worried about the sodium in the Salt Water Cleanse, I may be a little sensitive to sodium, this I discovered on Jenny Craig. I have a slight swelling around my ankles. I'm thinking of upping my water content to flush the excess salt out. I drank close to a gallon of water prior. I thought I saw on here something that said 32 oz.? I tried that yesterday and it wasn't enough water for me, so I upped it to two quarts. I think I may need more though. Has anyone else have this problem? I know in my research that I read that your water should not exceed the intake of your lemonade? I also read to drink water to thirst.

Wayne W · 9 months ago

The cayenne pepper is essential cos its what is pulling the toxins from your digestive walls and eliminating them. Just the juice/maple drink and SWF is not going to do it. Ease it in. Take a small pinch of cayenne pepper. It is light initially you should not be able to taste it and then just increase it bit by bit.

Day 7 for me now. And as usual, I start watching the Food Network on TV. I don't get hungry but I look forward to the day of tasting the exquisite tastes of fresh vegetables and fruits. I do this once a year, and I feel absolutely great afterwards.

I also do a bentonite clay mixture to drink before bedtime. I find that it also helps with the elimination in the morning after the SWF.

Wayne W · 9 months ago

Oh ya, while we're doing the Master Cleanse, one shouldn't be smoking either, Scott in PA! The whole purpose of the Master Cleanse is to get rid of toxins from our bodies. During this entire cleanse I don't take any supplements, or meds for my hay fever either. And you know what? I feel much better overall.

Hang in there.

Octavia · 9 months ago

Its almost the complete of day 7 for me. I was really challanged last night because I had to go to a banquet and they had this great smelling baked chicken there as the main course. But honsetly, I was not tempted at all. The food looked really good, but I told myself I came too far to turn back now.

To those who are struggling, hang in there. I am telling you, its worth it. I feel great and I look different. A stranger even told me in the store I looked so refreshed. Only 3 more days and its over and it was all worth it. I have never smoked and I am not a drinker so maybe thats why I feel great. I didn't even do the swf, however I did have a laxative tea. That helped me big time.

Good luck to everyone!

Jessica · 9 months ago

can u exercise whiledoin this cleanse???!!!

Dawn · 9 months ago

Hey everyone, I'm starting the cleanse tomorrow; I got a late start. Wish me luck

Dawn · 9 months ago

Aaaaaah too much cayenne pepper. I can smell cayenne pepper in my nose.

Noe · 9 months ago

Im starting today

mrm · 9 months ago

day 12 and i feel great!!!!! this will be my last day, as i'm going on a trip next week and i am soooo glad i did this cleanse. i feel great, i look great, it has all been worth it. hang in there everybody...you CAN do it! stick to it, it is so worth all the benefits of feeling healthy and looking better! i will be back in a few months to do it all over again.

Angelone · 9 months ago

Hello,
I am just starting Day 1 of the MC. I have been drinking 9.0 alkaline water. Can I continue drinking this water or do I need to change to distilled water? Thank you,
Angelone

jbshore · 9 months ago

I just started today.

hollie · 9 months ago

Hi all, i am on day 11.. it does get easier as you go on. i rarely have any issues with temptation.. I am at the point where i am afraid to go off it. how long can one stay on? i love the results im getting and just want to keep the progress going....

Mordy · 9 months ago

My wife and I are wrapping up day 8 on our first MC. After having tried many different diets, and being one who loves food, I must say that this experience has been overwhemingly positive! Hunger pains come and go, but chasing them away with lemonade makes the pain go away almost immediately. The lemonade tastes great, even after 8 days. I've done the SWF 4 times, my wife only twice, but we're drinking the tea every night. So far I've lost 12 lbs and she's lost 7. I haven't experienced any specific cravings but just a general desire to eat again. Looking forward to OJ but I might try and milk a couple more days of MC, we'll see how I feel on day 10. Amazingly, I haven't missed my morning coffee or had any desire for alcohol. I think the hardest part is going to be maintaining a healthy diet day to day. Overall, I feel great and would definitely do this again, but hope that I won't need to! To anyone having doubts early on, stick with it! It certainly gets easier and its worth every bit of pain!

srufina · 9 months ago

I am starting the cleanse tomorrow, i have done the cleane before (10 days) but i throw up when ever i drink the salt water so i change to another cup of laxitive tea even though the results are not as quick, i hope that is all right.

chelle · 9 months ago

I have done this cleanse twice and it was a huge mental challenge especially with everyone saying I was crazy for doing it implying that i was starving myself. However, I strongly stand by the benefits of the cleanse. I felt so much better and no longer have acid reflux or a messed up digestive system. I will be doing this again in July when i'm finished breastfeeding. Everyone hang in there you will feel so much better. Also if you become nauseated or have a belly ache you can drink peppermint tea. It is in the Master Cleanse book. The tea helps alot plus its like a special treat that you look forward to at the end of the day.

chelle · 9 months ago

Oh also the laxative tea is supposed to be taken at night before you go to bed and the salt water flush is supposed to be first thing in the morning. All your water you drink is supposed to be distilled water. I strongly recommend that you go get the book or peek at it in the book store because there are a few things left out on this page and they can be very vital to your success.

alia · 9 months ago

im living in asia at the moment and cant seem to find cayenne pepper anywhere! The closest i can get is crushed chilli flakes. Will this work as well? Also, with no lemons in sight, im using limes. so its lime and chilli flake detox more than a lemon and cayenne detox!

For the SWF, do you have to crush the sea salt of just a tablespoon of it in its rock form added to a litre of warm water?

thanks for the feedback y'all!

Jess · 9 months ago

afternoon of day four and i feel ridiculously good. this really hasn't been hard at all. once i got past the mental block of wanting to eat whenever i felt like it, i've been energetic and happy. i've lost 8 pounds and look great. i can't wait to see what i look like after 10 days : )
so if you're considering starting the mc go ahead and try it, not everyone's experience is the same, and not everyone is going to be miserable the whole time.

Amber · 9 months ago

I'm on wonderful Day $. Day 3 wasn't that great. I'm kinda jealous that I see day foour people that lost weight. I haaave not. I might have put on some weight. I am doing the cleanse while on my period I think that greatly changes if I actually lose weight. I did not go on the cleanse for weight loss as my primary goal. I went to cleanse the toxins which is what is being done. I'm barely humgry today. It's almost 2:30 and I'mnot done with my second chuggable. YEAH!!! me!. I'm goiung to try going to the gym. I miss it. I didn't want to go too early in my cleanse. Now I think it's time.

Lisa · 9 months ago

Day one for me! Never have done this before. Wish me luck.

jbshore · 9 months ago

I am just finishing day two and I am down from 137.6 to 131.4. I feel great and I have alot of energy, but I do have a little headache.

lisa · 9 months ago

So I just had a baby boy in Dec and am definitely ready to lose the baby weight plus some extra weight Ive tried this diet a few years ago lasted 4 days than gave up to go out for a girls night,(dumb) especially since i was doin soo good on it. This time im 100% more confident plus my boyfriend and I are doing this together as he too gained a little sympathy pregnancy weight.lol were super motivated and will be starting the tea and sea salt tonight and the lemonade tomorrow WISH US LUCK

Heather · 9 months ago

so i just drank the tea tonight. Im starting the SWF tomorrow and the lemon drink. I bought Sea Salt but not organic and its not Iodized, can i still use that. also how much water are you supposed to drink with the sea salt?

Ellen · 9 months ago

yesterday was my 8th day on the cleanse and today beginning the ease off process. I just wanted to send out a big thanks to everyone here. really really helpful to hear everyone else's stories and insight. this was a nice process and i feel great! next time i'll be going for the big 10 days!

excitedtotry · 9 months ago

can you subsitute the mable syrup for sugar? i am living in beijing and cannot find the mable syrup

Brenda Burke · 9 months ago

I have been hearing a lot about this program and I am planning on starting it on Monday (6/16/9). I have hypertension. Would the salt flush cause any problems for me?

Respectfully,
Brenda

srufina · 9 months ago

hi all!! I am on day 3 of 10, I am feeling much better today. Day 1 and 2, I was mad at the world and hungry (which i find funny because my 1st 10 day run was EASY!) I am enjoying the messages coming through this site, it gives me reassurance and stamina to keep going! Thanks everyone.

Scott in PA · 9 months ago

I am on day 8 and this is unfortunately my last day. i know I could go longer, hoever some things have come up that I can not continue. i absolutely loved this cleanse. I truly felt better and happier. I suggeest that if this is your first time, buy a book on MC. I started without one and did not do what I was suppoesed to, nonetheless, it was great. I did not check my weight until today and I lost 26 pounds. I did not do this for the weight loss, but what a benefit. Stay strong and find support, it helps! Good Luck All and I will being doing this again in the future for sure. PS I also have several co-workers starting the MC.

Francesca · 9 months ago

Today is day 3 for me. The first two days were more mental for me then hunger pains. Surprisingly i was in a good mood. However, about two hours ago i had two spoonfuls of pasta. I was cooking for my family and gave in. I am not going to stop or let that get me down. I hope this will not cause the 3 days to be completely void. After all i was so proud of myself. I was just wondering if the two spoonfuls do effect it to the point where i should stop?

NessyNess · 9 months ago

does it have to be fresh lemons or can i use concentrate?

Kesha · 9 months ago

Well I loved this article and I am going to start the cleanse next week (after I go and get the ingredients). I will keep everyone posted! :)

Lisa · 9 months ago

Have just completed the ease off process. I went for 10 days. This was a great experence and I'm looking forward to doing it again. How long of a space of time before you can do this again. I want to be safe for my body?

ruth · 9 months ago

brenda, are u on any meds? all i can say is the salinity in the swf is just so that it won't get absorbed into u're blood.. i used to have high bp too until i cut out sodium out of my diet.. good luck! (make sure u use 2 TEASPOONS per 32 oz water, and make sure u use organic sea salt..

excitedtotry, NO.. no sugar! sugar is soo bad for u!

lisa, the book recommends a minimum of 3 months between cleanses.. anymore and it may cause hair loss among other things..(its the hair loss part that made me make sure it was 3 months!)


just an update for me.. its been 11 days since i started eating regularly again.. and i haven't put on any weight back on..(last time i gained it all back within a few weeks but i went right back to my old diet of eating anything and everything!) :)

good luck all! :)

katie · 9 months ago

Thank you for this website. It has acted as a support group for my clease process. I was a textbook candidate for this cleanse. I was low on energy, constipates, dieting without much effect, just feeling really crummy really. I'm not on day 4 and now that my caffeine withdrawl symptoms are over, I have great energy and I have not been hungry (I do simply miss food, it's a major love of mine).

I struggled with the SWF. Initially no results AT ALL! So I read this blog and today I increased my salt to 4 tsp per 1 liter today, did yoga for 30 minutes with no effect, layed on my left side, no effect, and finally gave up, took a shower and started work. 2 hours after drinking I finally had a movement! WOW, I guess my system is simply slow!

Anyway, thanks for the advice on increasing my salt consentration and the yoga. I'll keep trying!

Going skiing this weekend and hope I have adequate energy! I'll keep you posted!

priscilla · 9 months ago

hi all i started the master cleanse march 12 2009 and i was 129 now im 131?? do you think its all the water weight??

Francesca · 9 months ago

With no reply to my previous post i am unsure of whether or not to continue. So starting tomorrow with no response i will undergo the ease out process. Any feed back would be helpful. I also wanted to say thank you for this site it is a great help.!

ruth · 9 months ago

francesca.. that is one of the biggest mistakes.. sorry, but i don't think it makes for a 'true cleanse/detox'.. i recommend u read the book.. some people seem to think that it won't matter if they suck on a candy, or drink some broth, chew gum, but it does matter.. u are not supposed to have ANYTHING other than whats recommended in the book.. i can't say how it will affect you, cuz i've always went by the book and never had anything at all during my cleanses..

Francesca · 9 months ago

thank you sooo much ruth. i will do this again in a few months. It was so far a positive experience. And i know i will have the focus to do it again!

Erica · 9 months ago

Is it possible to do the tea and not the swf?

Hello everyone. I am on day 3 and feel very very good. Having power over my eating habits feels great, I have control of them and they no longer have control over me. I am doing this to clean my body and try to get healthier. I have a question. Is it possible to do the tea and not the swf? I just couldn't do the swf and found the tea much much easier. Help!!!

Patrick · 9 months ago

Today is the last day of the "ease in." Tomorrow I start the real deal! This is my first time. I am nervous, haha. Wish me luck!

Victoria · 9 months ago

I am planning on starting the cleanse in a few days and I was just wondering if the sea salt part is necessary? I'm kind of confused about it and not sure if I could do that? Thanks

Amber · 9 months ago

I'm on Dy 7 feeling great!!!! Had a massive rash on day 7 and eyes of fire. I still am so cowardly about heading to the gym. This is a mental thing. So I'm going to do a bellydancing tape later one. At least I cn monitor here the amount of cardio I can do. I really want to take my Zumba class tomorrow but it's an hour and a half long. I guess baby steps are best.

Priceless story. I decided today that I'm going beyond 10 days so I bought 4 32 oz bottles of maple syrup grade B and like 4 bags of lemons and some limes(cause I want to try the limeade for diversity). The woman ahead of me looked at me like I was insane getting all that maple syrup! I wish I could describe the look on her face it was priceless. I also ordered an alkaline diet book. I'm considering switching to a more alkaline rich diet. I can't go to a raw food diet because I'm allergic to tree nuts.

ArmyBrat · 9 months ago

I did ten days on the cleanse and lost 12 pounds - I have gained only 5 lbs back and I want to do the cleanse again. I am trying to get in the army and about 10 pounds still stands in my way.
Reading all your posts really kept me motivated and I also felt so much better physically that it was not as hard to accomplish the full ten days as I thought it would be.
Thank you for all your help to get me through - Now all I have to do is get over the psychological need to chew!

Blessings!

Sarah · 9 months ago

Hi everyone. I start the cleanse tomorrow and am very nervous! I read the Master Cleanser book, but I didn't see anything about rx medications. I have panic disorder and take an anti-anxiety and a anti-depressant. Can I still take them during the cleanse? Has anyone had a similar situation?
Also, I am a religious coffee drinker and the withdrawls give me headaches, do I just need to suck it up? Or can I take a headache medicine?
Thanks for any advice, and wish me luck!

admin · 9 months ago

@Sarah

You should continue with your medication, especially your, as stopping them cold turkey can be dangerous. I would suck it up for the headaches though so you can see how in 5 days you are past them. You may find that you will no longer want or need the coffee.

admin · 9 months ago

Twitter is now broadcasting comments. Follow comments by following our twitter account. http://twitter.com/master_cleanse

elyse · 9 months ago

I am really intrested in doing the master cleanse, though I am wondering if excersising while doing it, is a good idea? Do you have enough energy? I dont want to pass out or anything....? Some feedback would be great!

Sarah · 9 months ago

What are folks experiences with the SWF and the Smooth Move Tea? Do you drink each every day? I am on Day 1, and had the tea last night (i've been drinking it for about a week anyway), and did the SWF at 4:30 this morning. It is 7:46 and things are still "moving", so to speak.
Is the SWF recommended for all 10 days?
Thanks!

Patrick · 9 months ago

Starting Day 3 now.

Feeling great so far. I had to lay down for a couple hours yesterday cause I felt very tired, but as soon as I starting drinking my second lemonade I felt fine. I haven't cheated once and I don't plan on it.

Wish me luck!

katie · 9 months ago

I'm on day 7 of MC and I still feel great. I can also see why it takes 10 days to rid of toxins. My SWF is still toxic and my tongue is not pink yet! Bad clease move...I'm an avid skier, so 2 days each with 5 hours of hard skiing meant that I needed some extra calorie, so I added a serving of OJ each day. Otherwise I felt as if I was going to collapse. Today I'm back on the program and will return to the regular clease...adding on 2 extra days to make up for the possible 'cheating'. I'm also a bit swollen and seem to be retaining water. I typically swell with any salt intake. I'm thinking it's from the SWF? So, could increasing my cayenne pepper intake, decrease my swelling? Thoughts?

firsttimecleanser · 9 months ago

hi, this is my first time posting anywhere but since many of the comments here have been especially helpful to me, i thought i'd contribute too! this is day 5 of my MC experience and the first day i've had true success with the SWF. so for those of you who've been struggling to find the exact "recipe", pls try not to give up and keep experimenting! for me, i think i've finally hit the right combination: 1 loose (not "heaping", but definitely more than level) TABLEspoonful of coarse sea salt, placed in a 32 oz container + exactly 32 oz of lukewarm water (body temp, slightly warmed up on the stove), shaken vigorously until no crystals are visible. shake several more times for good measure. drink the full container as quickly as possible after making the mixture. stay upright / keep moving after you're done, and after you have your first movement, follow up with hot mint tea or cold water, as often as possible, to flush out the rest of the salt water. over the past several days, i experimented with each of these variables (from using 2 level TEAspoonfuls to warmer/colder water to dissolving the salt while i heat the water to laying on my side and staying still after drinking), and the above regimen seems to have hit the right note! probably at least partly bec it's warmer today and also bec the SWF went smoothly for me, this is the first day i'm feeling GOOD. ready to start working out normally again! have been struggling with a down mood and freezing myself (i have a hard time keeping warm as it is) since day 1, and yesterday i was tempted several times to eat something solid (i love food, especially texture), but i'm so glad i've made it this far! i know i'm committed to do at least 10 days if not more (depending on my detox symptoms and listening to my body - i don't want to lose too much weight and become unhealthy) - up to 14 days...and when i'm done, i'm planning to switch to as much of a raw/vegan diet as possible. all i keep fantasizing about is all the delicious fruits and veggies i'll get to eat when i'm off this cleanse... good luck everyone, and keep at it!!! your body and YOU deserve to be healthy; in fact, each of us owe it to ourselves to take care of ourselves, having been blessed with strong bodies! take care and i hope to check in once i'm closer to done, or actually done!

roger · 9 months ago

No, you'll have even more energy than before. It will amaze you. Just have lots of lemonade to drink and water, too.

roger · 9 months ago

Victoria , You can do it! The salt isn't that bad and your body needs that flush. Just drink as close to a quart as you can. You'll get used to it

Lisa · 9 months ago

Elyse,
I have just completed 10 days and I continued with my work out. I work out with a personal trainer we do weights and I generally run 2 miles I do this 2X a week. My trainer had suggested i do this cleanse so she was on board. I was a little scard prior to my first work out it was on my 4 day, but I did fine and my energy maintained. Good Luch
Lisa

carol · 9 months ago

I am starting my first day of the cleanse. I'm doing it mostly to detox my body and if I lose a few pounds I'm ok with that. I wonder if you can work out during the cleanse. I will just do some walking because I'm afraid I'll faint or something. I'll do the SWF at night. I made the mistake of doing it in the morning and I spent most of the morning in the bathroom and I was at work! Not a good idea. Good luck to everyone.

90000h/ubirdpepper · 9 months ago

Today is my very first day of the Master Cleanse. I have done other cleanses before, but with limited satisfaction. I am doing this cleanse now in part because I have gained a lot of weight during this long, cold and lonely winter. But, I am also doing it because I don't think I have ever successfully cleansed my body since up until this past September, I was a smoker. Having quit smoking and living a stressful life (I am a law student) has contributed to low self-esteem, slowed metabolism and weight gain. I am trying to break the cycle of emotional eating, mostly because it is seriously interfering with my social life. I don't like to go out because I feel I look awful. I am posting here, hoping for support and encouragement because most of my friends and my family would not understand why I would do this or any other cleanse. I don't have a very active lifestyle, so I am going to try and maintain about 20 minutes of cardio and some ayengar (slow, meditative) yoga and I plan to be on the cleanse for ten days. If anyone has any advice for times as they get tougher, please let me know... Thanks, and good luck to all of you brave, healthy cleansers.

90000h/ubirdpepper · 9 months ago

Hi Carol, You and I are on our first day... I think walking should be fine, just don't push yourself. Let's keep each other going! I haven't done the SWF yet, tonight will be the first time. I am hoping it works. I wish you best luck. Bess

Mixed QT · 9 months ago

Day 4
Hello all. I am so happy to have found this site. All the comments are really helpful and encouraging.
Well I must say, day one was the worst. I really only get hungry pains at night but last night was the first night I didn't have them. I feel really great now and have grown to love the lemonade mix. I am a little confused about the SWF. I have been drinking 2 12oz. cups at night and have not had a BM yet. I have yet to get the tea as I am not a tea drinker. I am going to get it today and start drinking that at night and the SWF in the morning. We will see what happens. If there is anyone that can give me soem advice, I would sure appreciate it. Good luck to all and I will be back with an update.

Rita · 9 months ago

Hi everyone! This is my 1st day on the lemonade diet. I did the SWC last night. I really am the urge to eat. I am so hungry and I feel weak. I also have a slight headache... but I'm going to continue to try and stick with it, even if only for today.

Ronald Nelson · 9 months ago

How does this process effect those on hypertension and colestoral medication? Is this diet medicaly sound for those who have had heart arythmia problems?

Is anyone undergoing the Master Cleanse on these medications or had a history of heart arythmia porblems?

Thanks.

RA Nelson

Ron Armstrong · 9 months ago

Feel like chiming in here. I have read enormous amounts of comments. I tried this months ago and lasted 1.5 days in total fear of my blood sugar freaking out. I was so proud too. I had a massive headache that night but the next day - whoa - my energy level shot through the roof.

This time I got serious. Bought the proper ingredients, the book (read it 3x so far), Salt water flushes every other day that I do not have appts, mud detox baths, skin brush 2x daily, 1 colonic so far and 2 deep massages, including on my entrails!
Well I am on day 15 of the MC and day 14 without alcohol. I did have 3 oz of wine that first night. I have lost 30 lbs and I agree with Brian F and say stick to it. I did get a headache on night 1, bitchy and irritable on day 2 and 3, and then nothing. I feel great, even the circles under my eyes are going away.

For those who fear this cleanse and new diet habits due to allergies. Remember that many allergies may, in part, be due to toxicity. You might consider getting retested after a successful run of the MC. My partner lost weight due to cancer and now no longer tests for diabetes at all. Simply from weight loss.

I originally planned on five days due to my blood sugar fear. (everyone in my family is diabetic but me) On day 5 I committed to 10 and before I got to 10 I said 14. Now at 15 I will go minimum 21 and still see where I wish to go. I started at 198lbs am 47 and 5 8". My BMI was overweight until today!!!

Pay attention to the directions and they could not be easier. My goal is to get to the lower end of where my weight should be knowing full well I will put back on 5-10 lbs. Also waiting to see what happens to my tongue.

I started tongue scrapping but do not see any difference and I do not like the white coating. Any thoughts anyone?

For the record my integrative doctor is fully aware of my goals and choice to do this. She fully supports it and in fact I no longer take stomach acid pills. I chose to give them up about day 4 and have had no symptoms whatsoever. She confirmed my decision heartily...

Good luck everyone.

g · 9 months ago

very helpful site. i'm contemplating the SWF and have read a bit on-line. most sites say a quart to teaspoons yields a solution that is similar in density to blood which is why it passes through the system itself undigested so even though you are achieving right results, i'd conservatively suggest that one quart to two teaspoons might be more prudent. thanks for your site, way more helpful than any other because it is experiential and community based.

Sarah · 9 months ago

DAY ONE
WHOA! I was definitly not prepared for the wrath that the SWF had on my system! I didn't feel hungry until noon, and even after drinking my lemonade, i wanted to eat what those around me were eating, even though it wasn't all that appetizing. I cheated a bit today, I had some animal crackers this afternoon, and just had some toast with my smooth move tea. I don't know why i just had the stupid toast, but what's done is done. I hope I have a better understanding of how this works, and I will be on track tomorrow.
I was also very tired today, and got a headache late afternoon. I managed to make it to a yoga class, and that made me feel quite a bit better.

90000h/ubirdpepper · 9 months ago

This is day 1 for me. I have seen so many posts about being hungry, etc. but that is far from my problem. I can't understand how I am supposed to be able to drink SO much. I got through about 1 and a quarter liters today, but could not put down two. I was SO full from the liquid. I am right now trying to down the SWF, but I don't have any room in my tummy for all of it. Has anyone done this cleanse, but modified the intake to 1 1/4 liters of lemonade per day and 1/2 liter of salt water at night? Please chime in, I have so much liquid in me, it is making me feel like I could puke.

90000h/ubirdpepper · 9 months ago

okay, while I wasn't able to finish 2 liters of the lemonade, I did force down 1 liter of the SWF and it was rewarding... thankfully. i felt like a waterballoon on the brink.

newcleanser · 9 months ago

90000h/ubirdpepper It's my first day too. I only drank 1 liter and had a full 1 liter of the salt water. I was not as hungry as I thought I'd be but that's because I didn't think about it. How did you do? I look forward to reading your progress along with mine.

Michelle · 9 months ago

I take 60 mg of Cymbalta and Prenatal Vitamins, can I still take these medications while doing the cleanse? I know if I miss the cymblata I get horrible headaches and withdrawal symptoms...any ideas?

katie · 9 months ago

Day 7 and last night was the first night that I awoke with hunger pains. I contemplated giving up the cleanse today and reintroducing food, but now that I'm up and moving around, I'm recommitted. I think I will drink a bit extra lemonade today to make it through the night. My body is feeling better each day. I would certianly go for more than 10 days, but I do have to get back to reality! Good luck everyone!

katie · 9 months ago

oh, to the person who asked about heart touble and the MC. My doctor friend said that since I'm healthy, my body is tolerating this cleanse well, but if I had any form of heart trouble, NO WAY! She said something about offsetting the enzymes that are so critical to good heart health. I just thought I'd pass along the news.

Summer · 9 months ago

I read previously about someone using Guave nectar instead of the maple syrup, how did that work. I last 3 days previously and want to try this again, but can't stand the maple syrup. I even found some infused with cinnamon and that just made it worse. Any ideas how to get past this? Is the nectar just as good as the maple syrup afterall it is just for cxaloric intake?

kathie · 9 months ago

I am considering the cleanse and diet; however, I currently have high blood pressure and am taking medication for this. I also have an existing heart situation that is followed by a cardiologist, but it is more in the realm of a birth defect with my aortic valve. I wonder if this method and ingredients (especially the daily cleanse using sea salt) is a wise choice for me. Can anyone advise?

Nataycha · 9 months ago

I ma on my 9th day of the master cleanser and I feel terrible, this is the second time I have done this. It worked for me the first time and I saw results on the 6th day but this time I don't see the results I wanted to see so I will not be doing this againe ever.

Nataycha · 9 months ago

I will try something else the nxet time.

roger · 9 months ago

Nataycha,
You should feel great!! You made to day 9!! Drink water and let your system finish cleansing, this is your second try and it worked the first time. There's probably something else in your life bringing you down, that makes this cleanse different. Use the fact that you made 9 days as strength for whatever else is bad, you're very strong to have made it here. Namaste

Sarah · 9 months ago